TW438819B - (Methyl)acrylic syrup, method of manufacturing the same, and method of manufacturing molding material including the same - Google Patents

(Methyl)acrylic syrup, method of manufacturing the same, and method of manufacturing molding material including the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW438819B
TW438819B TW85112105A TW85112105A TW438819B TW 438819 B TW438819 B TW 438819B TW 85112105 A TW85112105 A TW 85112105A TW 85112105 A TW85112105 A TW 85112105A TW 438819 B TW438819 B TW 438819B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
meth
parts
acrylic acid
weight
molding material
Prior art date
Application number
TW85112105A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Yuichi Kawata
Shinichi Gotou
Kouji Takabatake
Shigeru Oka
Masazumi Sasabe
Original Assignee
Nippon Catalytic Chem Ind
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP3495696A external-priority patent/JPH09227750A/en
Priority claimed from JP06500196A external-priority patent/JP3910230B2/en
Priority claimed from JP10160396A external-priority patent/JPH09286889A/en
Priority claimed from JP11515496A external-priority patent/JPH09302010A/en
Priority claimed from JP18970496A external-priority patent/JP3953551B2/en
Application filed by Nippon Catalytic Chem Ind filed Critical Nippon Catalytic Chem Ind
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW438819B publication Critical patent/TW438819B/en

Links

Abstract

The present invention provides a (methyl)acrylic syrup which can give a molding material excellent in storage stability and provide a process for producing this (methyl)acrylic syrup within shorter time as compared to the conventional. Furthermore, the present invention provides a molding material which can be cured more quickly, and excellent in resistances to heat, solvents, weather, and water. This (methyl)acrylic syrup is produced, for example, by polymerizing (methyl)acrylic ester monomers with carboxylic vinyl in the presence of thiol compounds and then treating the reaction mixture with maleic anhydride and basic compounds. This molding material contains the (meth)acrylic syrup and it can optionally contains a thickener, a succinic acid derivative, a reinforcement, etc.

Description

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 法 技術領域 本發明係關於(甲基)丙埽酸浆液及其製造方法,以及含 有(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之成形材料的製造材料。 背景技術 自從以往,含有丙烯酸漿液之成形料已廣泛被使用。上 述丙締酸漿液例如於特公昭64_1 1 652號公報中已揭示_ 含有羧基之聚合體、及含有複數官能基之交聯十生單體的交 聯型丙晞酸漿液,又,於特公昭61_243 5 7號公報中已揭 不―含有羧基之丙晞酸漿液。進而,例如於特公昭53_ 2 1 8 9號公報中已揭示:使用馬來酸酐及鹼性化合物處理殘 存於漿液之硫醇化合物而形成的漿液。 又,上述硫醇化合物係使用來作爲聚合反應之鏈移動劑 或漿液之安定劑,因此,在硫醇化合物存在下聚合而成之 漿液中,含有未反應的硫醇化合物。若漿液中殘存著硫醇 化合物,起因於硫醇化合物之溴有時會產生。又,硫醇化 合物殘存著之漿液,於貯存時粘度會徐徐上昇,依情況還 會膠化。進而,使含有該漿液之成形材料經成型而成的成 型品’係耐溶劑性、耐水性、耐候性差。 然而,上述習知之丙烯酸漿液,作爲成形材料時,貯存 安定性(所謂的Shelflife)差。又,爲使含有丙烯酸漿液之成 形材料硬化,須耗長時間,同時該成形材料構成之成型品 ’其耐熱性及耐溶劑性差。進而,於不含羧基之丙晞酸漿 液中’爲製造該丙缔酸漿液亦須耗很長時間。因此,極盼 望能解決此等問題點之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液、及其製造方 -4 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇X 297公釐) ! - - 111:卜— —II -Γ - - - II I i , I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂- 438819 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(2 ) 、以及含有該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之成形材料。 又’揭示於特公昭5 3 - 2 1 8 9號公報之處理方法,只適用 於特定之漿液,適用範圍很狹窄。因此,該處理方法無法 得到可解決前述問題點之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。 本發明有鑑於上述問題點,其第一目的係提供一種作爲 成形材料時之辟存安定性優異的(甲基)丙晞酸漿液。又, 第二目的在於提供一種比習知可以更短時間製造該(甲基) 丙晞酸漿液之製造方法。第三目的在於提供一種可比習知 更短時間硬化,且可得到耐熱性、耐溶解性、耐候性及耐 水性等各種物性優異之成型品的成形材料製造方法。 發明之揭示 本發明人等爲達成上述目的,經銳意研究有關(甲基)丙 晞酸漿液及其製造方法、以及含有(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之成 形材料的製造方法。結果,發現例如使含有(甲基)丙烯酸 之單體成分、及含有羧基之乙烯基單體在硫醇化合物存在 下進行聚合後,使用馬來酸酐及鹼性化合物處理該反應混 合物而成之(甲基)丙晞酸漿液、以及、含有上述(甲基)丙 晞酸醋之單體成分在硫醇化合物存在下經聚合後,使用馬 來酸酐及鹼性化合物處理該反應混合物,同時於該反應混 合物中添加一含有上述羧基之乙烯基單體而構成的(甲基) 丙晞酸漿液’作爲成形材料時具有優異貯存安定性(所謂之 Shelflife)。又,藉由使含有上述(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之成型 材料成塑’可得到耐熱性、耐溶劑性、耐候性及耐水性等 各種物性卓越之成型品,終完成本發明。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) i.^—· tM§^— H - - I In I i , i (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂 438819 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(3 ) 亦即’有關本發明(甲基)丙烯酸漿液的製造方法,係爲 解決上述課題,其特徵在於:使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單 體成分、與含有羧基之乙烯基單體在硫醇化合物的存在下 進行聚合後,使用無水馬來酸及鹼性化合物處理該反應混 合物。 又,爲解決上述之課題,本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之 製造方法,其特徵在於:使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單體成 分在硫醇化合物的存在下聚合後,使用馬來酸酐及鹼性化 合物處理該反應混合物,同時並於該反應混合物中添加一 含有幾基之乙婦基單體。 若依上述之方法,使用一含有羧基之乙烯基單體,同時 並使用馬來酸酐及鹼性化合物處理反應混合物,可以比較 短的時間來製造作爲成形材料時具貯存安定性卓越之(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液。又,若依上述之方法,可提供一種作爲成形 材料時具優異貯存安定性之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。 進而,爲解決上述之課題,本發明之成形材料,其特徽 在於:含有由上述製造方法得到之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。又 ,爲解決上述之課題,本發明之成形材料,其特徵在於含 有:使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單體成分在硫醇化合物存在 下聚合後,使用馬來酸肝及驗性化合物處理該反應混合物 而形成的(甲基)丙烯酸漿液、及含有羧基之乙烯基單體。 若依上述之構成,可提供一種成形材料,係可比習知更 短時間硬化,且得到耐熱性、耐溶劑性、耐候性及耐水性 等各種物性卓越之成型品。 j. -L.--·---- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a (meth) propionic acid slurry, a method for manufacturing the same, and a manufacturing material for a molding material containing a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. BACKGROUND ART Molding materials containing acrylic slurry have been widely used in the past. The above-mentioned acrylic acid slurry is disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 64_1 1 652 _ a polymer containing a carboxyl group and a cross-linked propionic acid slurry containing a cross-linked decamonomer containing multiple functional groups, and No. 61_243 5 has not been disclosed in the 7th publication-a propionic acid slurry containing a carboxyl group. Furthermore, for example, in Japanese Patent Publication No. 53-2 2 1989, a slurry obtained by treating a thiol compound remaining in a slurry with maleic anhydride and a basic compound has been disclosed. Since the thiol compound is used as a chain shifting agent of a polymerization reaction or a stabilizer of a slurry, a slurry obtained by polymerization in the presence of a thiol compound contains an unreacted thiol compound. If a thiol compound remains in the slurry, bromine due to the thiol compound may be generated. In addition, the residual slurry of the thiol compound gradually increases in viscosity during storage, and may gelatinize depending on circumstances. Furthermore, a molded product of a molding material containing the slurry was poor in solvent resistance, water resistance, and weather resistance. However, the conventional acrylic slurry has poor storage stability (so-called Shelflife) when used as a molding material. In addition, it takes a long time to harden a molding material containing an acrylic slurry, and a molded product composed of the molding material is inferior in heat resistance and solvent resistance. Further, it takes a long time to produce the acrylic acid slurry in the propionic acid slurry containing no carboxyl group. Therefore, we are very much looking forward to solving these problems with (meth) acrylic acid slurry and its manufacturer-4-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 mm)!--111: Bu — — II -Γ---II I i, I (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Order-438819 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of Invention (2), And a molding material containing the (meth) acrylic acid slurry. Also, the processing method disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 5 3-2 189 is applicable only to a specific slurry and has a narrow application range. Therefore, this treatment method cannot obtain a (meth) acrylic acid slurry which can solve the aforementioned problems. The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and a first object thereof is to provide a (meth) propionic acid slurry having excellent storage stability when used as a molding material. A second object is to provide a method for producing the (meth) propionic acid slurry in a shorter time than conventionally. A third object is to provide a method for producing a molding material that can be cured in a shorter time than conventionally and can obtain various molded articles having excellent physical properties such as heat resistance, solvent resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance. DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION In order to achieve the above-mentioned object, the present inventors have earnestly researched a (meth) propionic acid slurry and a method for producing the same, and a method for producing a forming material containing a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. As a result, it has been found that, for example, a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid and a vinyl monomer containing a carboxyl group are polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, and then the reaction mixture is treated with maleic anhydride and a basic compound ( After the (meth) propionic acid slurry and the monomer component containing the (meth) propionic acid vinegar are polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, the reaction mixture is treated with maleic anhydride and a basic compound, and The (meth) propionic acid slurry, which is formed by adding a vinyl monomer containing the carboxyl group to the reaction mixture, has excellent storage stability when used as a molding material (so-called Shelflife). Furthermore, by molding a molding material containing the above (meth) acrylic slurry, a molded product having excellent physical properties such as heat resistance, solvent resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance can be obtained, and the present invention has been completed. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) i. ^ — · TM§ ^ — H--I In I i, i (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)-Order 438819 Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (3) That is, 'The manufacturing method of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry of the present invention is to solve the above-mentioned problems, and is characterized by: After the monomer component of the acrylic acid ester and the carboxyl group-containing vinyl monomer are polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, the reaction mixture is treated with anhydrous maleic acid and a basic compound. In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the method for producing a (meth) acrylic acid slurry according to the present invention is characterized in that a monomer component containing a (meth) acrylic acid ester is polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, and then Malay An acid anhydride and a basic compound are used to treat the reaction mixture, and at the same time, an ethylenyl monomer containing several groups is added to the reaction mixture. If the above method is used, a vinyl monomer containing a carboxyl group is used, and the reaction mixture is treated with maleic anhydride and a basic compound at the same time, it can be produced in a relatively short period of time as a molding material with excellent storage stability (methyl ) Acrylic slurry. Further, according to the above method, a (meth) acrylic acid slurry having excellent storage stability when used as a molding material can be provided. Furthermore, in order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the molding material of the present invention is characterized by containing a (meth) acrylic acid slurry obtained by the above-mentioned production method. In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the molding material of the present invention is characterized by containing a monomer component containing a (meth) acrylate polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, and then treated with maleic acid liver and a test compound. A (meth) acrylic acid slurry formed by the reaction mixture and a vinyl monomer containing a carboxyl group. According to the above structure, a molding material can be provided, which can be hardened in a shorter time than conventionally known, and obtains a molded product excellent in various physical properties such as heat resistance, solvent resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance. j. -L .-- · ---- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

-、1T-, 1T

4 3 8819 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 立、發明説明(4 ) 以下更詳細説明本發明。 (1 )有發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液係使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯 之單體成分、與含有羧基之乙烯基單體在硫醇化合物存在 下進行聚合後,使用馬來酸酐及鹼性化合物處理該反應混 合物而成者。 或’(11 )本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液係使含有上述(甲基) 丙晞酸醋之單體成分在硫醇化合物存在下進行聚合後,使 用馬來酸酐及鹼性化合物處理該反應混合物,同時並於該 反應混合物中添加一含有上述羧基之乙烯基單體而形成者 0 又’(iii)本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液係使含有(甲基)丙 烯酸酯之單體成分在硫醇化合物存在下聚合而成的反應混 合物中,添加乙烯基醚化合物及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物而形 成者。 (iv) 本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液係使含有(甲基)丙烯酸 醋之單體成分、與含有羧基之乙烯單體在硫醇化合物存在 下聚合後,於反應混合物中添加乙烯基醚化合物及/或乙烯 基硫醚化合物而構成者。 (v) 本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液係使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯 之單體成分在硫醇化合物存在下聚合後,於該反應混合物 中添加乙烯基醚化合物及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物,同時並於 該反應混合物中添加一含有上述羧基之乙烯基單體而構成 者。 (vi) 本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液係使含有(甲基)丙烯酸 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) BW. β·ιι·ι···· aaaiwi MMW ΜΙ····· 1-_1 ϋ 一 .. i (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)4 3 8819 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 Legislation and Description of Invention (4) The invention will be described in more detail below. (1) The (meth) acrylic acid slurry of the invention is a monomer component containing a (meth) acrylic acid ester, and a carboxyl group-containing vinyl monomer is polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, and then maleic anhydride and an alkali are used. A compound obtained by treating the reaction mixture. Or '(11) The (meth) acrylic acid slurry system of the present invention polymerizes a monomer component containing the (meth) propionic acid vinegar in the presence of a thiol compound, and then treats the component with maleic anhydride and a basic compound. The reaction mixture is formed by adding a vinyl monomer containing the carboxyl group to the reaction mixture to form (iii) the (meth) acrylic acid slurry of the present invention is a monomer containing (meth) acrylate A vinyl ether compound and / or a vinyl thioether compound is added to a reaction mixture in which components are polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, and is formed. (iv) The (meth) acrylic acid slurry of the present invention is obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid vinegar and a vinyl monomer containing a carboxyl group in the presence of a thiol compound, and then adding vinyl ether to the reaction mixture Compounds and / or vinyl sulfide compounds. (v) The (meth) acrylic acid slurry of the present invention polymerizes a monomer component containing a (meth) acrylic acid ester in the presence of a thiol compound, and then adds a vinyl ether compound and / or vinyl sulfur to the reaction mixture. An ether compound is formed by adding a vinyl monomer containing the carboxyl group to the reaction mixture. (vi) The (meth) acrylic acid slurry of the present invention is adapted to the size of the paper containing (meth) acrylic acid in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) BW. β · ι ······ aaaiwi MMW MΙ ····· 1-_1 ϋ I .. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

、1T 438819 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工一消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(5 ) 酷之單體〇、與含有羧基《乙晞基單體在4醇化合物存 在下聚6後,對於4反應混合物,在添加乙晞基醚化合物 及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物之前,或於添加之後,於反應混合 物中,添加(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及/或(甲基)丙烯酸甲 基縮水甘油酯,使含有聚合體之羧基進行酯化,以含有一 具聚合性雙鍵之側鍵結合於主鏈之(甲基)丙烯酸酯^聚合 體。 (Vii)本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液係使含有(甲基)丙烯酸 酯 <單體成分、與含有羧基之乙烯基單體在硫醇化合物存 在下聚合後,使該反應混合物與不飽和環氧化合物,在一 含有至少一種元素選自鋅、錫及鉻所構成之群中的金屬化 合物存在下進行酯化,俾含有一具聚合性雙鍵之側鏈結合 於主鏈的(甲基)丙烯酸酯系聚合體。 又,上述聚合體中,亦可含有聚合度爲2-2〇左右之寡聚 物、或使单體之聚合反應在中途停止而得到之預聚合物。 上述單體成分係含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯、同時依需要含有 乙烯基化合物(單體)。上述(甲基)丙晞酸酯具體上可舉出 ··(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙晞酸 正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁 g旨、(甲 基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙晞酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙缔酸 弟二丁 S旨、(甲基)丙缔酸2·乙基己醋、(甲基)丙晞酸月桂 酯等(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯;(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等之(甲基) 丙晞酸環嫁酯;(甲基)丙晞酸縮水甘油酯;(甲基)丙晞酸 二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙胺基乙酯等之鹼性(甲基) -8- 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X29?公釐) IJ------^---- t , 1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 438819 A71T 438819 A7 B7 Printed by an employee of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and a consumer cooperative. 5. Description of the invention (5) Cool monomers 0. Polymerized with a carboxyl-containing acetamyl monomer in the presence of 4 alcohol compounds. The reaction mixture is added with glycidyl (meth) acrylate and / or methyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate before or after the addition of the acetamyl ether compound and / or the vinyl sulfide compound. Glycerol ester, which esterifies a carboxyl group containing a polymer, and is a (meth) acrylic ester polymer that is bonded to the main chain with a side bond containing a polymerizable double bond. (Vii) The (meth) acrylic acid slurry of the present invention is obtained by polymerizing a (meth) acrylic acid ester-containing monomer component and a carboxyl group-containing vinyl monomer in the presence of a thiol compound. Saturated epoxy compounds are esterified in the presence of a metal compound containing at least one element selected from the group consisting of zinc, tin, and chromium, and a side chain with a polymerizable double bond bonded to the main chain (a Based) acrylic polymer. The polymer may contain an oligomer having a polymerization degree of about 2 to 20 or a prepolymer obtained by stopping the polymerization reaction of the monomer in the middle. The monomer component contains a (meth) acrylate and a vinyl compound (monomer) as necessary. Specific examples of the (meth) propionate include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) propionate, and isopropyl (meth) acrylate Ester, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, second butyl (meth) propionate, dibutyl S (meth) acrylate, (meth) (Meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters such as 2-ethylhexanoic acid, lauryl (meth) propionate; (meth) propanecylic acid esters such as cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate; ( Methyl) glycidyl propionate; basic (methyl) groups of dimethylaminoethyl (meth) propionate, diethylamino (meth) acrylate, etc. -8- Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X29? Mm) IJ ------ ^ ---- t, 1 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Order 438819 A7

五、發明説明(6 ) 丙烯酸酯等。 ϋϋ i —l·— ϋϋ ϋ i 1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 又,於本發明中,(甲基)丙烯酸酯中亦可成爲含有(甲基) 丙烯酸醯胺、N•甲氧基甲基丙烯酸醯胺、N_乙氧基甲基丙 烯酸醯胺等之N_烷氧基取代(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺等。此等( 甲基)丙烯酸酯亦可單獨使用,又,亦可適宜混合二種類以 上使用之。 上述例示之化合物中,尤以甲基丙烯酸甲酯、及、以甲 基丙晞feg旨爲主成分之(甲基)丙晞酸醋爲佳。藉由以甲基 丙烯酸甲酯爲主成分,可進一步提昇一含有(甲基)丙烯酸 漿液之成形材料成型的成型品(硬化物)之耐候性、透明性 、表面光澤等各種物性、或外觀、安全性等。 又’使用鹼性(甲基)丙烯酸酯作爲(甲基)丙烯酸酯時, 宜併用(相對於該鹼性(甲基)丙烯酸酯)i 〇 〇重量%以上之中 性(甲基)丙烯酸酯。中性(甲基)丙烯酸酯可使用前述例示 之(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯、(甲基)丙晞酸環烷酯等。 上述之乙晞基化合物只要爲不含羧基的化合物即可。該 乙晞基化合物具體上可舉例:從-晞烴、二晞類、乙块類; 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 苯乙烯、α -甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲基、氯苯乙烯等之苯乙 烯系化合物;醋酸乙烯酯等之乙烯基酯;烯丙醇、乙二醇 單晞丙基自旨、丙二醇單晞丙基酯等之晞丙基醇類;(甲基) 丙醯腈;不飽和驗性化合物;Ν -甲基馬來醯胺、Ν -乙基馬 來酿亞胺、Ν -正丙基馬來酿亞胺、Ν -異丙基馬來酿亞胺、 Ν-丁基馬來醯亞胺、Ν-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-m-甲苯基馬來 酸亞胺、N-p-甲苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-從-寨基馬來酿亞胺、 -9- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇χ297公釐) 4 3 88 1 9 A7 __,. _ B7 五、發明説明(7 ) N-苯甲基馬來醯亞胺、N_環己基馬來醯亞胺、N,N,_伸乙烷 雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N’-三伸乙虎雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N,-m-伸苯 基雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N’-p-伸苯基馬來驢亞胺等之N-取代馬 來酿亞胺;含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等,但,不特別限 於此等。 又,含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,尤其宜爲具有二醇之 護基至少一者經酯化而構成的二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯,具體 上可舉例:2 ·經基乙基(甲基)丙晞酸酯、2 ·#呈基丙基(甲基) 丙烯酸酯等之具有羥基烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯;甘油單(甲 基)丙烯酸酯、甘油二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇單(甲基) 丙晞酸酯、季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之多價醇的(甲基) 丙晞酸酯;聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙晞酸g旨等之高分子量二醇 的(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 此等乙晞基化合物亦可混合單一種類,又,亦可適宜組 合二種類以上而混合之。於(甲基)丙烯酸酯中混合乙烯基 化合物時之兩者的混合比例,亦即,上述單體成分中之乙 晞基化合物的含量,雖亦視乙晞基化合物的種類或與(甲基) 丙烯酸酯之組合等而定,但,更宜爲5 〇重量%以下。又, 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 乙烯基化合物爲N-取代馬來醯亞胺時,以5重量%〜40重量 %之範圍内更佳,以1〇重量%〜3 0重量%最佳,以ι5重量 %〜25重量%尤佳。 進而,乙烯基化合物爲含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯時, 宜爲0.5重量%〜20重量%之範圍内,更宜爲1重量%〜15重 量%,尤宜爲3重量%〜1 〇重量%。 -10- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)V. Description of the invention (6) Acrylate and the like. ϋϋ i —l · — ϋϋ ϋ i 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page} Also, in the present invention, (meth) acrylic acid esters can also contain ammonium (meth) acrylate, N • N-alkoxy substituted (meth) acrylic acid fluorenyl methacrylate, N-ethoxymethyl methacrylamine, etc. These (meth) acrylates can also be used alone, Among the compounds exemplified above, methyl methacrylate and (meth) propionic acid vinegar mainly containing methyl propionate feg are preferred. With methyl methacrylate as the main component, the weather resistance, transparency, surface gloss, and other physical properties, or appearance, of a molded product (hardened product) formed from a molding material containing a (meth) acrylic slurry can be further improved. Safety, etc. Also when using a basic (meth) acrylate as the (meth) acrylate, it is desirable to use (relative to the basic (meth) acrylate) i 0.00% by weight or more of neutral (formaldehyde) Based) acrylate. Neutral (meth) acrylic As the acrylate, the above-exemplified alkyl (meth) acrylate, cycloalkyl (meth) propionate, and the like can be used. The ethyl fluorenyl compound may be a compound having no carboxyl group. The ethyl fluorenyl compound is specifically The above examples can be taken from: stilbene, difluorene, and block B; styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinylmethyl, chlorostyrene, etc. printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Compounds; vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate; allyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monofluorenyl alcohol, propylene glycol monomethyl alcohols, etc .; (methyl) propionitrile; unsaturated test Sex compounds; N-methyl maleimide, N-ethyl maleimide, N-n-propyl maleimide, N-isopropyl maleimide, N-butyl maleimide Fluorenimine, N-phenylmaleimide, Nm-tolylmaleimide, Np-tolylmaleimide, N-from-zylylmaleimide, -9-benzyl Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) 4 3 88 1 9 A7 __ ,. _ B7 V. Description of the invention (7) N-benzylmaleimide , N_Cyclohexylmaleimide, N, N, _Diethane bismaleimide, N, N'-Tribenzyl bismaleimide, N, N, -m-Extender N-substituted maleimines of phenylbismaleimide, N, N'-p-phenylene maleimine, etc .; (meth) acrylates containing hydroxyl groups, etc., but not particularly In addition, the (meth) acrylic acid ester containing a hydroxyl group is particularly preferably a diol (meth) acrylic acid ester formed by esterifying at least one of the protecting groups having a diol, and specific examples include: 2 · (Meth) acrylates with hydroxyalkyl groups such as ethyl (meth) propionate, 2 # propylpropyl (meth) acrylate; glycerol mono (meth) acrylate, glycerol Poly (meth) propanoate of polyvalent alcohols such as di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol mono (meth) propionate, pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol mono (methyl) ) (Meth) acrylates of high molecular weight diols such as propionate. These ethenyl compounds may be mixed in a single kind, or may be mixed in a combination of two or more kinds as appropriate. The mixing ratio of the two when the vinyl compound is mixed in the (meth) acrylate, that is, the content of the ethyl fluorenyl compound in the above monomer component, although it depends on the type of the ethyl fluorenyl compound or the (methyl) ) The combination of acrylates and the like is determined, but it is more preferably 50% by weight or less. Also printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). When the vinyl compound is N-substituted maleimide, the range is from 5% to 40% by weight. It is more preferably within 10% to 30% by weight, and particularly preferably from 5% to 25% by weight. When the vinyl compound is a (meth) acrylate containing a hydroxyl group, it is preferably within a range of 0.5% to 20% by weight, more preferably 1% to 15% by weight, and particularly preferably 3% to 1%. weight%. -10- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

經濟部中央襟準局員工消費合作社印製 又,乙烯基化合物爲含有㈣之(甲基)丙晞酸醋時,當 乙晞基化合物之比率不;^·5重量%,使單體成分聚合而成 &lt;聚合體(以下記爲含有羥基之聚合體)、與不飽和異氰酸 酯化合物或不飽和酸奸(任一者均後述)反應而導入(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液t聚合性雙鍵(可聚合之雙键)的數目受到限制 ,故無法得到熱時強度等物性優異之成型品。 含有上述叛基之乙晞基單體(以下僅記爲乙烯基單體), 只要於一分子中含有可聚合之雙鍵、與羧基之化合物即可 。该乙烯基單體具體上可舉例如:丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、 巴豆酸、乙烯基安息香酸等之不飽和單羧酸;馬來酸、反 丁晞二酸、分解烏頭酸、擰康酸等之不飽和二羧酸;此等 不飽和二羧酸之單酯等,但,無特別限定。上述不飽和二 叛酸之單酯具體上可舉例如馬來酸單甲酯、馬來酸單乙酯 、馬來酸單丁酯、馬來酸單辛酯、反丁烯二酸單甲酯、反 丁烯二酸單乙酯、反丁烯二酸單丁酯、反丁烯二酸單辛酯 、轉康酸單乙醋等。 進一步亦可使用酸酐,以含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進 行酯化而構成之化合物、亦即酸酐之半酯(half ester)作 爲乙烯基單體。上述酸酐可舉例如琥珀酸酐、酞酸酐、六 氫酞酸酐等。 含有上述羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯可舉例如:2-羥基乙基( 甲基)丙烯酸酯、2 -羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之ε -己内酯 開環加成物、2_羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酐之β - 丁内酯開環 加成物等。因此,酸肝之半g旨可舉例如琥ί自酸單醋、g太酸 -11 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) ” · 訂 &quot; ,-^ ί (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 五、 發明説明(9 單酯、六氫酞酸單酯等。 此等乙烯基單體亦可單獨使用,又,亦可適宜混合二種 類以上而使用之。單體成分與乙烯基單體之比率(比率), 係以兩者之合計量作爲100重量❶/c,單體成分宜爲8〇重量 %〜99·5重量%,另外,乙埽基單體成分宜爲〇 5重量 %〜20重量%,以ΐ·〇重量❶/❶〜丨5重量%更佳。 又,記載於前述⑴、(ii)、(iv)、⑺之(甲基)丙烯酸漿 液中,上述乙烯基單體進一步宜爲1 5重量%〜1〇重量%, 記載於前述(Vi)、(vii)之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液中,上述乙烯 基單體進而宜爲3重量%〜10重量%。 在上述範圍内使用乙烯基單體,可比習知以更短時間製 造出(甲基)丙烯酸漿液,同時並可提昇一種使含有該(甲基) 丙晞酸漿液之成形材料經成型而構成的成型品之耐熱性、 耐溶劑性、耐候性及耐水性等各種物性。又,可使該成形 材料比習知更短時間進行硬化,同時硬化物(成型品)之平 均分子量變大。進而,可得到一種熱時強度優異且著色很 少之成型品。 乙烯基單體之比率不足0.5重量%時,會欠缺使用乙烯基 單體所期待之作用、效果。亦即,欠缺縮短花費在製造(甲 基)丙稀酸漿液之時間的效果,而且,所得到成型品之耐熱 性等各種物性會低下,故不宜,又,硬化物之分子量不會 變大。 進而’例如使單體成分與乙烯基單體聚合而成之(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液、與不飽和環氧化合物(後述)進行反應而得到 -12- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家檩準(CNS ) A4規格(2ΐ〇χ297公釐) Γ Y---1 I 衣-- * * ί (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、?τ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ^38819 ____B7 五、發明説明(1〇 ) &lt;成形材料時,藉該反應導入於(甲基)丙晞酸漿液之聚合 性雙鍵(可聚合的雙鍵)之數目受到限制,故無法得到熱時 強度等物性優越之成型品。乙烯基單體之比率超過2〇重量 %時,所得到成型品之耐候性及耐水性會低下,故不宜。 乙烯基單體亦可於聚合前混合在單體成分内,又,亦可 在處理所添加之硫醇化合物前、亦即聚合後混合於反應混 合物中,進而,亦可於處理所添加之硫醇化合物之後,混 合於反應混合物中。或,處理所添加之硫醇化合物而製造( 甲基)丙烯酸漿液後,製造成形材料時,亦可混合該(甲基 丙烯酸漿液與乙烯基單體。 上述硫醇化合物係於分子内具有氫硫基之鏈移動劑,具 備調節反應混合物中聚合體分子量等的功用。上述硫醇化 合物具體上可舉出如:第三丁基硫醇、正辛基硫醇;正十 二基硫醇等之烷基硫醇、硫酚、硫審酚等之芳香族硫醇; 硫二醇酸;硫二醇酸辛酯、乙二醇二硫二醇酯、三羥甲基 丙烷三(硫二醇酯)、季戊四醇四(硫二醇酯)等之硫:醇酸 =醋氫硫基丙酸(3_氫硫基丙酸);厂氫絲丙酸辛 酯、1,4-丁二醇二(点-硫丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三硫 丙酸醋)、季戊四醇四(厂硫丙酸酿)等之氫硫基丙酸烷 酯寺,但不限於此等。此等硫醇化合物亦可單獨使用,又 ,亦:二種類以上併用…亦可併用心甲基苯乙晞雙體 或四氣化碳等作爲鍵移動劑。 相對於單體成分及乙締基單體之混合物(以下稱爲單體組 ’物)〈硫鮮化合物的添加量、或,相對於單體成分之 1_ιϋ- -m ϋϋ— —mmm— I 11- L^n — n^i ϋ i 4 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, when the vinyl compound is (meth) propionic acid vinegar containing tritium, when the ratio of the ethyl compound is not; 5% by weight, the monomer component is polymerized A polymer (hereinafter referred to as a polymer containing a hydroxyl group) is introduced, and a (meth) acrylic acid slurry is introduced into a polymerizable double bond by reacting with an unsaturated isocyanate compound or an unsaturated acid (either of which will be described later) (may be Since the number of polymerized double bonds) is limited, a molded product having excellent physical properties such as strength under heat cannot be obtained. The ethylammonium monomer (hereinafter referred to simply as a vinyl monomer) containing the above-mentioned tertiary group, as long as it contains a polymerizable double bond and a compound with a carboxyl group in one molecule. Specific examples of the vinyl monomer include: unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, and vinyl benzoic acid; maleic acid, fumaric acid, decomposed aconitic acid, and aconic acid, etc. Unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; monoesters of such unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, etc., but are not particularly limited. Specific examples of the monoester of the unsaturated dibasic acid include monomethyl maleate, monoethyl maleate, monobutyl maleate, monooctyl maleate, and monomethyl fumarate. , Monoethyl fumarate, monobutyl fumarate, monooctyl fumarate, monoethyl vinegar, etc. Further, an acid anhydride may be used as a vinyl monomer, and a compound formed by esterifying a (meth) acrylic acid ester containing a hydroxyl group, that is, a half ester of the acid anhydride. Examples of the acid anhydride include succinic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, and hexahydrophthalic anhydride. Examples of the (meth) acrylate containing the above-mentioned hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate ε-caprolactone ring-opening adduct, 2 _ Β-butyrolactone ring-opening adducts of hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylic anhydride, etc. Therefore, the half g purpose of acid liver can be exemplified by succinic acid monovinegar, g too acid -11-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) ”· Order &quot;,-^ ί (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 5. Description of the invention (9 Monoesters, Hexahydrophthalic Acid Monoesters, etc. These vinyl monomers can also be used alone, or two or more types can be mixed appropriately. And use it. The ratio (ratio) of the monomer component to the vinyl monomer is 100 weight ❶ / c based on the total of the two, and the monomer component is preferably 80% to 99.5% by weight. In addition, The acetamyl monomer component is preferably from 5 to 20% by weight, and more preferably ΐ · 0% by weight / ❶ to 5% by weight. Further, it is described in the above-mentioned ⑴, (ii), (iv), ⑺ In the (meth) acrylic acid slurry, the vinyl monomer is more preferably 15 to 10% by weight, and the vinyl monomer is described in the (meth) acrylic acid slurry of the above (Vi) and (vii), Furthermore, it is preferably 3% by weight to 10% by weight. Using a vinyl monomer within the above range can be performed in a shorter time than conventionally. (Meth) acrylic acid slurry can be produced, and at the same time, the heat resistance, solvent resistance, weather resistance and water resistance of a molded product formed by molding a molding material containing the (meth) propionic acid slurry can be improved. In addition, the molding material can be cured in a shorter time than conventional, and the average molecular weight of the cured product (molded product) can be increased. Furthermore, a molded product with excellent strength under heat and little coloring can be obtained. Vinyl When the ratio of the monomers is less than 0.5% by weight, the effects and effects expected from the use of vinyl monomers are lacking, that is, the effect of shortening the time taken to produce a (meth) acrylic acid slurry is lacking, and the resulting molding is lacking. Various properties such as heat resistance of the product are not suitable, and the molecular weight of the cured product does not increase. Furthermore, for example, (meth) acrylic acid slurry obtained by polymerizing a monomer component and a vinyl monomer, and unsaturated An epoxy compound (described below) is reacted to obtain -12- This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 (2ΐ〇χ297mm) Γ Y --- 1 I clothing-* * ί (please Read the notes on the back and fill in this page),? Τ Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 ^ 38819 ____B7 V. Description of the invention (1〇) &lt; In the case of molding materials, the reaction is introduced into (methyl) The number of polymerizable double bonds (polymerizable double bonds) of the propionic acid slurry is limited, so it is impossible to obtain a molded article having excellent physical properties such as thermal strength. When the ratio of the vinyl monomer exceeds 20% by weight, the obtained molding is obtained. The weather resistance and water resistance of the product will be low, so it is not suitable. Vinyl monomers can also be mixed in the monomer component before polymerization, and can also be mixed in the reaction before the added thiol compound is treated, that is, after polymerization. The mixture may further be mixed with the reaction mixture after the added thiol compound is processed. Alternatively, after the added thiol compound is processed to produce a (meth) acrylic acid slurry, the (methacrylic acid slurry and vinyl monomer) may be mixed when producing a molding material. The thiol compound has hydrogen sulfur in its molecule. The chain shifting agent of the base has the function of adjusting the molecular weight of the polymer in the reaction mixture. Specific examples of the thiol compound include: tertiary butyl mercaptan, n-octyl mercaptan; n-dodecyl mercaptan, etc. Aromatic mercaptans such as alkyl mercaptans, thiophenols, and thiophenols; thioglycolic acids; octyl thioglycolate, ethylene glycol dithiodiol esters, trimethylolpropane tri (thioglycolate) , Pentaerythritol tetra (thioglycol ester), etc .: Alkyd = Hydrogenthiopropionic acid (3-hydrothiopropionic acid); Octyl tetrahydropropionate, 1,4-butanediol di (point- Thiopropionate), trimethylolpropane trithiopropionate), pentaerythritol tetra (factory thiopropionate), etc., but not limited to these. These thiol compounds can also be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds ... also can be used together as a bond shifting agent such as methylphenethylammonium dimer or tetragasified carbon. Relative to the mixture of the monomer component and the ethylenic monomer (hereinafter referred to as the monomer group) <addition amount of sulfur compound, or 1_ιϋ- -m ϋϋ — —mmm — I 11 -L ^ n — n ^ i ϋ i 4 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

438819 A7 B7__ 五、發明説明(Μ ) J---——L_•衣! j &lt; 一 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 化合物之添加量,只要按照該硫醇化合物的種類或單體組 成物等之組合等來選擇即可,並無特別限定,但,以0 . 〇 1 重量%〜1 5重量%爲宜,以0· 0 1重量❶/❶〜2重量%最宜。藉 由添加硫醇化合物,可極容易控制聚合反應。 聚合方法具體上可採用如:塊狀聚合(bulk聚合)、溶液 聚合、懸濁聚合、乳化聚合等各種聚合方法。上述例示之 聚合方法中,以塊狀聚合尤佳。又,採用懸濁聚合時,例 如使用聚乙烯醇等之分散安定劑,只要使單體組成物(或單 體成分)懸濁於水等分散劑中即可。438819 A7 B7__ 5. Description of the invention (Μ) J ------- L_ • clothing! j &lt; First (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) The amount of compound to be added can be selected according to the type of the thiol compound or the composition of the monomer composition, etc., and is not particularly limited, but It is preferably from 0.01% to 15% by weight, and most preferably from 0.01% to 2% by weight. By adding a thiol compound, the polymerization reaction can be easily controlled. The polymerization method is specifically Various polymerization methods such as bulk polymerization (bulk polymerization), solution polymerization, suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, etc. can be used. Among the polymerization methods exemplified above, block polymerization is particularly preferred. In addition, when suspension polymerization is used, for example, A dispersion stabilizer such as polyvinyl alcohol may be a monomer composition (or a monomer component) suspended in a dispersant such as water.

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 使上述單體組成物在硫醇化合物存在下聚合時,或,單 體成分在硫醇化合物存在下聚合時,宜使用聚合開始劑。 上述聚合開始劑具體上可舉例如:過氧化二苯甲酸、過氧 化二月桂醯、過氧化甲乙酮、第三丁基過氧基_2乙基己酸 酯、第三丁基過氧基辛酸酯、第三丁基過氧基苯甲酸酯、 氫過氧化枯烯、過氧化二環己酮、過氧化二枯烯、雙(4•第 三丁基環己基)過氧基二碳酸酯、M•雙(第三己基過氧基 3,3,5-二甲基環己坑等之有機過酸化物;2,2,_偶氮雙異丁腸 、2-苯基偶氮-2,4-二甲基甲氧基戊腈等之偶氮化合物等 ,但未特別限定於此,此等聚合開始劑亦可單獨使用,又 ,亦可二種類以上併用。相對於單體組成物或單體成分之 聚合開始劑的添加量並無特別限定。 進行上述聚合時之反應溫度或反應時間的反應條件並無 特別限定,可採用例如公知的反應條件。其中,使單體組 成物之聚合於中途停止的方法(所謂部分聚合),因乃可以1, 1T Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs When the above monomer composition is polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, or when the monomer component is polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, a polymerization initiator should be used. Specific examples of the polymerization initiator include dibenzoic acid peroxide, dilauric acid peroxide, methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, third butyl peroxy_2 ethylhexanoate, and third butyl peroxy caprylic acid. Ester, tert-butylperoxybenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide, dicyclohexanone peroxide, dicumene peroxide, bis (4 · thirdbutylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate , M • bis (third hexylperoxy 3,3,5-dimethylcyclohexyl, etc. organic peracids; 2,2, _azobisisobutylene, 2-phenylazo-2 Azo compounds such as, 4-dimethylmethoxyvaleronitrile and the like, but are not particularly limited thereto. These polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. With respect to the monomer composition The addition amount of the polymerization initiator of the monomer component is not particularly limited. The reaction temperature or the reaction conditions for the reaction time during the above-mentioned polymerization are not particularly limited, and known reaction conditions can be used, for example. The method of stopping polymerization in the middle (so-called partial polymerization), because

A7 438819 ______ B7 五、發明説明(12 ) 一階段得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液,故更佳。藉此,可得到一 含有聚合體(其含有羧基)之反應混合物)。又,藉由使單體 成分聚合(部分聚合),可得到一含聚合體(不含羧基)之反 應混合物。 聚合體之平均分子量宜將重量平均分子量(Mw)調節至 6,000〜1,〇〇〇,〇〇〇左右,更佳係30,000〜1,000,000左右,數目 平均分子量(Μη)調節至3,000〜5〇〇,〇〇〇左右,更佳係 10,000〜200,000左右,但並無特別限定。又,聚合宜在氮氣 氣氛下進行。進而,於反應終了時,反應混合物中之聚合 體與未反應之單體組成物(或單體成分)之比例(比率),係以 兩者之合計量作爲100重量%,聚合體宜爲7重量%〜80重量 %,未反應之單體組成物(或單體成分)宜爲93重量%〜20重 量% 〇 又,於反應終了時,反應混合物中亦可進一步混合單體 組成物(或單體成分),或,從反應混合物分離聚合體後, 於該聚合體中進一步混合單體組成物(或單體成分)。此時 ,進一步混合之單體組成物(或單體成分),亦可與得到反 應混合物時所使用之單體組成物(或單體成分)互相同一, 亦可互異,但,以甲基丙烯酸烷酯及苯乙烯系化合物尤佳 。而且,甲基丙烯酸烷酯係以甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯 fe乙酯、甲基丙稀酸正丙醋、甲基丙晞酸正丁酯、甲基丙 烯酸第二丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯尤佳;苯乙烯系化合 物以苯乙烯尤佳。藉此,可進一步提昇使一含有(甲基)丙 烯酸漿液之成形材料成型的成型品之耐候性、透明性、表 __-15· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)A7 438819 ______ B7 5. Description of the invention (12) It is better to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry in one stage. Thereby, a reaction mixture containing a polymer (which contains a carboxyl group) can be obtained). Furthermore, by polymerizing (partially polymerizing) the monomer components, a reaction mixture containing a polymer (without a carboxyl group) can be obtained. The average molecular weight of the polymer should preferably be adjusted to a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of about 6,000 to 1,000, 000, more preferably about 30,000 to 1,000,000, and the number average molecular weight (Mη) to be adjusted to 3,000 to 50,000. It is about 10,000, more preferably about 10,000 to 200,000, but it is not particularly limited. The polymerization is preferably performed under a nitrogen atmosphere. Furthermore, at the end of the reaction, the ratio (ratio) of the polymer in the reaction mixture to the unreacted monomer composition (or monomer component) is 100% by weight based on the total of the two, and the polymer is preferably 7 Wt% ~ 80 wt%, the unreacted monomer composition (or monomer component) is preferably 93 wt% ~ 20 wt%. At the end of the reaction, the monomer composition (or Monomer component), or after the polymer is separated from the reaction mixture, a monomer composition (or a monomer component) is further mixed in the polymer. At this time, the monomer composition (or monomer component) to be further mixed may be the same as or different from the monomer composition (or monomer component) used in obtaining the reaction mixture. Alkyl acrylate and styrenic compounds are particularly preferred. In addition, alkyl methacrylate is methyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid ethyl ester, n-propyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, second butyl methacrylate, methyl Tertiary butyl acrylate is particularly preferred; styrene-based compounds are particularly preferred. This can further improve the weather resistance, transparency, and table of a molded product formed from a molding material containing a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. __15 · This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297) Mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 五、 發明説明(13 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 面光澤等各種物性、或外觀、安全性等。 進而,於反應終了時,在反應混合物中亦可進一步混合 馬來醯亞胺系化合物。上述馬來醯亞胺系化合物係表示N_ 取代馬來醯亞胺;含有N-取代醯亞胺之單體組成物經聚合 而成的寡聚物、以及聚合物。此等馬來醯亞胺系化合物亦 可單獨使用,又,亦可二種類以上併用。而且,馬來醯亞 胺系化合物中,N·環己基馬來醯亞胺乃可抑制加壓成形所 得到之成型品的著色,可得到外觀良好的成型品,故尤佳 。又,馬來醯亞胺系化合物亦可爲市售品,亦可爲以公知 方法所合成者。例如N·環己基馬來醯亞胺係使馬來酸酐與 環己胺反應而得到N -環己基馬來酸單酿亞胺後,可藉閉環 反應進行合成。又,得到上述寡聚物及聚合物時所使用之 單體組成物,除N-取代馬來醯亞胺之外,亦可含有前述例 示之乙烯基化合物。 於反應混合物中混合馬來醯亞胺系化合物時,該馬來醯 亞胺系化合物之使用量,係以兩者之合計量作爲1 〇 〇重量 /〇,以5重量%〜4〇重量%爲佳,以1〇重量%〜3〇重量%更 佳’以1 5重量❶/❶〜2 5重量%尤佳。該使用量比5重量%少時 ’所得到成形材料之成型性會降低,同時成型品之耐熱性 或光澤、表面平滑性變得不良,故不佳。另外,當使用量 超過40重量%時,所得到成型品之強度會降低,故不佳。 依前述(1)記載之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液,以下,必須與其他 區分時’稱爲(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A。該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A 適宜作爲例如平板成形混練物(以下記爲S M C )、塊狀成形 11 ^--衣-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂 • 1 I- - !- H ! - 1 — -16 ‘紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(21Gx297公餐 438819 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(料) 混練物(以下記爲BMC)、預混合材料、或注型材料。 依如述(i i)兄载之(甲基)丙晞酸漿液,以下,必須與其 他區分時,稱爲(甲基)丙烯酸漿液B。該(甲基)丙烯酸漿 液B適宜作爲例如注型材料或預混合材料。 又,(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A · B亦可含有未反應之單體成分 。又,使單體成分在硫醇化合物存在下聚合後,使用馬來 酸酐及鹼性化合物處理該反應混合物而形成的(甲基)丙烯 酸漿液中,混合乙烯基單體而構成的成形材料,係適宜作 爲例如注型材料。 上述鹼性化合物具體上可舉例如:甲胺、乙胺等之一級 胺;二甲胺、二乙胺等之二級胺;三甲胺、三乙胺等之三 級胺;重氮化合物、三峻化合物等,但無特別限定。此等 鹼性化合物相對於聚合時添加之硫醇化合物,宜使用〇 〇1 倍莫耳〜1.5倍莫耳的範圍内,更宜使用〇〇3倍莫耳〜 倍莫耳的範園内。 與上述驗性化合物之馬來酸㈣目對於聚合時添加之硫醇 化合物,宜使用0.5倍莫耳〜3.0倍莫耳,更宜使用〇7倍 耳〜2·8倍莫耳的範圍内。 鹼性化合物之使用量相對於聚合時添加之硫醇化人 足〇.CM倍莫耳時,或馬來酸肝之使用量不足〇5倍^耳時 ,硫醇化合物有時未完全被處理,故不佳。若硫醇化合物 殘存於反應混合物亦即(甲基)丙晞酸漿液中,以哕 丙缔酸漿液作爲成形材料時之野藏安定性會降低厂又J 使含有(甲基)丙《漿液之成形材料硬化,須二 __-17_ 木紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4祕( •ϋ- an ^i·— I n LI ϋ_ϋ I I i · i · (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1T, • m I- - - n in 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 等 又 18 438819 1 旧·'- 丨· 五、發明説明(15 ’同時硬化物之平均分子量無法増大。 驗性化合物之使用量相對於聚合時添加之硫醇化合物超 過1.5倍莫耳時,所得到成型品之耐候性會降低,故不佳 。又,馬來酸奸之使用量相對於聚合時添加之硫醇化合物 超過3.0倍莫耳時,所得到成型品之耐水性會降低,故不 佳。又,處理上述硫醇化合物時之處理溫度或處理時間等 之處理條件無特別限定。例如,只要於反應混合物中混人 攪拌馬來酸肝及鹼性化合物,即可處理硫醇化合物。〇 如以上般,使單體成分與乙缔基單體在硫醇化合物存在 下聚合後,使用馬來酸奸及驗性化合物處理該反應混合物 、,同時並於該反應混合物中添加乙缔基單體,可得到液狀 之(甲基^)丙晞酸漿液。又,本發明之(甲基)丙晞酸衆液, 亦可爲藉上述相異之二種類或三種類的方法而得到之(甲 丙烯酸漿液A · Β等的混合物。 土 本發明之乙晞基醚化合物係只要具有可與硫醇化合物反 應(雙鍵的化合物即可。該乙婦基鍵化合物具體上可舉例 如:曱基乙缔基醚、乙基乙缔基醚、正丙基乙缔基醜里 丙基乙埽基醚、正丁基乙晞基醚、異丁基乙缔基酸等之脂 肪族乙缔基醚;環己基乙缔基醚等之環烷基乙烯基醚; 2,3-二氫吱喃、3,4·二氫吱喃、2,3_二氫_2心比喃、3,4-二氫 -2H4喃、3,4_二氫_2_甲氧l比喃、34_二氣_2_乙氧基 -2H-晚喃、3,4_二氫_4,4_二甲基_2H_吨喃_2_綱等環狀醚 ,但無特別限定。此等乙晞基醚化合物亦可單獨使用 ,亦可併用二種類以上。 ‘紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇χ297公釐)1T printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438819 V. Description of the Invention (13) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of various physical properties such as gloss, appearance, and safety. Furthermore, at the end of the reaction, a maleimide-based compound may be further mixed into the reaction mixture. The above maleimide-based compound refers to an N-substituted maleimide; an oligomer obtained by polymerizing a monomer composition containing N-substituted alimine, and a polymer. These maleimide compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. Among the maleimide compounds, N · cyclohexylmaleimide is particularly preferable because it can suppress the coloration of a molded product obtained by press molding and can obtain a molded product having a good appearance. The maleimide-based compound may be a commercially available product or a compound synthesized by a known method. For example, N-cyclohexylmaleimide may be synthesized by reacting maleic anhydride with cyclohexylamine to obtain N-cyclohexylmaleic acid monoimide. The monomer composition used when obtaining the oligomer and polymer described above may contain, in addition to N-substituted maleimine, the vinyl compound exemplified above. When the maleimide imide compound is mixed in the reaction mixture, the amount of the maleimide imide compound used is based on the total amount of the two as 100 wt.% And 5% to 40 wt.%. More preferably, it is more preferably 10% to 30% by weight, and more preferably 15% by weight 2 / ❶ to 25% by weight. When the amount is less than 5 wt%, the moldability of the obtained molding material is lowered, and at the same time, the heat resistance, gloss, and surface smoothness of the molded product are poor, which is not preferable. In addition, when the amount used exceeds 40% by weight, the strength of the obtained molded article is reduced, which is not preferable. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry according to the above (1) is hereinafter referred to as (meth) acrylic acid slurry A when it must be distinguished from others. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry A is suitable as, for example, a flat-shaped molding compound (hereinafter referred to as SMC), a block-shaped molding 11 ^-clothing-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) -Order • 1 I --!-H!-1 — -16 'Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (21Gx297 public meal 438819 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention (material) The following is referred to as BMC), pre-mixed materials, or injection molding materials. (Ii) The (meth) propionic acid slurry is described below. When it must be distinguished from others, it is called (meth) acrylic slurry B. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry B is suitable as, for example, a cast material or a pre-mixed material. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry A · B may also contain unreacted monomer components. Moreover, the monomer components are made into a thiol. After the polymerization in the presence of a compound, a (meth) acrylic acid slurry formed by treating the reaction mixture with maleic anhydride and a basic compound, and a vinyl monomer is used as a molding material, which is suitable as, for example, a casting material. Sex Specific examples of the compound include primary amines such as methylamine and ethylamine; secondary amines such as dimethylamine and diethylamine; tertiary amines such as trimethylamine and triethylamine; diazonium compounds and triplet compounds Etc., but it is not particularly limited. These basic compounds are preferably used in the range of 0.001 times mole to 1.5 times mole, and more preferably 3,000 times mole compared to the thiol compound added during polymerization. In the garden of Moore. Maleic acid with the above test compound For the thiol compound added during polymerization, 0.5 times Moore to 3.0 times Moore, and more preferably 07 times Moore to 2 · 8 times Within the range of Moore. When the amount of basic compound is 0.5 mol compared with the thiolated human foot added during polymerization, or when the amount of maleic acid liver is less than 0.5 fold, the amount of thiol compound is: It is not fully processed at the time, so it is not good. If the thiol compound remains in the reaction mixture, that is, (meth) propanoic acid slurry, the stability of the field when using the propionate slurry as the molding material will reduce the plant stability. To harden the forming material containing (meth) acrylic acid slurry, it is necessary to __- 17_ wood paper Standards apply to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Eighty-four Secrets (• ϋ- an ^ i · — I n LI ϋ_ϋ II i · i · (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), 1T, • m I-- -n in Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, etc. 18 438819 1 Old · '-丨 · V. Description of the invention (15' Meanwhile, the average molecular weight of the hardened product cannot be increased. The amount of test compound used is relative to that during polymerization When the thiol compound is added more than 1.5 times the mole, the weatherability of the obtained molded article is reduced, which is not good. In addition, the amount of maleic acid used is more than 3.0 times the mole when the thiol compound is added during polymerization. Because the water resistance of the obtained molded product is reduced, it is not good. The processing conditions such as the processing temperature and the processing time when the thiol compound is processed are not particularly limited. For example, the thiol compound can be treated by mixing the maleic acid liver and the basic compound in the reaction mixture. 〇As described above, after the monomer component and the ethylenic monomer are polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, the reaction mixture is treated with maleic acid and a test compound, and ethylene is added to the reaction mixture. Monomer, a liquid (methyl ^) propionic acid slurry can be obtained. In addition, the (meth) propionic acid liquid solution of the present invention may be a mixture (methacrylic acid slurry A · B, etc.) obtained by the above-mentioned two or three different methods. As long as the ether compound is a compound capable of reacting with a thiol compound (a double bond), specific examples of the ethylenyl bond compound include fluorenyl ethyl ether, ethyl ethyl ether, and n-propyl ethyl. Aliphatic ethylene ethers such as propyl ethyl ether, n-butyl ethyl ether, isobutyl ethylene acid, etc .; cycloalkyl vinyl ethers such as cyclohexyl ethylene ether; 2,3-dihydrosquench, 3,4 · dihydrosquench, 2,3_dihydro_2heart ratio, 3,4-dihydro-2H4an, 3,4_dihydro_2_form Cyclic ethers such as oxygen l-biran, 34_digas_2_ethoxy-2H-late, 3,4_dihydro_4,4_dimethyl_2H_tonan_2_gang, but There is no particular limitation. These ethenyl ether compounds can also be used alone or in combination of two or more types. 'The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm)

]—L-I h — φ! 一 * r (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1T .I- I - II - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 A7 __B7 五、發明説明(16 ) 本發明之乙烯基硫醚化合物係只要具有可與硫醇化合物 反應之雙鍵的化合物即可。該乙烯基硫醚化合物可舉例具 有可將前述例示之乙烯基醚化合物中的氧原子更換成硫原 子之構造的化合物即可。亦即,乙晞基硫醚化合物具體上 可舉例如:對應於前述例示之脂肪族乙烯基醚的脂肪族乙 晞基硫醚;對應於前述例示環燒基乙晞基醚之環燒基乙晞 基硫醚;對應於前述例示環狀醚之環狀硫醚等,但未特別 限足於此等。此等乙晞基硫醚化合物亦可單獨使用,又, 亦可併用二種類以上。 乙缔基酸化合物及/或乙晞基硫醚化合物之使用量,係相 對於聚合時添加之硫醇化合物宜爲〇5倍莫耳〜5倍莫耳, 更宜爲0.8倍莫耳〜3倍莫耳。上述使用量不足〇5倍莫耳時 ’硫醇化合物未完全被處理,故不佳。若硫醇化合物殘存 於反應混合物亦即(甲基)丙烯酸漿液中,以該(甲基)丙烯 酸漿液作爲成形材料時之貯存安定性會降低。又,爲使含 有(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之成形材料硬化,須具有長時間,同 時硬化物之平均分子量無法增大。另外,上述之使用量超 過5倍莫耳時,所得到成型品之耐候性會下降,故不佳。 處理上述硫醇化合物時之處理溫度或處理時間等的處理 條件’係只要依照反應混合物之組成等來決定即可,並無 特別限足。又,乙烯基醚化合物及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物之 添加方法並無特別限定,例如於反應混合物中添加此等化 合物,亦可於上述化合物中添加反應混合物。只要混合攪 拌反應混合物、與乙烯基醚化合物及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物 —-----—;—------訂------Λ. II : (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁}] —LI h — φ! 1 * r (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page), 1T .I- I-II-Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438819 A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention ( 16) The vinyl sulfide compound of the present invention is only a compound having a double bond capable of reacting with a thiol compound. The vinyl sulfide compound may be a compound having a structure in which an oxygen atom in the vinyl ether compound exemplified above can be replaced with a sulfur atom. That is, the acetamyl sulfide compound specifically includes, for example, an aliphatic acetamyl sulfide corresponding to the aliphatic vinyl ether exemplified above; and a cyclamyl ethyl corresponding to the foregoing exemplified cycloalkyl acetamyl ether. Fluorenyl sulfide; cyclic sulfide and the like corresponding to the aforementioned exemplified cyclic ether, but are not particularly limited thereto. These ethionyl sulfide compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. The amount of the ethylene acid compound and / or the acetamidine sulfide compound is preferably from 5 times mole to 5 times mole, more preferably 0.8 times mole to 3, relative to the thiol compound added during polymerization. Bemor. When the amount used is less than 0.5 mol, the 'thiol compound is not completely processed, so it is not preferable. If the thiol compound remains in the reaction mixture, that is, the (meth) acrylic acid slurry, the storage stability when the (meth) acrylic acid slurry is used as a molding material is reduced. In addition, in order to harden a molding material containing a (meth) acrylic slurry, it is necessary to have a long time, and meanwhile, the average molecular weight of the hardened material cannot be increased. In addition, if the amount used is more than 5 mols, the weatherability of the obtained molded article is reduced, which is not preferable. The processing conditions such as a processing temperature and a processing time when the thiol compound is processed are not particularly limited as long as they are determined according to the composition of the reaction mixture and the like. The method for adding the vinyl ether compound and / or the vinyl sulfide compound is not particularly limited. For example, these compounds may be added to the reaction mixture, and the reaction mixture may be added to the above compounds. As long as the reaction mixture is mixed and stirred with the vinyl ether compound and / or vinyl sulfide compound —-----—; —------ Order ------ Λ. II: (Please read the back first Note before filling out this page}

經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 4 3 88 1 9 A7 一 _----—_____________ 五、發明説明(17 ) ’即可處理硫醇化合物。 經乙烯基醚化合物及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物處理之(甲基 丙晞酸漿液[以下,必須與其他區別時,記爲(甲基)丙缔酸 漿液C],亦可使用來作爲塗料等,但尤其適宜作爲8訄〇、 BMC、預混合材料、注型材料、拉引成形材料射出成形 材料、押出成形材料、等之成形材料。 硫醇化合物之處理亦可於路易士酸、胺鹽、三級胺四 級銨鹽、鳞鹽、金屬鹽等觸媒的存在下進行。藉此,可促 進硫醇化合物、乙晞基醚化合物及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物之 反應。又,進行上述處理時,依需要可使用溶劑。該溶劑 以水及/或有機溶劑爲宜。 反應混合物中添加乙烯基醚化合物及/或乙晞基硫醚化合 物時,該反應混合物爲含有一具羧基之聚合體情形下,在 添加上述化合物之前,或,添加之後,依需要,於反應混 合物中添加(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及/或(甲基)丙烯酸甲 基縮水甘油酯,使含有聚合體之羧基進行酯化乃更佳。藉 此’可得到一含有具酯鍵之聚合體的(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c, 〇 上述(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及/或(甲基)丙烯酸甲基縮 水甘油酯之添加量,只要依照反應混合物之組成等而設定 即可,並無特別限定,但,相對於乙烯基單體,以〇 · 5倍 莫耳〜2倍莫耳爲佳,以〇·8倍莫耳〜;!.5倍莫耳更佳。 進行上述酯化反應(以下,必須與其他區別時,記爲酯化 反應A]時,依需要而可使用酯化觸媒。該酯化觸媒只要爲 _____-20-____ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) iT (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 3 88 1 9 A7 ____B7 五、發明説明(18 ) 了促進I基與環氧基之開環反應的化合物即可,並無特別 限定。 、 酿化觸媒具體上可舉例如:二甲基苯甲基胺、三乙胺、 四甲基乙一胺、二正辛胺等之三級胺;氯化四甲銨、溴化 四甲銨、溴化四丁銨等之四級銨鹽;苯甲基三苯基鳞氯等 之四級鏵鹽,金屬鹽等。此等酯化觸媒亦可一種類單獨使 用,又,亦可二種類以上併用。 酉曰化觸媒之添加量係只要依照其種類、反應混合物之組 成、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及/或(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油 酯之添加量、此等組合等而設定即可,並無特別限定,但 ’相對於反應混合物1 〇 〇重量份,以〇 〗重量份〜5重量份 爲佳,以0· 1重量份〜3重量份爲更佳。 又,進行上述酯化反應A時,依需要可使聚合抑制劑共 存。該聚合抑制劑具體上可舉例如··氫醌、甲基氫醌、甲 乳基鼠、第二丁基氫等。進而,進行上述醋化反應a 時,依需要可使用溶劑。該溶劑以水及/或有機溶劑爲宜。 於本發明中,係使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單體成分、與 含有羧基之乙烯基單體在硫醇化合物存在下經聚合之(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液[未處理之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液]、與不飽和環氧 化合物在後述之金屬化合物存在下進行酯化反應(以下,必 須與其他區別時,記爲酯化反應B ),亦可得到成形材料。 上述不飽和環氧化合物係只要於一分子中含有可與羧基 反應之環氧基、與可聚合之雙鍵的化合物即可。該不飽和 壤氧化合物具體上可舉例:烯丙基縮水甘油基醚、縮水甘 -21 - 本紙張尺度適财關家縣(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公羡) I----------•衣------1T------,φ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 438819 五、發明説明(!9 ) 經濟、部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 油基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲基縮水甘油基(甲基)丙烯酸酯; 環氧樹脂之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等,但不特別限定於此等。 此等不飽和環氧化合物亦可只使用一種類,又,亦可二種 類以上併用。 上述不飽和環氧化合物之使用量係只要依照其種類未 處理之(甲基)丙晞酸聚液之組和等而設定即可,並無特別 限定,但,相對於上述(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之製造所使用的 乙烯基單體,以〇· 5倍莫耳〜2倍莫耳爲佳,以〇8倍莫耳 〜1.5倍莫耳爲更佳。 上述金屬化合物係含有至少一種元素選自鋅、錫、及锆 所構成之群中的酯化觸媒,因觸媒活性高,故主要可促進 未處理之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液具有之羧基、與不飽和環氧基 化合物具有之環氧基的酯化反應B。 上述金屬化合物可舉例如無機金屬化合物、氧酸金屬鹽 、多氧酸金屬鹽、有機金屬化合物、有機酸金屬鹽、金&amp; 錯鹽等。而且’使用該金屬化合物而得到之成形材料,具 有更優異(貯存安定性。又,藉由使用該成型材料 到著色很少之成型品。 f 上述無機金屬化合物可舉例如··金屬氟化物、金屬溴化 物、金屬氯化物、金屬碘化物等之金屬自化物;金屬氧 物、金屬硫化物等之金屬硫族化物;金屬氮化物; 化物;金屬砒化物;金屬碳化物;金屬矽化物 物;金屬氰化物;金屬氫氧化物;金屬氣化氧化物 且,具體上可舉例如氯化鋅、氧化锆、硫化锡等。 化 而 III—·|~ΜII曹 1· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} -訂 - I - I- -22- “氏張尺度適用) A4規格(2K)X297公釐_)一 388Printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3 88 1 9 A7 1 _----—_____________ 5. Description of the Invention (17) ′ can handle thiol compounds. Treated with vinyl ether compound and / or vinyl sulfide compound (methacrylic acid slurry [hereinafter, if it must be distinguished from others, it is referred to as (meth) acrylic acid slurry C]), and can also be used as a coating Etc., but it is particularly suitable as a molding material for 8.0, BMC, pre-mixed materials, injection molding materials, drawing molding materials, injection molding materials, extrusion molding materials, etc. The treatment of thiol compounds can also be used in Lewis acid and amines. Salt, tertiary amine, quaternary ammonium salt, scale salt, metal salt and other catalysts. This can promote the reaction of thiol compounds, ethyl ether compounds and / or vinyl sulfide compounds. Also, When performing the above treatment, a solvent may be used as required. The solvent is preferably water and / or an organic solvent. When a vinyl ether compound and / or an ethyl sulfide compound is added to the reaction mixture, the reaction mixture contains a carboxyl group. In the case of a polymer, before the addition of the above compound, or after the addition, if necessary, glycidyl (meth) acrylate and / or methyl (meth) acrylate are added to the reaction mixture. Water glyceride, it is more preferable to esterify the carboxyl group containing the polymer. By this, a (meth) acrylic acid slurry c containing a polymer having an ester bond can be obtained. The addition amount of the methyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited as long as it is set according to the composition of the reaction mixture, and the like, but it is 0.5 times mole relative to the vinyl monomer ~ 2 times mole is better, 0. 8 times mole is better;!. 5 times mole is better. When performing the above esterification reaction (hereinafter, when it must be distinguished from others, it is referred to as esterification reaction A), as required Esterification catalyst can be used. The esterification catalyst is only _____- 20 -____ This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) iT (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3 88 1 9 A7 ____B7 V. Description of the invention (18) The compound that promotes the ring-opening reaction between the I group and the epoxy group is not particularly limited. Specific examples of catalysts include: dimethylbenzyl Tertiary amines such as, triethylamine, tetramethylethylene monoamine, di-n-octylamine, etc .; quaternary ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium bromide, tetrabutylammonium bromide, etc .; benzyltriphenyl Fourth-grade phosphonium salts such as base scale chlorine, metal salts, etc. These esterification catalysts can be used alone or in combination of two or more types. The amount of the catalyst added is based on its type, The composition of the reaction mixture, the amount of glycidyl (meth) acrylate and / or the amount of glycidyl (meth) acrylate, these combinations, and the like may be set, and are not particularly limited, but are 'relative to 1 in the reaction mixture. 〇parts by weight, more preferably from 0 parts by weight to 5 parts by weight, and more preferably from 0.1 parts by weight to 3 parts by weight. When the above-mentioned esterification reaction A is performed, a polymerization inhibitor may be coexisted as necessary. Specific examples of the polymerization inhibitor include: · hydroquinone, methylhydroquinone, methylate, second butyl hydrogen, and the like. Furthermore, a solvent can be used when performing the said vinegarization reaction a as needed. The solvent is preferably water and / or an organic solvent. In the present invention, a (meth) acrylic acid slurry [untreated (meth)] is obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing a (meth) acrylate and a vinyl monomer containing a carboxyl group in the presence of a thiol compound. Acrylic slurry], an esterification reaction with an unsaturated epoxy compound in the presence of a metal compound to be described later (hereinafter, when it must be distinguished from others, it is referred to as esterification reaction B), and a molding material can also be obtained. The unsaturated epoxy compound may be a compound containing an epoxy group capable of reacting with a carboxyl group and a polymerizable double bond in one molecule. Specific examples of this unsaturated soil oxygen compound are: allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl-21-This paper is suitable for Guancai County (CNS) A4 size (210X297) I ------- --- • Cloths ----- 1T ------, φ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 438819 V. Description of the invention (! 9) Staff consumption of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy and Economy Cooperatives print oil-based (meth) acrylates, methylglycidyl (meth) acrylates, mono (meth) acrylates of epoxy resins, and the like, but are not particularly limited to these. These unsaturated epoxy compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. The use amount of the unsaturated epoxy compound is not particularly limited as long as it is set according to the type and the like of the untreated (meth) propionic acid polymer solution, but it is relative to the (meth) acrylic acid. The vinyl monomer used in the manufacture of the slurry is preferably 0.5 times mole to 2 times mole, and more preferably 0.8 times mole to 1.5 times mole. The above-mentioned metal compound contains an esterification catalyst containing at least one element selected from the group consisting of zinc, tin, and zirconium. Since the catalyst activity is high, it can mainly promote the carboxyl group of the untreated (meth) acrylic acid slurry, Esterification reaction B with an epoxy group possessed by an unsaturated epoxy compound. Examples of the metal compound include an inorganic metal compound, a metal oxo acid salt, a polyoxo metal salt, an organic metal compound, an organic acid metal salt, and a gold &amp; salt. In addition, the molding material obtained by using the metal compound has more excellent storage stability. In addition, by using the molding material to a molded article with little coloring. F The inorganic metal compounds include, for example, metal fluorides, Metal bromides, metal chlorides, metal iodides, etc .; metal chalcogenides, such as metal oxides, metal sulfides; metal nitrides; compounds; metal sulfides; metal carbides; metal silicides; Metal cyanides; metal hydroxides; metal gasification oxides, and specific examples include zinc chloride, zirconia, tin sulfide, etc. Huaer III— || ~ ΜII 曹 1 · (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again for the matter} -Order-I-I- -22- "Applicable to the Zhang scale" A4 size (2K) X297 mm_) one 388

五、發明説明(2〇 ) ---— 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 上述氫酸金屬鹽可舉例如硫酸金屬鹽、硝酸金屬鹽、磷 屬鹽、次膦酸金屬鹽、膦酸金屬鹽、偏磷酸金屬鹽、 ,酸金屬鹽、氣酸金屬#、溴酸金屬:、硪酸金屬鹽、矽 鹽等。而且’具體上可舉例如硫酸錫、磷酸鋅、硝 、备寺。又,於本發明中,氧酸金屬鹽亦吁含有磷酸氫鋅 寺之氫鹽者。 人上多氧酸金屬鹽可舉例如:多磷酸金屬鹽、多硼酸 二屬酸夕鈮酸金屬鹽、多鈕酸金屬鹽、多鉬酸金屬鹽、 :钒酸金屬鹽、多鎢酸金屬鹽等。而且,具體上可舉例如 夕磷酸鋅等。 上述之有機金屬化合物例如可舉例如以通式⑴ M&quot;(R)n ……⑴ 十(式中,M表示鋅、錫或鍺,R表示甲基、乙基等貌基、 :甲乳基或乙氧基等之燒氧基,η表示1〜6之整數)所示之化 η物*且’具體上可舉例如二乙基鋅、四乙氧基錐等。 上述有機酸金屬鹽可舉例如金屬包、醋酸金屬鹽、安息 香酸金屬鹽、柳酸金屬鹽、草酸金屬鹽、酒石酸金屬鹽、 輯金屬鹽、擰檬酸金屬鹽等。該金屬包可舉例如j桂 酸金屬鹽、肉豆寇酸金屬鹽、棕櫚酸金屬鹽、硬脂酸金屬 鹽、油酸金屬鹽等之脂㈣金屬鹽;環垸酸金屬鹽、辛酸 金屬鹽、續酸金屬鹽、硫酸@旨金屬鹽、磷酸g旨金屬鹽等。 而且’具體上可舉例如辛酸鋅、硬脂酸錫;醋酸鋅、柳酸 錫等。 上述金屬錯鹽可舉例如以通式(2) —.1 •丨争衣 、玎 ^ ! * 二 C請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -23- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ^388 19 at ____B7 五、發明説明(21 ) M-(L)n …···(2) (式中,Μ表7F鋅、錫、或錐,L表示乙醯基丙酮等之配 位子,η表示1〜6的整數)所示之化合物。而且,具體上可 舉例如乙醯基丙酮鋅等。 此等金屬化合物亦可只使用一種類,又,亦可併用2種類 以上。金屬化合物之使用只要依照其種類、或未處理之(甲 基)丙烯酸漿液及不飽和環氧化合物之組合等而設定即可, 並無特別限定,但相對於未處理之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液1〇〇 重量份宜爲0.01重量份〜5重量份,更宜爲〇1重量份〜3重 量份。 又’實施上述醋化反應Β時,依需要,可使例如前述例 示聚合抑制劑共存。進而,實施上述酯化反應Β時,依需 要’可使用例如前述例示之溶劑。又,進行酯化反應Β時 ’亦可使用前述例示之酯化觸媒以取代金屬化合物。 於上述酯化反應Β中,混合未處理之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液、 不飽和環氧化合物,及金屬化合物的順序或方法,並無特 別限定。總之,使未處理之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液與不飽和環 氧化合物進行酯化反應Β之時機,只要金屬化合物存在於 反應系中即可。 藉此’具有未處理之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液的羧基、與具有 不飽和環氧化合物之環氧基會進行酯化反應(開環反應), 於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液[以下,有時必須與其他區別時,記爲 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液Ε]可導入聚合性雙键。 亦即’可得到一具有聚合性雙鍵之側鏈介由酯結合而含 —-24- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉Μ規格(210X297公釐) ϋ·- ϋ·^ ^1-·ϋ —^ϋ ϋ^— ϋ·__ϋ ϋ_ϋ memmmmmmM ϋ·ϋ I Βϋϋ、一「心 nl_— tmtaMme ϋ^— —.I··— 一 · : -(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(22 ) ~ ---;---------- ;* ~ r (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 有結合於主鏈之(甲基)丙烯酸酯系聚合體的材料。該成形 材料係含有:介由酯結合而導入聚合性雙鍵之(甲基)丙缔 酸漿液E、與、含有至少一種元素選自鋅、錫及錐之群中 的金屬化合物。 含有(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E之成形材料尤其適宜作爲SMc 、:BMC、預混合材料、注型材料、拉引成形材料、射出成 形材料、押出成形材料等之成形材料。又,(甲基)丙埽酸 漿液E因具有聚合性雙键,故爲熱硬化性。又,藉由使具 有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯系聚合體、與乙烯基單體進行 酯化反應,亦可導入聚合性雙键。 訂 於導入上述聚合性雙鍵之(甲基)丙烯酸酯系聚合體中之 雙鍵當量,亦即,每1個聚合性雙键之重量平均分子量(Mw) 宜爲200〜10,〇〇〇之範圍,更宜爲1〇〇〇〜8〇〇〇的範圍,最宜 爲2,000〜5,000之範園。藉由將雙鍵當量調節至上述範圍内 ’使成形材料硬化而得到之成型品,可抑制龜裂發生。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 若雙鍵當量不足200,成型材料硬化所得到之成型品有時 表面光滑性或光澤等之表面性會差。另外,若雙鍵當量超 過10,000,無法充分抑制成形材料硬化時之體積收縮率, 同時,成形材料硬化所得到成型品之表面平滑性或光澤等 表面性、或、熱時強度恐有下降之虞。 又’導入聚合性雙鍵時之(甲基)丙烯酸酯系聚合體之重 量平均分子量宜爲3,000〜500,000,更宜爲5,〇〇〇〜1〇〇 〇〇〇, 最宜爲10,000〜40,000之範圍。若該重量平均分子量不足 3,000,所得到之成型品物性會降低。另外,若重量平均八 -25- d 3 8 8 1 9 A7 B7 五 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 、發明説明(23 ) 子量超過500,000,(甲基)丙晞酸漿液E之粘度會過高,成 形作業等之作業性會降低。 含有(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E與金屬化合物之成形材料、或、 含有前述(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,之成型材料,依需要,亦可 含有至少一種選自熱可塑性彈性體、熱可塑性樹脂、及橡 膠所構成之群中的熱可塑性高分子。 此時,更罝熱可塑性高分子分散於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C, E中若熱可塑性咼分子分散著,藉加熱硬化時熱可塑 性高分子熱膨脹,可有效率地抑制成形材料即硬化物之收 縮。要3之,该成形材料因硬化時之體積收縮率很低,故 藉由成形材料硬化,可得到表面平滑性或光澤等表面性優 越之成型品。 此處,所謂熱可塑性高分子Γ分散」於(甲基)丙烯酸漿 液c’、E中,係表示熱可塑性高分子(分散相)呈微粒子狀 散布於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,、E中的狀態。更具體地,係 熱可塑性高分子呈粒徑i mm以下之微粒子狀散布於(甲基) 丙 '烯酸漿液C ’、E中,成型材料呈不透明之狀態。 又’所謂「溶解」係表示分散相散布呈分子或離子大小 程度之粒徑’成形材料呈透明之狀態。又,所謂「熱硬化 性」係表不枯度受加熱而上昇,且,藉交聯反應而生成不 溶於溶劑之生成物的性質。所謂「熱可塑性」係表示粘度 受加熱而降低,且爲可溶於至少一種溶劑之性質。又,藉 由併用後述之低收縮劑與此處述及之熱可塑性高分子,可 使收縮率更有效率地降低。 26- 尽紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇X 297公釐) IJ, |~^ ^&quot;I♦II : (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)V. Description of the invention (20) ----- The above-mentioned metal salt of hydrogen acid printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics can be exemplified by metal sulfate, metal nitrate, phosphorous, phosphinic acid, and phosphonic acid Metal salts, metal metaphosphates, metal acid salts, gas acid metal #, metal bromate :, metal acid salts, silicon salts, etc. Moreover, specifically, for example, tin sulfate, zinc phosphate, nitrate, and Bisi. Also, in the present invention, metal oxo acid salts are also called for those containing hydrogen phosphate of zinc hydrogen phosphate. Examples of human polyoxometalates include: polyphosphate metal salts, polyborate dibasic acid niobate metal salts, polybutton acid metal salts, polymolybdate metal salts, vanadate metal salts, and polytungstate metal salts. Wait. Specific examples include zinc phosphate. The above-mentioned organometallic compound may be, for example, represented by the general formula ⑴ M &quot; (R) n ...... ⑴ ((where M represents zinc, tin, or germanium, R represents a methyl group, an ethyl group, and the like; Or an ethoxy group such as ethoxy, η represents an integer of 1 to 6), and specifically, for example, diethylzinc, tetraethoxy cone, and the like. Examples of the organic acid metal salt include metal clad, metal acetate, metal benzoate, metal salicylate, metal oxalate, metal tartrate, metal salt, and citric acid metal salt. The metal bag may be, for example, a metal salt of lauric acid, a metal salt of myristic acid, a metal salt of palmitic acid, a metal salt of stearic acid, a metal salt of oleic acid, or the like; a metal salt of cyclic acid, a metal salt of caprylic acid , Continuous acid metal salt, sulfuric acid @ Purpose metal salt, phosphoric acid g purpose metal salt, etc. Further, specifically, for example, zinc octoate, tin stearate; zinc acetate, tin salicylate, and the like can be mentioned. The above metal salts can be given, for example, by the general formula (2) —.1 • 丨 contention, 玎 ^! * Second C, please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -23- Staff Consumer Cooperatives, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed ^ 388 19 at ____B7 V. Description of the invention (21) M- (L) n… (2) (where M is 7F zinc, tin, or cone, L represents acetone, etc. Position, n represents an integer of 1 to 6). Further, specifically, for example, zinc acetoacetone and the like can be mentioned. These metal compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The use of the metal compound is not particularly limited as long as it is set according to the type thereof, or a combination of an untreated (meth) acrylic acid slurry and an unsaturated epoxy compound, but it is relative to the untreated (meth) acrylic acid slurry. 100 parts by weight is preferably 0.01 parts by weight to 5 parts by weight, and more preferably 0.01 to 3 parts by weight. When the above-mentioned acetation reaction B is carried out, if necessary, for example, the aforementioned polymerization inhibitors can coexist. Furthermore, when the above-mentioned esterification reaction B is carried out, the solvent exemplified above can be used as necessary. When the esterification reaction B is carried out, it is also possible to use the esterification catalyst exemplified above instead of the metal compound. The order or method of mixing the untreated (meth) acrylic acid slurry, the unsaturated epoxy compound, and the metal compound in the above-mentioned esterification reaction B is not particularly limited. In short, the timing of the esterification reaction B of the untreated (meth) acrylic acid slurry and the unsaturated epoxy compound is sufficient as long as the metal compound is present in the reaction system. Thereby, the carboxyl group having an untreated (meth) acrylic acid slurry and the epoxy group having an unsaturated epoxy compound undergo an esterification reaction (ring-opening reaction), and the (meth) acrylic acid slurry [hereinafter, sometimes When it is necessary to distinguish it from others, the polymerizable double bond can be introduced as (meth) acrylic acid slurry E]. That is, 'a side chain with a polymerizable double bond can be obtained through ester bonding and contains — 24 — This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS> M specification (210X297 mm) ϋ ·-ϋ · ^ ^ 1- · Ϋ — ^ ϋ ϋ ^ — ϋ · __ϋ ϋ_ϋ memmmmmmM ϋ · ϋ I Βϋϋ 、 一 「心 nl_— tmtaMme ϋ ^ —— —.I ·· — 一 ·--(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page ) 438819 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (22) ~ ---; ----------; * ~ r (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page} There is a combination of ( A material of a (meth) acrylic polymer. The molding material contains (meth) acrylic acid slurry E that introduces a polymerizable double bond through an ester bond, and contains at least one element selected from zinc, tin, and Metal compounds in the cone group. The forming material containing (meth) acrylic slurry E is particularly suitable for forming SMc, BMC, pre-mixed materials, injection molding materials, draw molding materials, injection molding materials, and extrusion molding materials. Materials. (Meth) propionic acid slurry E is thermosetting because it has a polymerizable double bond. A polymerizable double bond can also be introduced by esterifying a (meth) acrylic acid ester-based polymer having an epoxy group with a vinyl monomer. The double bond equivalent in the polymer, that is, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) per polymerizable double bond is preferably in the range of 200 to 10,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 8,000. The optimal range is from 2,000 to 5,000. By adjusting the double bond equivalent weight to the above range, the molded product obtained by hardening the molding material can suppress cracks. It is printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. If the double bond equivalent is less than 200, the molded article obtained by curing the molding material may have poor surface smoothness or gloss. In addition, if the double bond equivalent exceeds 10,000, the volume shrinkage of the molding material when it is hardened cannot be sufficiently suppressed. At the same time, the surface smoothness, gloss, and other surface properties of the molded product obtained by hardening the molding material, or the strength under heat may be reduced. Also, when a polymerizable double bond is introduced, the (meth) acrylate polymer The weight average molecular weight is preferably 3,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 10,000, and most preferably in the range of 10,000 to 40,000. If the weight average molecular weight is less than 3,000, the physical properties of the obtained molded product In addition, if the weight averages 8-25- d 3 8 8 1 9 A7 B7 5 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and the description of the invention (23) The volume is more than 500,000, (meth) propionic acid slurry The viscosity of E will be too high, and the workability of the molding operation will be reduced. A molding material containing (meth) acrylic slurry E and a metal compound, or a molding material containing the aforementioned (meth) acrylic slurry C, as required, It may contain at least one thermoplastic polymer selected from the group consisting of a thermoplastic elastomer, a thermoplastic resin, and a rubber. At this time, if the thermoplastic polymer is dispersed in the (meth) acrylic acid slurry C and E, if the thermoplastic 咼 molecules are dispersed, the thermal expansion of the thermoplastic polymer during heating and curing can effectively suppress the forming material, that is, the hardened material. shrink. In a third aspect, since the volume shrinkage of the molding material is low when it is hardened, by molding the hardening of the molding material, a molded product having superior surface properties such as surface smoothness and gloss can be obtained. Here, the term "dispersion of the thermoplastic polymer Γ" in the (meth) acrylic acid slurry c ', E means that the thermoplastic polymer (dispersed phase) is dispersed in the form of fine particles in the (meth) acrylic acid slurry C, E. status. More specifically, the thermoplastic polymer is dispersed in the (meth) acrylic acid slurry C ', E in the form of fine particles having a particle diameter of 1 mm or less, and the molding material is in an opaque state. The term "dissolved" refers to a state in which the dispersed phase is dispersed to a particle size of the size of molecules or ions, and the molding material is transparent. The "thermosetting property" refers to the property that the dryness is increased by heating, and that a product insoluble in a solvent is formed by a crosslinking reaction. By "thermoplastic" is meant that the viscosity is reduced by heating and is soluble in at least one solvent. In addition, by using a low-shrinkage agent described later in combination with a thermoplastic polymer described herein, the shrinkage can be reduced more efficiently. 26- Common Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × X 297 mm) as far as possible paper size IJ, | ~ ^ ^ &quot; I ♦ II: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 A7 _^ B7 五、發明説明(24 ) 於本發明中,所謂熱可塑性彈性體係表示於分子内,具 有呈彈性構造之橡膠成分(軟質成分)、及、可防止塑性變 形構造之樹脂成分(硬質成分),常溫下顯示橡膠彈性,且 ,高溫下顯示可塑性之熱可塑性高分子。所謂熱可塑性樹 脂係表示於分子内只具有可防止塑性變形構造之樹脂成分( 硬質成分),在常溫下不顯示橡膠彈性之熱可塑性高分子。 所明橡膠係表示於常溫乃至南溫下可顯示橡膠彈性之高分 子。 &quot; 上述熱可塑彈性體具體上可舉例如:苯乙烯/乙烯/丙晞/ 苯乙烯共聚合體(SEP S)、苯乙烯/乙烯/丁烯/苯乙晞共聚 合體(S E B S )、無水馬來酸變性苯乙晞/乙埽/ 丁晞/苯乙歸 共聚合體(MA變性SEBS)、苯乙烯/異戊間二烯/苯乙晞共 聚合體(SIS)、苯乙烯/ 丁二烯/苯乙烯共聚合體(SBS)、苯 乙烯/乙烯/丙烯共聚合體(SEP)等之苯乙烯系熱可塑性彈 性體;聚酯系熱可塑性彈性體;聚丁二烯系熱可塑彈性體 等’但並無特別限定於此等。此等熱可塑性彈性體亦只可 使用一種,又,亦可併用2種以上。熱可塑彈性體只要依 照(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C ’、E、之種類而適當選擇即可,但 ,上述例示之熱可塑性彈性體之中,以苯乙烯系熱可塑性 彈性體尤佳。又,苯乙烯系熱可塑性彈性體亦可爲直鏈狀 、亦可爲輻射狀。 上述苯乙烯系熱可塑性彈性體之苯乙烯含有率,係(甲基) 丙晞酸漿液C,、E中所含有之未反應乙晞基單體爲甲基丙 烯酸甲酯,或,未反應乙烯基化合物爲苯乙缔時,宜在 ______ -27- 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS ) M規格(训;7公餐)_ —;---:----— · * : (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 4388 1 9 A7 _______ ____B7 五、發明説明(25 ) 重量%〜25重量% ’更宜在丨3重量❶/❶〜2〇重量%。又,於( 甲基)丙婦酸聚液C’、e中含有甲基丙烯酸甲酯或苯乙烯以 外 &lt; 未反應化合物例如甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯時,該苯乙烯 含有率宜爲10重量%〜4〇重量❶/c,更宜爲13重量❶/❶〜3〇重 量〇/〇。藉由將苯乙烯含有率設定在上述範圍内,可更有效 地抑制成形材料即硬化物之收縮。 上述熱可塑性樹脂具體上可舉例如:酸變性聚醋酸乙烯 醋(酸變性PVAc)、氣化乙烯·醋酸乙烯共聚合體(vcl_VAc) 、乙烯/醋酸乙烯酯共聚合體(EVA)、纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯 (CAB)、丙烯腈、乙烯丙晞二烯橡膠/苯乙烯共聚合體(AES) 、丙晞酸橡膠/丙烯腈/苯乙烯(AAS)等,但無特別限定。此 等熱可塑性树脂可只使用一種,又,亦可併用2種以上。熱 可塑性樹脂只要依照(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,、E的種類等適當 選擇即可。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ~--------曹II / * : (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) L» 上述橡膠具體上可舉例如:苯乙烯/丁二烯橡膠(SBR)、 氫添加苯乙晞/丁二烯橡膠(HSBR)、腈/丁二烯橡膠(nbr)、 丁一烯橡膠(BR)、天然橡膠、異戊間二烯橡膠等之二烯橡 膠;氯丁二烯橡膠;丁基橡膠;乙烯/丙烯橡膠;丙烯酸橡 膠(ACM)、胺基甲酸酯橡膠等,但未特別限定於此。此等 橡膠亦只可使用一種,又,亦可併用2種以上。橡膠只要依 照(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,、E的種類等而適當選擇。 上述熱可塑性高分子玻璃轉移溫度(以下記爲Tg),宜爲 -100°C〜80°C,更宜爲-70°c〜30°c,最宜爲_60。(:〜01。若 Tg比上述-i〇〇°C還低,成形材料硬化所得到之成型品的表 _____________- 28 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 3 8 8 1 9 A7 ———____B7_ 五、發明説明(26 ) 面光澤會下降。另外,上述Tg若超過爲S(rc,熱可塑性高 分子很難膨脹,抑制成形材料亦即硬化物之收縮效果變得 不充分。又,於本發明中,所謂熱可塑性高分子之Tg,例 如熱可塑性高分子爲熱可塑性彈性體時,以橡膠成分之T g 亦即低溫側之T g來表示。 上述熱可塑性高分子之添加量,以(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C, 、£與熱可塑性高分子之合計作爲1〇〇重量%,宜爲2重量 %〜50重量%,更宜爲5重量❶/❶〜30重量%,最宜爲10重量 %〜20重量%。該添加量不足2重量%時,抑制成形材料亦 即硬化物之收縮效果變得不彰,故,硬化時之體積收縮率 會增高,無法得到表面性卓越之成型品。另外,若該添加 量超過50重量%,(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,、e之粘度過於上 昇而很難作成配料。 熱可塑性咼分子只要安定地分散於(甲基)丙晞酸漿液c, 、E中即可,但,宜形成粒徑爲5nm〜8〇〇&quot;m之分散相,更 宜形成粒徑爲50nm〜500 a 111之分散相,尤宜形成粒徑爲 100nm〜100&quot;m之分散相。 含有(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E與金屬化合物之成形材料,或, 含有(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,之成形材料,爲使熱可塑性高分 子之分散狀態安定化,依需要,亦可進一步含有分散安定 劑。藉此,可更增加(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,、E與熱可塑性 高分子之適當組合。 上述分散安定劑只要係於分子内具有與(甲基)丙烯酸漿 液C、E之親和性高的邵分、及與熱可塑性高分子之親和 -29- 本紙張尺度顧巾目Η家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公羞) (請先閲-W背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438819 A7 _ ^ B7 V. Description of the Invention (24) In the present invention, the so-called thermoplastic elastic system is expressed in the molecule and has a rubber component (soft component) with elastic structure. A resin component (hard component) that prevents plastic deformation structure, a thermoplastic polymer that exhibits rubber elasticity at room temperature and exhibits plasticity at high temperature. The so-called thermoplastic resin is a thermoplastic polymer that has only a resin component (hard component) that prevents plastic deformation in the molecule and does not exhibit rubber elasticity at room temperature. The rubbers indicated are high molecules that show rubber elasticity at room temperature or even south temperature. &quot; Specific examples of the above thermoplastic elastomers include: styrene / ethylene / propylene / styrene copolymer (SEP S), styrene / ethylene / butene / phenylethyl fluorene copolymer (SEBS), anhydrous malay Acid-denatured stilbene / acetamidine / butadiene / phenylethylidene copolymer (MA denatured SEBS), styrene / isoprene / phenylethyl hydrazone copolymer (SIS), styrene / butadiene / styrene Copolymers (SBS), styrene / ethylene / propylene copolymers (SEP), styrene-based thermoplastic elastomers; polyester-based thermoplastic elastomers; polybutadiene-based thermoplastic elastomers, etc., but there is no special Limited to these. These thermoplastic elastomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The thermoplastic elastomer may be appropriately selected in accordance with the type of the (meth) acrylic slurry C ', E, but, among the thermoplastic elastomers exemplified above, a styrene-based thermoplastic elastomer is particularly preferred. In addition, the styrene-based thermoplastic elastomer may be linear or radial. The styrene content of the above styrene-based thermoplastic elastomer is (meth) propionic acid slurry C, E. The unreacted ethylammonium monomer contained in methyl methacrylate, or unreacted ethylene When the base compound is phenethyl, ______ -27- This paper size applies the Zhongguanjia Standard (CNS) M specification (training; 7 meals) _ —; ---: ---- — · *: (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Order 4388 1 9 A7 _______ ____B7 V. Description of the invention (25) Weight% ~ 25% by weight 'more preferably 丨 3% by weight / ❶ ~ 20% by weight. When the (meth) propionic acid polymer liquids C 'and e contain methyl methacrylate or styrene other than unreacted compounds such as third butyl methacrylate, the styrene content is preferably 10 The weight% to 40 weight% / c, more preferably 13 weight weight /% to 30 weight weight / 0. By setting the styrene content within the above range, it is possible to more effectively suppress shrinkage of the hardened material, which is a molding material. Specific examples of the thermoplastic resin include acid-denatured polyvinyl acetate (acid-denatured PVAc), vaporized ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (vcl_VAc), ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), and cellulose acetate. Butyrate (CAB), acrylonitrile, ethylene propylene diene rubber / styrene copolymer (AES), propionate rubber / acrylonitrile / styrene (AAS), and the like are not particularly limited. These thermoplastic resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The thermoplastic resin may be appropriately selected in accordance with the type of the (meth) acrylic slurry c, E, and the like. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ~ -------- Cao II / *: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) L »The above rubber can be specifically exemplified: styrene / Butadiene rubber (SBR), hydrogen-added styrene / butadiene rubber (HSBR), nitrile / butadiene rubber (nbr), butadiene rubber (BR), natural rubber, isoprene rubber, etc. Diene rubber; chloroprene rubber; butyl rubber; ethylene / propylene rubber; acrylic rubber (ACM), urethane rubber, etc., but it is not particularly limited thereto. These rubbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The rubber may be appropriately selected depending on the type of the (meth) acrylic slurry C, E, and the like. The above-mentioned thermoplastic polymer glass transition temperature (hereinafter referred to as Tg) is preferably -100 ° C to 80 ° C, more preferably -70 ° c to 30 ° c, and most preferably _60. (: ~ 01. If the Tg is lower than the above -100 ° C, the table of the molded product obtained by hardening the molding material _____________- 28-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) ) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3 8 8 1 9 A7 ———____ B7_ V. Description of the Invention (26) The gloss of the surface will decrease. In addition, if the above Tg exceeds S (rc, the thermoplastic polymer is very It is difficult to swell, and the shrinking effect of the molding material, that is, the hardened material, becomes insufficient. In the present invention, the Tg of the thermoplastic polymer is, for example, the T of the rubber component when the thermoplastic polymer is a thermoplastic elastomer. g is the low temperature side T g. The amount of the thermoplastic polymer added is 100% by weight based on the total of (meth) acrylic acid slurry C, £ and thermoplastic polymer, preferably 2% by weight. ~ 50% by weight, more preferably 5% by weight ❶ / ❶ ~ 30% by weight, and most preferably 10% by weight to 20% by weight. When the added amount is less than 2% by weight, the shrinkage effect of the molding material, that is, the hardened material, becomes Not good, so when hardened The product shrinkage rate will increase, and a molded product with excellent surface properties will not be obtained. In addition, if the added amount exceeds 50% by weight, the viscosity of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry c, e will increase too much, making it difficult to make ingredients. As long as it is stably dispersed in the (meth) propionic acid slurry c,, E, it is preferable to form a dispersed phase having a particle diameter of 5 nm to 800 m, and more preferably to form a particle diameter of 50 nm to 500 a. The dispersed phase of 111 is particularly suitable to form a dispersed phase having a particle diameter of 100 nm to 100 &quot; m. A molding material containing (meth) acrylic slurry E and a metal compound, or a molding material containing (meth) acrylic slurry C, In order to stabilize the dispersed state of the thermoplastic polymer, a dispersion stabilizer may be further contained as required. This can further increase the appropriate combination of the (meth) acrylic slurry c, E, and the thermoplastic polymer. As long as the stabilizer is in the molecule, it has a high affinity with (meth) acrylic acid slurry C and E, and an affinity with thermoplastic polymers. 29- This paper is based on Chinese standards (CNS) Α4 regulation (210X297 public shame) (Note, please read the back of this page and then fill -W)

438819 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(27 ) 性高的部分之聚合體即可。分散安定劑,例如熱可塑性高 分子爲苯乙烯系熱可塑性彈性體時,以苯乙烯/醋酸乙烯酯 共聚合體或苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸甲酯共聚合體等爲宜。 使熱可塑性高分子分散於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之方法,可 舉例如:①於(甲基)丙#酸漿液C,、E中添加攪拌熱可塑性 高分子之方法;②於前述單體組成物中添加攪拌熱可塑性 高分子後,進行聚合之方法;③於前述乙烯基單體中添加 攪拌熱可塑性高分子後,添加(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合體之方 法;④於乙烯基單體中添加攪拌熱可塑性高分子後,添加( 甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,、E之方法等。於此等方法中,攪拌係 只要使用例如鬲速攪摔機以l0,000rpm左右之攪拌速度實施 即可。又,攪摔時間係依攪拌速度等而適當選擇即可,但 ,以1分以上爲佳,10分以上更佳。上述例示之方法中,於 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液C’、E中添加擾摔熱可塑性高分子之方法 ,在製造上最簡便,可有效率地得到成形材料,故特別佳 〇 本發明之成形材料係包含一使前述之含有(甲基)丙烯酸 酯之單體成分、與含有羧基之乙烯基單體在硫醇化合物存 在下經聚合後,使用馬來酸酐及鹼性化合物處理該反應混 合物而構成的(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A。 又,本發明之成形材料係包含一使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯 之單體成分在硫醇化合物存在下聚合後,使用馬來酸酐及 鹼性化合物處理該反應混合物而成之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液B 、與乙烯基單體。 -30 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂 438819 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(28 ) 進而,本發明之成形材料係包含一使含有(甲基)丙烯酸 酯之單體成分在硫醇化合物之存在下聚合而成的反應混合 物中,添加乙烯基醚化合物及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物而構成 的(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C。 又’上述(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C係亦可爲於一使含有(甲基) 丙烯酸酯之單體成分、與含有羧基之乙烯基單體成分在硫 醇化合物存在下聚合而成的反應混合物中,添加乙烯基醚 化合物及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物而構成者。 本發明之成形材料係包含(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,其乃對反 應混合物(其係使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單體成分、與含有 羧基&lt;乙烯基單體在硫醇化合物存在下聚合而成者)添加乙 烯基醚化合物及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物之前、或、添加之後 ’依需要’而於反應混合物中添加(甲基)丙烯酸甘油酯及/ 或(甲基)丙烯酸甲基縮水甘油酯,使含有聚合體之羧基進 行酯化,俾含有一具有聚合性雙鍵之側鏈結合於主鏈的(甲 基)丙烯酸酯系聚合體。 進而又,本發明之成形材料係包含(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E, 其乃使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單體成分、與含有羧基之乙 缔基單體在硫醇化合物存在下聚合後,使該反應混合物與 不飽和環氧化物在含有至少一種元素選自鋅、錫及錐所構 成之群中的金屬化合物存在下進行酯化,俾含有一具有聚 合性雙鍵之側鏈結合於主鏈之(甲基)丙烯酸酯系聚合體。 本發明之另一成形材料係包含(甲基)丙烯酸漿液D,其 乃使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單體成分在硫醇化合物存在下 -31 - 冬紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210'〆297公釐) 1— : ^衣— : *; (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 4388 1 9438819 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (27) Aggregates of high-performance parts are sufficient. As the dispersion stabilizer, for example, when the thermoplastic polymer is a styrene-based thermoplastic elastomer, a styrene / vinyl acetate copolymer or a styrene / methyl methacrylate copolymer is preferable. The method for dispersing a thermoplastic polymer in a (meth) acrylic acid slurry may include, for example: ① a method of adding a stirring thermoplastic polymer to (meth) acrylic acid slurry C, E; ② the monomer composition A method of adding a thermoplastic polymer after stirring and polymerizing it; ③ A method of adding a stirring thermoplastic polymer to the aforementioned vinyl monomer and then adding a (meth) acrylic polymer; ④ in a vinyl monomer After adding a thermoplastic polymer, the method of adding (meth) acrylic acid slurry C, E, etc. is added. In these methods, the stirring system may be performed using, for example, a high-speed stirrer at a stirring speed of about 10,000 rpm. The stirring time may be appropriately selected depending on the stirring speed and the like, but is preferably 1 minute or more, and more preferably 10 minutes or more. Among the methods exemplified above, the method of adding a thermoplastic polymer to the (meth) acrylic acid slurry C ', E is the easiest in manufacturing and can obtain a molding material efficiently. Therefore, the molding of the present invention is particularly preferable. The material contains a monomer component comprising the (meth) acrylate-containing monomer and a carboxyl-containing vinyl monomer after polymerization in the presence of a thiol compound, and then treating the reaction mixture with maleic anhydride and a basic compound. Composition of (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. The molding material of the present invention includes a (meth) group obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing a (meth) acrylate in the presence of a thiol compound, and treating the reaction mixture with maleic anhydride and a basic compound. Acrylic slurry B, and vinyl monomer. -30 This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)-Order 438819 Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Invention Explanation (28) Furthermore, the molding material of the present invention includes a reaction mixture obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing (meth) acrylate in the presence of a thiol compound, and adding a vinyl ether compound and / or ethylene (Meth) acrylic acid slurry C consisting of a sulfide compound. The above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid slurry C may be a reaction mixture obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing a (meth) acrylate and a vinyl monomer component containing a carboxyl group in the presence of a thiol compound. In this case, a vinyl ether compound and / or a vinyl sulfide compound are added. The molding material of the present invention contains a (meth) acrylic acid slurry C, which is a reaction mixture (which is a monomer component containing a (meth) acrylate ester and a carboxyl group-containing vinyl monomer in a thiol compound Formed by the following polymerization) adding (meth) acrylic acid glyceride and / or (meth) acrylic acid to the reaction mixture 'as needed' before or after adding the vinyl ether compound and / or vinyl sulfide compound Methyl glycidyl ester esterifies a carboxyl group containing a polymer, and fluorene contains a (meth) acrylate polymer having a side chain having a polymerizable double bond bonded to a main chain. Furthermore, the molding material of the present invention includes a (meth) acrylic acid slurry E, which is obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing a (meth) acrylate and an ethylenic monomer containing a carboxyl group in the presence of a thiol compound. The reaction mixture and the unsaturated epoxide are subjected to esterification in the presence of a metal compound containing at least one element selected from the group consisting of zinc, tin and cone, and fluorene has a side chain with a polymerizable double bond bound to (Meth) acrylate polymer of main chain. Another forming material of the present invention includes a (meth) acrylic acid slurry D, which is a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid ester in the presence of a thiol compound -31-Winter paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210'〆297mm) 1—: ^ — — *; (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order 4388 1 9

五、發明説明(29) :合後,於該反應混合物中添加乙埽基趟化合物 2醚化合物,同時並於該反應混合物中添加 叙基之乙烯基單體而構成者。 ^有上述 人本發明之再另一成形材料係包含_介由醋結合而 口性雙鍵甲基)丙烯酸漿液Ε、及、含有至少一種元素 選自鋅、錫、錐所構成之群中的金屬化合物。 ’、 進一步又,本發明之成形材料係依需要而進一步含有增 粒劑、琥珀酸衍生物、及補強材等。該成形材料可以比習 知還短的時間進行硬化。而且,藉由使成形材料成型,^ 得到耐熱性、耐溶劑性、耐候性及耐水性等各種物性優異 之成型品。又,於以下之説明中,將成形材料中之補強材 以外的成分稱爲配料。 上述增枯劑具體上可舉例如:氧化鎂、氧化鈣等之鹼土 族金屬氧化物;氫氧化鎂、氫氧化鈣等之鹼土族金屬氫氧 化物等’但’不特別限定於上述。此等增枯劑亦可單獨使 用,又,亦可併用二種類以上。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ---:-I — ΙΦ ! V - ^ 二 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 增粘劑之使用量雖係依其種類、或(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之 組合、成形材料之用途等而定,但,相對於(甲基)丙烯酸 漿液1 0 0重量份,宜爲1 〇重量份以下,更宜爲5重量份以 下。藉由在上述範圍内使用增粘劑,可將配料之增粘後粘 度設定於適宜成形作業等的預定値。增粘劑之使用量比i 〇 重量份還多時,配料增粘後之粘度會過高,降低成形作業 等之作業時,同時所得到成形品之耐候性及耐水性恐有下 降之虞。 32- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 4388 19 A7 五、發明説明(30 ) 上述琥拍酸衍生物係具備可抑制因增粘劑所引起之過剩 增枯行爲、尤其是初期的增粘行爲之功用。琥珀酸衍生物 係只要一於分子内具備琥珀酸骨架或琥珀酸酐骨架,且, 於該骨架之乙烯部分具有烷基、烷烯基、脂環式羥基、芳 香族羥基等取代基之化合物即可,並無特別限定,但宜爲 全碳數8〜30之化合物。全碳數爲7以下之琥珀酸衍生物因 對(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之溶解性差,故不佳。又,全碳數爲 3 1以上之琥珀酸衍生物缺乏由使用該琥珀酸衍生物所期待 之作用、效果。亦即,抑制由增粘劑所引起過剩增粘行爲 之效果很低,故不佳。 琥珀酸衍生物具體上可舉例如:己基琥珀酸、庚基琥珀 酸、辛基琥拍酸、壬基琥珀酸、癸基琥珀酸、十二基號拍 酸、十四辛琥珀酸、十五基琥珀酸、十六基琥珀酸、十七 基琥珀酸、十八基琥珀酸、十九基琥珀酸、二十基琥珀酸 等之具有碳數爲4以上烷基的化合物;己烯基琥柏酸、庚 烯基琥珀酸、辛烯基琥珀酸、壬晞基琥珀酸、癸烯基琥珀 酸、十二烯基琥珀酸、十四烯基琥珀酸、十五烯基琥珀酸 、十六烯基琥珀酸、十七烯基琥珀酸、十八烯基琥珀酸、 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 J---1II^-I•衣II : I . (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 十九烯基琥珀酸、二十烯基琥珀酸等之具有烷烯基的化合 物;環十二烷基琥珀酸、環十二烯基琥珀酸等之具有脂^ 式羥基之化合物;二苯基丁烯基琥靖酸等具有芳香族 之化合物;及,此等玻拍酸肝等,但,並無特別限定二 等琥珀酸衍生物亦可只單獨使用,又,亦 力J忻用二種以上 。又,號拍酸衍生物之調製方法,並無特別限定。 ____- 33 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 43 88 1 9 A7 ____B7_ 五、發明説明(31 ) 琥珀酸衍生物之添加量亦依其種類、(甲基)丙烯酸漿液 及增粒劑等之組合、成形材料之用途而定,但,相對於(甲 基)丙烯酸漿液100重量份,更宜爲〇·〇1重量份〜1〇重量份 。琥珀酸衍生物之添加量比〇 . 〇 1重量份還少時,缺乏由使 用琥珀酸衍生物所期待之作用、效果。亦即,恐有缺乏抑 制因增粘劑所引起過剩增粘行爲之效果。琥珀酸衍生物之 添加量比1 0重量份還多時,配料之增粘後粘度未達適宜成 形作業等之預定値,或,至達到恐須長時間。 上述之補強材具體上可舉例如:由玻璃纖維、金屬纖維 、陶瓷(氮化矽或碳化矽等)所構成的纖維等之無機纖維; 芳醯胺或聚酯、碳纖維等所構成的有機纖維;天然纖維等 ,但,並無特別限定。又,纖維之形態可舉例如:束狀、 交叉、簇、織物、切束、切絲等,但,無特別限定。此等 補強材亦可單獨使用、亦可併用二種類以上。含有補強材 之成形材料適宜作爲例如SMC或BMC。又,纖維之形態爲 切絲時,該補強材之長度尤以lmm以上、6mm以下爲佳: 藉此,可更進一步提昇使成形材料成型所得到之成型品的 強度、表面平滑性及光澤。 補強材之使用量相對於成形材料之全重量適宜爲超過〇、 4〇重量%以下之範圍,但並無特別限定,只要依照其種類 或與(甲基)丙烯酸漿液等之組合、成形材料之用途或所希 望之物性等而設定即可。例如使用成形材料作爲smc時, 補強材之使用量相對於該全重量更宜爲丨〇重量%〜4〇重量 %。又,以成形材料作爲BMC時,補強材之使用量相對於 _________- 34 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家縣(CNS )機格(21GX297公釐)—---------- -—;---r--,---- ί * : (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} -訂 1 438819 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(32) 該全重量更宜爲2重量%〜3G重量%。使用補強材在上述範 圍内,可得到抗拉強度或彈性率等強度優異之成型品。 又,纖維之形態爲切絲(Choppedstrand)時,該補強材之 使用量相對於成形材料之全重量宜爲〗重量%〜9重量%。藉 此,可传到處理性、生產性或成形性優異之成形材料,同 時可進-步提昇使該成形材料成型所得到之成型品的強度 、表面平滑性及光澤。x,可防止成型品之龜裂發生。 、、又,混合補強材與配料之方法,並無特別限t,只要依 ㈣強材之形態而適當設定即可。例如補強之形態爲誤或 交叉等時,只要使配料含浸於補強材中即可。又,例如, 補強材(形態爲束狀或切絲等時,只要混合該補強材與配 料,或,以配料挾住含浸該補強材即可。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本發明之成形材料宜爲含有硬化劑(聚合開始劑),又, 依需要,亦可進一步含浸充填劑、交聯性單體(交聯劑)。 上述j硬化劑可舉例如製造前述(甲基)丙烯酸漿液時所使 $之前述例示聚合開始劑,但不特別限^。硬化劑之添加 里只要依照其種類或(甲基)丙烯酸漿液等之組合而設定即 可。並無特別限定,但相對於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液1〇〇重量 份’宜爲〇·1重量份〜5重量份。 上述之填充劑具體上可舉例:氫氧化鋁、碳酸鈣、硫酸 ,、氧化鋁、泥土、滑石、磨碎纖維、氧化矽(矽砂)、川 砂、碎藻土、雲母粉末、石膏、寒水石(砂)、石棉粉、玻 璃粉、玻璃球等之無機充填劑;聚合物塑粒等之有機充填 劑,但,典特別限定。此等充填劑亦可單獨使用,又,亦 35- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適標準(( 21〇χ297公釐) 438819 A7 --—-·«&lt;- ___B7_ 五、發明説明(33 ) 可併用二種類以上。又,充填劑之平均粒徑等形態並 別限定。 、充%劑之凋配量係只要依照其種類或與(甲基)丙烯酸漿 液等之組合、成形材料之用途或所希望的物性等而設定即 可,並典特別限足,但相對於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液丨〇 〇重量 份’宜爲10重量份〜600重量份。 而且,使用成形材料作爲sMC時,充填劑之調配量相對 於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液1〇〇重量份,更宜爲3〇重量份〜3〇〇重 量份。使用成形材料作爲BMC時,充填劑之調配量相對於 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液100重量份,更宜爲15〇重量份〜6〇〇重 量份。使用成形材料作爲注型材料時,充填劑之調配量相 對於(甲基)丙晞酸漿液100重量份,更宜爲3〇重量份〜350 重量份。使用成形材料作爲拉引材料時,充填劑之調配量 相對於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液1 〇 〇重量份,更宜爲1 〇重量份 〜2 0 0重量份。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 II----ΦΤΙ m ^ i (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 上述之交聯性單體係具備增加硬化物交聯密度之功用。 交聯性單體係只要含有複數可與(甲基)丙烯酸漿液中所含 有之官能基進行反應之官能基的化合物即可。該交聯性單 體具體上可舉例:乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二( 甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙晞酸酯、二丙二醇二( 甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙 烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙晞酸酯等之多 官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;環氧基(甲基)丙晞酸酯類;二乙烯 基苯、二烯丙基g太酸酯、二烯丙基異酞酸酯、三烯丙基氰 -36- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ' 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 s----------_B7 五、發明説明(34 ) $酉曰、一烯丙基異氰酸酯等,但並無特別限定。交聯性單 版 &lt; 添加量係依照其種類或與(甲基)丙烯酸漿液等之組合 、成形材料之用途或所希望之物性等而設定,並血特別限 又,硫醇化合物存在下使單體組成物聚合時,或,在硫 $化合物存在下使單體成分聚合時,依需要亦可添加上述 人%性單體。此時,交聯性單體之添加量只要依照其種類 或與單體組成物(或單體成分)等之組合、成型材料之用途 或所希望之物性而設定即可,並無特別限定。 上述之添加劑可採用一般所使用之各種添加劑,並無特 另J限足,可舉例如:低收縮劑、(内部)離型劑、著色劑、 聚合抑制劑等。此等添加劑只要依照成形材料之用途或所 希望之物性等適當添加即可。又,添加劑之添加量只要依 ,該添加劑之種類或與(甲基)丙烯酸漿液等之組合等而設 定即可,並無特別限定。 低收縮劑具體上可舉例如;聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚乙烯 、聚丙烯、聚苯乙烯、聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、纖維素丁酸 酯、乙酸酯、聚氯化乙烯、聚醋酸乙烯酯、聚己内酯、飽 和聚酯等之未含羧基的熱可塑性聚合體,但不限於此等。 藉由添加低收縮劑,可抑制成形材料之硬化收縮,故,可 更進一步成型品之尺寸安定性。 上述低收縮劑、亦即、熱可塑性聚合體之重量平均分子 I宜爲1,000以上、2〇〇 〇〇〇以下。藉此,因低收縮劑於 成形材料中更均一分散,故可有效地抑制該成形材料之線 _________ -37- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4規格(2獻297公釐) ^ M — -r ; (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 4388 19 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 __ 五、發明説明(35 ) 收縮率。又,可更進一步提昇成型品之尺寸安定性、表面 光滑性、及光澤。低收縮劑之添加量係依其種類、或與(甲 基)丙烯酸漿液等之組合、成形材料之用途或所希望之物性 而設定即可,並無特別限定,相對於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液 100重量份,宜爲5重量份〜50重量份。 離型劑可舉例如··硬脂酸、硬脂酸鋅、硬脂酸鋁、硬脂 酸鈣、硬脂酸鋇、硬脂酸醯胺、三苯基膦酸酯、烷基膦酸 酯;一般所使用之蠟類、矽油等之離型劑等。著色劑可舉 例公知之無機顏料或有機顏料。 上述構成之成形材料適宜作爲SMC、BMC、注型材料等 。SMC係可使用所謂之SMC製造裝置而容易製造。BMC係 使用雙腕型捏合機等之混練機而容易製造。而且,SMC或 BMC係在例如6(TC〜16(TC、更宜在70。(:〜140X:、最宜爲80 C〜130 C加熱、加壓成形(press成形)以作成成型品。又, 注射材料係在例如室溫〜7〇1注入(注型)於模内以作成成型 品° 又,成形材料之硬化方法,亦即,成型品之製造並無特 別限足。有關本發明之成形材料可適用於壓縮成形法、射 出成形法、移送成形法等之各種成形方法,但,尤以壓縮 成形法最適。又,成形壓力只要依照所製造成型品之形狀 或大小等而設定即可,並無特別限定,但,宜爲 O.IMPa 〜20MPa左右。 在上述範圍内之成形壓力進行成形,可製表面平滑性更 優異心成型品。成形時間只要考慮成形溫度、成形壓力等 ! I 管—— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂V. Explanation of the invention (29): After the combination, the reaction mixture is added with an ethylamidine compound 2 ether compound, and at the same time, a vinyl monomer is added to the reaction mixture. ^ Another forming material according to the invention of the present invention includes _ double-bond meth) acrylic acid slurry E with an acetic acid bond, and at least one element selected from the group consisting of zinc, tin, and cone. Metal compounds. Further, the molding material of the present invention further contains a granulating agent, a succinic acid derivative, a reinforcing material, and the like, as necessary. This molding material can be hardened in a shorter time than conventionally. In addition, by molding the molding material, a molded product excellent in various physical properties such as heat resistance, solvent resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance can be obtained. In the following description, components other than the reinforcing material in the molding material are referred to as ingredients. Specific examples of the above-mentioned thickening agent include: alkaline earth metal oxides such as magnesium oxide and calcium oxide; alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as magnesium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide; and the like, but are not particularly limited thereto. These bulking agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs ---: -I — ΙΦ! V-^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Although the amount of tackifier used depends on its type, or ( The combination of the (meth) acrylic slurry, the use of the molding material, and the like depend on 100 parts by weight of the (meth) acrylic slurry, preferably 10 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 5 parts by weight or less. By using the tackifier within the above range, the viscosity of the ingredients after tackifying can be set to a predetermined value suitable for a molding operation or the like. When the amount of the tackifier is more than i 0 parts by weight, the viscosity after the ingredients are thickened may be too high, and when the molding operation is reduced, the weather resistance and water resistance of the obtained molded product may decrease. 32- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 4388 19 A7 V. Description of the invention (30) The above succinic acid derivatives are capable of inhibiting excess drowning caused by thickeners , Especially the function of the initial thickening behavior. The succinic acid derivative is only a compound having a succinic acid skeleton or a succinic anhydride skeleton in the molecule and a substituent having an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alicyclic hydroxyl group, or an aromatic hydroxyl group in the ethylene portion of the skeleton. It is not particularly limited, but it is preferably a compound having a total carbon number of 8 to 30. A succinic acid derivative having a total carbon number of 7 or less is not good because it has poor solubility in a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. Further, a succinic acid derivative having a total carbon number of 31 or more lacks the action and effect expected from using the succinic acid derivative. That is, the effect of suppressing the excess viscosity-increasing behavior caused by the viscosity-increasing agent is low, so it is not good. Specific examples of the succinic acid derivative include: hexylsuccinic acid, heptylsuccinic acid, octylsuccinic acid, nonylsuccinic acid, decylsuccinic acid, dodecyl succinic acid, myristyl octyl succinic acid, fifteen Hexenylsuccinic acid, hexadecyl succinic acid, heptyl succinic acid, octadecyl succinic acid, nonadecyl succinic acid, eicosyl succinic acid, etc. compounds having an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4 or more; Cylic acid, heptenyl succinic acid, octenyl succinic acid, nonanyl succinic acid, decenyl succinic acid, dodecenyl succinic acid, tetradecenyl succinic acid, pentaenyl succinic acid, hexadecyl Alkenyl succinic acid, heptenyl succinic acid, octadecenyl succinic acid, printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs J --- 1II ^ -I • 衣 II: I. (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page for more details) Compounds with alkenyl groups such as undecylenyl succinic acid and eicosyl succinic acid; cyclododecyl succinic acid and cyclododecenyl succinic acid with aliphatic ^ Compounds; aromatic compounds such as diphenylbutenyl succinic acid; and, It is not particularly limited only two other acid derivative may be used alone, but also by the force J Xin two or more kinds. There is no particular limitation on the method for preparing the carboxylic acid derivative. ____- 33-This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 × 297 mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 43 88 1 9 A7 ____B7_ V. Description of the invention (31) Addition of succinic acid derivatives The amount depends on the type, the combination of (meth) acrylic acid slurry and granulating agent, and the use of the molding material. However, it is more preferably 0.001 part by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of (meth) acrylic acid slurry. ~ 10 parts by weight. When the addition amount of the succinic acid derivative is less than 0.01 part by weight, the action and effect expected from the use of the succinic acid derivative are lacking. That is, there is a fear that the effect of suppressing excess viscosity-increasing behavior due to the viscosity-increasing agent may be lacking. When the added amount of the succinic acid derivative is more than 10 parts by weight, the viscosity of the ingredients after thickening does not reach a predetermined value suitable for forming operations, or it may take a long time to reach it. Specific examples of the above-mentioned reinforcing material include inorganic fibers such as glass fibers, metal fibers, ceramics (such as silicon nitride or silicon carbide), and organic fibers such as aramide, polyester, and carbon fiber. ; Natural fiber, etc., but it is not particularly limited. The shape of the fibers may be, for example, bundled, interlaced, tufted, woven, cut, or shredded, but is not particularly limited. These reinforcing materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more types. A forming material containing a reinforcing material is suitable as, for example, SMC or BMC. In addition, when the shape of the fiber is shredded, the length of the reinforcing material is particularly preferably 1 mm or more and 6 mm or less: This can further improve the strength, surface smoothness, and gloss of the molded product obtained by molding the molding material. The amount of the reinforcing material is preferably in the range of more than 0% to 40% by weight relative to the total weight of the molding material, but it is not particularly limited as long as it is in accordance with its type or combination with (meth) acrylic slurry, etc. The use, desired physical properties, etc. may be set. For example, when a molding material is used as the smc, the amount of the reinforcing material is more preferably from 0% to 40% by weight relative to the total weight. In addition, when the forming material is used as the BMC, the amount of reinforcing material used is relative to _________- 34-This paper size is applicable to the China National County (CNS) cell (21GX297 mm) ------------- —; --- r-, ---- ί *: (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page} -Order 1 438819 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (32) The full weight is more preferably 2 weight % ~ 3G% by weight. When the reinforcing material is used within the above range, a molded article having excellent strength such as tensile strength or elasticity can be obtained. When the shape of the fiber is Choppedstrand, the amount of the reinforcing material used is relative to The total weight of the molding material should preferably be in the range of 5% to 9% by weight. In this way, it can be transferred to a molding material with excellent handling, productivity, or formability, and at the same time, the molding product obtained by molding the molding material can be further improved. Strength, surface smoothness, and gloss. X can prevent cracking of the molded product. There is no particular limitation on the method of mixing the reinforcing material and ingredients, as long as it is appropriately set according to the form of the reinforcing material. For example, when the form of reinforcement is wrong or cross, just immerse the ingredients in the reinforcement In addition, for example, in the case of a reinforcing material (in the form of a bundle or a shred, etc.), it is only necessary to mix the reinforcing material with the ingredients, or to impregnate the reinforcing material with the ingredients. The staff of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy The molding material printed by the cooperative according to the present invention preferably contains a hardener (polymerization initiator), and may further be impregnated with a filler and a crosslinkable monomer (crosslinker) as needed. The j hardener may be produced, for example, by manufacturing The aforementioned example polymerization initiator used for the (meth) acrylic acid slurry is not particularly limited. The addition of the hardener may be set according to the type or the combination of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry. None It is particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry. Specific examples of the filler include aluminum hydroxide, calcium carbonate, sulfuric acid, and oxidation. Inorganic fillers for aluminum, clay, talc, milled fiber, silica (silica sand), chuan sand, diatomite, mica powder, gypsum, chilled stone (sand), asbestos powder, glass powder, glass ball, etc. Organic fillers such as plastic granules, etc., but are specially limited. These fillers can also be used alone, and also 35- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper is suitable for standard ((21 〇χ297mm) 438819 A7 ------- «&lt;-_B7_ V. Description of the invention (33) Two or more types can be used together. Moreover, the average particle size of the filler and other forms are not limited. The dosing amount may be set in accordance with the type or combination with the (meth) acrylic slurry, the use of the molding material, desired physical properties, and the like, and is particularly limited. However, it is relative to the (meth) acrylic slurry. 〇〇 重量 份 'is preferably 10 parts by weight to 600 parts by weight. Further, when a molding material is used as the sMC, the amount of the filler to be formulated is more than 100 parts by weight, and more preferably 30 to 300 parts by weight relative to the (meth) acrylic acid slurry. When a molding material is used as the BMC, the blending amount of the filler is more preferably 150 to 600 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry. When a molding material is used as the injection molding material, the amount of the filler is relative to 100 parts by weight of the (meth) propionic acid slurry, and more preferably 30 to 350 parts by weight. When a molding material is used as the drawing material, the blending amount of the filler is more preferably 100 parts by weight to 200 parts by weight relative to 1,000 parts by weight of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs II ---- ΦΤΙ m ^ i (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The above-mentioned crosslinkable single system has the function of increasing the crosslink density of hardened materials. The crosslinkable single system may be any compound containing a plurality of functional groups capable of reacting with the functional groups contained in the (meth) acrylic acid slurry. Specific examples of the crosslinkable monomer include ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol di (meth) propionate, and dipropylene glycol di (formaldehyde). Polyfunctional (meth) acrylates such as methacrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) propionate, etc. ; Epoxy (meth) propionates; Divinylbenzene, diallyl g tarate, diallyl isophthalate, triallyl cyanide-36- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) '' Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 s ----------_ B7 V. Description of the invention (34) Isocyanate and the like are not particularly limited. The crosslinkable single plate &lt; added amount is set according to its type or combination with (meth) acrylic slurry, etc., the use of the molding material, desired physical properties, etc., and the blood is particularly limited. It is used in the presence of thiol compounds. When the monomer composition is polymerized, or when the monomer component is polymerized in the presence of a sulfur compound, the human-based monomer may be added as necessary. In this case, the addition amount of the crosslinkable monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is set in accordance with its type or combination with the monomer composition (or monomer component), the use of the molding material, or desired physical properties. The above-mentioned additives can be various additives generally used, and are not particularly limited. Examples include: low shrinkage agents, (internal) release agents, colorants, polymerization inhibitors, and the like. These additives may be appropriately added depending on the use of the molding material, desired physical properties, and the like. In addition, the amount of the additive to be added may be determined in accordance with the type of the additive, a combination with the (meth) acrylic acid slurry, and the like, and is not particularly limited. Specific examples of the low shrinkage agent include: polymethyl methacrylate, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, cellulose butyrate, acetate, polyvinyl chloride, poly Thermoplastic polymers having no carboxyl group such as vinyl acetate, polycaprolactone, and saturated polyester, but are not limited thereto. By adding a low shrinkage agent, the hardening shrinkage of the molding material can be suppressed, so that the dimensional stability of the molded product can be further improved. The weight-average molecular I of the aforementioned low-shrinkage agent, that is, a thermoplastic polymer, is preferably 1,000 or more and 20000 or less. As a result, the low shrinkage agent is more uniformly dispersed in the forming material, so the line of the forming material can be effectively suppressed _________ -37- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) 8-4 specification (2 297 mm) ^ M — -r; (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Order 4388 19 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 __ 5. Description of the invention (35) Shrinkage. In addition, the dimensional stability, surface smoothness, and gloss of the molded product can be further improved. The addition amount of the low-shrinking agent may be set depending on the type or combination with the (meth) acrylic slurry, the use of the molding material, or desired physical properties, and it is not particularly limited. It is relative to the (meth) acrylic slurry 100 parts by weight, preferably 5 to 50 parts by weight. Examples of the releasing agent include stearic acid, zinc stearate, aluminum stearate, calcium stearate, barium stearate, ammonium stearate, triphenylphosphonate, alkylphosphonate ; Release agents such as waxes and silicone oils generally used. The colorant may be a known inorganic pigment or organic pigment. The above-mentioned forming materials are suitable as SMC, BMC, injection molding materials, etc. The SMC can be easily manufactured using a so-called SMC manufacturing apparatus. The BMC series is easily manufactured using a kneading machine such as a double wrist kneader. The SMC or BMC is, for example, 6 (TC ~ 16 (TC, more preferably 70. (: ~ 140X :, most preferably 80 C ~ 130 C), heating and press forming (press forming) to form a molded product.) The injection material is injected (injected) into the mold at room temperature to 701 to form a molded product. Furthermore, the method of hardening the molding material, that is, the manufacturing of the molded product is not particularly limited. Related to the present invention The molding material can be applied to various molding methods such as compression molding method, injection molding method, and transfer molding method, but the compression molding method is particularly suitable. The molding pressure can be set according to the shape or size of the molded product to be manufactured. There is no particular limitation, but it should preferably be about 0.1MPa to 20MPa. The molding pressure within the above-mentioned range can be used to form a molded article with better surface smoothness. The molding time only needs to consider the molding temperature and molding pressure! I Tube-(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 A7 __B7 五、發明説明(36) 之成形條件、成形材料之硬化速度等而適宜設定即可,並 無特別限定。 如以上般,有關本發明(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A之製造方法 係於硫醇化合物之存在下使單體成分與乙烯基單體進行聚 合後,使用馬來酸酐及鹼性化合物處理該反應混合物。 又,有關本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液B之製造方法,係於 硫醇化合物之存在下使單體成分聚合後,使用馬來酸酐及 鹼性化合物處理該反應混合物,於該反應混合物中添加乙 烯基單體。 進而,有關本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C的製造方法,係 於硫醇化合物存在下使含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單體成分聚 合而成的反應混合物中,添加乙烯基醚化合物及/或乙烯基 硫醚化合物。 又’有關本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c的製造方法,係使 含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單體成分、與含有羧基之乙烯基單 體在硫醇化合物存在下聚合而成的反應混合物中,亦可添 加乙烯基醚化合物及/或乙晞基硫醚化合物。 本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C1的製造方法,使含有(甲基) 丙烯酸酯之單體成分、與含有羧基之乙烯基單體在硫醇化 合物的存在下聚合後,對於反應混合物,在添加乙烯基醚 化合物及/或乙缔基硫酸化合物之前,或添加之後,於反應 混合物中添加(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及/或(甲基)丙烯酸 甲基縮水甘油酯,使含有聚合體之羧基進行酯化,俾使具 有聚合性雙键之側鏈結合於主鏈。 -39- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438819 A7 __B7 V. The description of the molding conditions (36) and the hardening speed of the molding materials can be set as appropriate, and there is no particular limitation. As described above, the method for producing (meth) acrylic acid slurry A of the present invention is to polymerize a monomer component and a vinyl monomer in the presence of a thiol compound, and then treat the reaction mixture with maleic anhydride and a basic compound. . Moreover, the manufacturing method of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry B of this invention is after polymerizing a monomer component in the presence of a thiol compound, and treating this reaction mixture with maleic anhydride and a basic compound, and in this reaction mixture Add vinyl monomer. Furthermore, the manufacturing method of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry C of this invention is a reaction mixture which polymerized the monomer component containing a (meth) acrylate in the presence of a thiol compound, and adds a vinyl ether compound and / Or vinyl sulfide compounds. Furthermore, the method for producing a (meth) acrylic acid slurry c according to the present invention is a reaction obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing a (meth) acrylic acid ester and a vinyl monomer containing a carboxyl group in the presence of a thiol compound. A vinyl ether compound and / or an ethyl sulfide compound may be added to the mixture. In the method for producing a (meth) acrylic acid slurry C1 of the present invention, after polymerizing a (meth) acrylic acid-containing monomer component and a carboxyl group-containing vinyl monomer in the presence of a thiol compound, the reaction mixture is subjected to Before or after adding the vinyl ether compound and / or the ethylene sulfate compound, glycidyl (meth) acrylate and / or methyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate are added to the reaction mixture to contain a polymer. The carboxyl group is esterified, and a side chain having a polymerizable double bond is bonded to the main chain. -39- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T 438819 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製1T 438819 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

A7 B7 五、發明説明(38) 等之構成材;屋頂、壁等構造物之外裝材;浴盆、炊事台( 廚房天花板)、各種台面、洗面化粧台等適當的人工大理石 ;電氣用品等,但不限於此等。成型品美觀,適用於要求 美觀之各種用途。又,使含有充填劑之成形材料成型所構 成的成型品,因具有很美之大理石模樣,故最適作爲人工 大理石。 本發明之進一步其他目的、特徵、及優點,藉由以下所 示之記載可充分瞭解。又,本發明之利益以如下之説明應 可明白。 用以實施發明之最佳形態 以下,藉實施例及比較例,進一步詳細説明本發明,但 本發明不限於此等。又’實施例及比較例記載之「部」係 表示「重量份」,「%」係表示「重量%」。 [實施例1 ] 於一具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導入管、及攪掉機之反 應器中’饋入作爲(甲基)丙烯酸酯之甲基丙烯酸酯1 9 6份 、作爲乙烯基單體之甲基丙烯酸4份後,反應器内進行氮 氣置換。其次,一面攪拌上述混合物一面昇溫至80°C後, 添加作爲聚合開始劑之2,2,-偶氮雙異丁腈(以下記爲 ΑΙΒΝ)0·1份、及,作爲硫醇化合物之正十二基硫醇丨〇份而 開始聚合反應。 開始聚合反應420分後,反應液之粒度爲30〜35 poise(25 °C ),故在此時點使反應終了(亦即,反應時間爲420分),於 該反應液中進一步加入甲基丙烯酸甲酯35份後,冷卻(急冷) -41 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 言 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 A7 B7 五 、發明説明(39 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 至 40°C。 繼而,於所得到之反應混合物中,添加馬來酸肝〇 7份、 作爲驗性化合物之三乙胺〇.〇4份後,携掉15分鐘,處理系加於該反應混合物中之(亦即殘存)正十二基硫#。上述馬 來酸奸相對於所添加之正十二基硫醇乃添加14倍莫耳。 又’上述三乙胺係相對於所添加之正十二基硫醇而添加 0 08倍莫耳。 &amp;藉此,得到本發明之(甲基}丙烯酸漿液A。該(甲基〉丙缔 酸漿液A之粒度爲7 p〇ise(2rc ),(甲基)丙缔酸浆液A中之 聚合體的比例,亦即,固態濃度爲23 5%。又,使用凝膠渗 透色層刀析(GPC)所測得之上述(甲基)丙稀酸漿液a的重量 平均分子量(Mw)爲61,〇〇〇。 繼而,於上述(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A 100份中,添加作爲 硬化劑I過氧化苯甲醯2份而使之溶解。藉此,得到作爲 成形材料之注型材料。所得到之成形材料藉減壓脱泡。此 注型材料,亦即,配料具優異貯存安定性。 然後,使用一以彈力墊片閉鎖對向配置(互相之間隔 3mm)之2片玻璃板周圍而形成之模室,將注型材料注入 内亦即’將注型材料注入上述模室内後,加熱至 使之硬化。 於6〇 C之膠化時間(Gel time)係依JIS κ 69〇1而測定。… 即將忒料即注型材料置入直徑18mm之試驗管後呈深度 100mm後,保持於調節至6(rc之恆溫槽中,繼而,測定 /王型材料之溫度從45t藉反應熱昇溫至651之時間,此 呈模 而 亦 該時 I. I-----ί -- (請先閱讀之注#&quot;事項再填寫本頁} -訂· -42- 4 3 881 9 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(40 ) 間視爲膠化時間。結果,於60°C之膠化時間爲45分。 接著,脱模後,於loot進行後硬化(所謂after cure) ,得到成型品即樹脂板。所得之樹脂板於氯 爲则中、及'丙嗣中在价下放置24小==二 即,樹脂板之耐溶劑性良好。因此,樹脂亦即注型材料係 使用GPC而無法測定之程度可視爲高分子量化(3次元)。 上述之主反應條件及結果歸納於表1中。 [實施例2 ] 除將實施例1中之甲基丙錦Γ酸甲I旨的使用量(饋入量)從 196份變更成184份、並將甲基丙晞酸之使用量從4份變更成 16份以外,其餘進行同於實施例1之反應、處理等,調整( 甲基)丙烯酸漿液A。反應時間爲300分。又,所得到之(甲 基)丙烯酸漿液A之粘度爲8 poisep^c),固態濃度爲22 3% ,重量平均分子量爲64,000。 繼而,進行同於實施例丨之操作,得到注型材料。所得到 之注型材料具優異之貯存安定性。其次,進行同於實施例 1之注型’得到樹脂板。膠化時間爲3 〇分。又,所得到之 樹脂板不溶於THF及丙酮中,耐溶劑性良好。上述主要反 應條件及結果歸納於表1中。 [比較例1 ] 於實施例1中,除不使用馬來酸酐及三乙胺以外,實施同 於實施例1之反應等,調製比較用的(甲基)丙烯酸漿液,亦 即’藉由不處理所添加之正十二基硫醇而調製比較用(甲基) 丙晞酸漿液。所得到之比較用(甲基)丙烯酸漿液的粘度爲7 -43- 不雜尺度通用f關家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2淑297公 (會先閲説背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 [3 88 1 9 A7 __B7 五、發明説明(41 ) poise(25°C),固態濃度約24.1%,重量平均分子量爲62,0〇〇 〇 繼而,實施同於實施例1之操作,得到比較用的注型材料 。其次,使用所得到之比較用注型材料,進行同於實施例 1之注型,得到比較用之樹脂板。膠化時間爲5 8分。又, 所件到之比較用樹脂板不溶於T H F及丙酬中,耐溶劑性良 好。但,上述比較用注型材料貯存安定性差。上述主要反 應條件及結果歸納於表1中。 [比較例2] 除將實施例1中之甲基丙烯酸甲酯的使用量(饋入量)從 196份變更成200份,同時並不使用甲基丙烯酸以外,進行 同於實施例1之反應、處理等,調製比較用之(甲基)丙晞酸 漿液。反應時間爲500分鐘。又,所得到之比較用(甲基)丙 晞酸漿液的粘度爲6 poise(25°C )、固態態度爲21.9%,重量 平均分子量爲61,000。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱氣背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 繼而,進行同於實施例1之操作,得到比較用之注型材料 。所得到之比較用注型材料貯存安定性優。其次,進行同 於實施例1之注型,得到比較用之樹脂板。膠化時間爲69分 ,但,所得到之比較用樹脂板可溶於THF及丙酮,耐溶劑 性不良。上述之主要反應條件及結果歸納於表i中。 -丨丨— .. - 44 ~_ 本紙張尺標準(CNS) A4規格(210χ297公釐)—~ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 4 3 88 1 9 A7 B7 五、發明説明(42 ) 表1 實施例 1 2 甲基丙烯酸甲酯(份) 196 184 ( + 35) ( + 35) 甲基丙烯酸(份) 4 16 反應時間(分) 420 3 00 正十二基硫醇處理 有 有 重量平均分子量(Mw) 61,000 64,000 膠化時間(分) 4 5 3 0 貯藏安定性 不良 良好 耐溶劑性 THF 不溶 不溶 丙酮 不溶 不溶 比較例 1 2 甲基丙烯酸甲酯(份) 196 200 ( + 35) ( + 35) 甲基丙烯酸(份) 4 0 反應時間(分) 420 500 正十二基硫醇處理 無 有 重量平均分子量(Mw) 62,000 61,000 膠化時間(分) 58 6 9 貯藏安定性 不良 良好 耐溶劑性 THF 不溶 可溶 丙酮 不溶 可溶 (鍊先閱讒背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -夤· 訂 -45- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) A7 438819 _ B7 五、發明説明(43 ) [實施例3 ] 首先’實施同於實施例1之反應、處理等,調製(甲基)丙 晞fe漿液A。其次’於為(甲基)丙埽酸漿液a 1 〇 〇份中混合 作爲增枯劑之氧化鑊1份、作爲琥珀酸衍生物之十五烯基 琥珀酸1份、作爲硬化劑之第三丁基過氧基_2_乙基己酸酯 1份、作爲離型劑之硬脂酸鋅4份、及、作爲充填劑之氫氧 化铭(昭和電工株式会社製、4 y予彳卜HS·320)150份, 得到配料。 然後’將該配料塗布於聚乙烯膜表面而呈一定厚度後, 於此塗布物上,均一散布作爲補強材之玻璃纖維(長度1英 吋之切絲)。接著,於其上疊合塗布物(其係將配料塗布於 聚乙烯膜表面而呈一定厚度所構成者)。亦即,以配料挾住 玻璃纖維。藉此,得到作爲成型材料之S μ C。於該S M C中 之上述玻璃纖維的比例,係調節呈2 5 %。其後,以玻璃紙 包裝所得到之S M C,在4 0 °C下熟成1日。於熟成後,配料 亦即SMC不硬化,又,SMC之表面不粘糊。 其次,加壓加熱成形上述之SMC。亦即,使用預定大小 之模具’將上侧模具之溫度設定於u〇°c,下側模具之溫度 設定於100°C。而且,將切成預定大小之SMc充填於上述模 具而以壓力6MPa鎖模,藉1〇分鐘加熱加壓成形,作成成型 品即厚3mm之板。 於110°C之膠化時間,係使用牛工予只卜/ 一夕一v型(東 方科技株式會社製)作爲測定裝置來測定。亦即,將試粒即 SMC加熱至110°C,從到達該溫度之時點(加熱開始時點)藉 ---------- -46- 本紙張尺度適用;標準(CNS ) Αϋ ( 2ΐ()χ297公羡) — —mlllljti J j : (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(44 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 返測定裝置測定所计測之轉矩豎起之時間,以此時間作 爲膠化時間。結果,於11〇r中之膠化時間爲2〇〇秒。 所得到之成型品其表面具有光澤,且平滑性優異。又, 成型品不溶於THF及賴中,耐溶劑性良好。進而,依據 A 1415,使用陽光氣候計進行〗,〇〇〇小時之促進耐候性 試驗,結果,於成型品看不出實質變色或粉化。又,於9〇 C下進行耐熱水性試驗100小時,評估耐水性,結果,試驗 後&lt;成型品,其表面具有光澤,看不出實質上變化。進而 ,將成型品放置於設定在170°C之爐内,評估耐熱性,結果 ,成型品看不出黃變等外觀之變化,又,亦不失表面之光 澤。上述主要之反應條件及結果歸納於表2中。 [實施例4 ] 首先,進行同於實施例2之反應、處理,調製(甲基)丙烯 酸漿液A。其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A,除將實施例 3之氧化鎂的使用量從1份變更成2份,同時將十五烯基琥 珀酸之使用量從1份變更成3份以外,其餘進行同餘實施; 3之操作、成型等,作成成型品。膠化時間爲1 6 5秒。所得 到之成型品其表面具有光澤,平滑性優異。又,用以得到 上述成型品之主要反應條件、及上述成型品之測定結果歸 納表示於表2中。 [比較例3 ] 首先,進行同於比較例1之反應、處理,調製比較用之( 甲基)丙烯酸漿液。其次,使用比較用之(甲基)丙晞酸聚液 ,而進行同於實施例3之操作等,得到比較用之SMC。使 讀· 先 聞 面 之 注 意 事 項 存 ί 訂 -47 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) A7 B7 438819 五、發明説明(45) 所得到之比較用SMC於40X:下孰成】π ,A7 B7 V. Description materials of the invention (38), etc .; exterior materials such as roofs and walls; suitable artificial marbles such as bathtubs, cooking tables (kitchen ceilings), various countertops, vanity vanities, etc .; electrical appliances, etc. But it is not limited to these. The molded product is beautiful and suitable for various applications that require beautiful appearance. In addition, a molded article formed by molding a molding material containing a filler has a beautiful marble shape, and is therefore suitable as an artificial marble. Further objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will be fully understood from the description below. The advantages of the present invention will be apparent from the following description. BEST MODE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE INVENTION The present invention will be described in further detail by way of examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to these. The "part" described in the examples and comparative examples means "parts by weight", and "%" means "% by weight". [Example 1] In a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen introduction pipe, and a stirrer, 196 parts of methacrylate as a (meth) acrylate was fed, and vinyl monomer was used as a monomer. After 4 parts of methacrylic acid, the reactor was purged with nitrogen. Next, while stirring the mixture, the temperature was raised to 80 ° C, and then 0.1 parts of 2,2, -azobisisobutyronitrile (hereinafter referred to as AIBN) as a polymerization initiator was added, and as a normal thiol compound. Dodecyl mercaptan started to polymerize. 420 minutes after the start of the polymerization, the particle size of the reaction solution was 30 to 35 poise (25 ° C), so the reaction was ended at this point (that is, the reaction time was 420 minutes), and methacrylic acid was further added to the reaction solution. After 35 parts of methyl ester, it is cooled (quenched) -41-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative 438819 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (39) The Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed to 40 ° C. Then, 07 parts of maleic acid liver and 0.04 parts of triethylamine as a test compound were added to the obtained reaction mixture, and the reaction mixture was added to the reaction mixture for 15 minutes (also That is, the remaining) n-dodecyl sulfur #. The maleic acid mentioned above is added 14 times more moles than the added n-dodecyl mercaptan. It is to be noted that the triethylamine is added in an amount of 0.88 moles relative to the added n-dodecyl mercaptan. &amp; Thereby, the (meth) acrylic acid slurry A of the present invention is obtained. The particle size of the (meth> acrylic acid slurry A is 7 poise (2rc), polymerization in (meth) acrylic acid slurry A The weight ratio of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry a as measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) was 61%, which was 61%. Then, 100 parts of the above (meth) acrylic acid slurry A was added with 2 parts of benzamidine peroxide as a hardener I to dissolve it, thereby obtaining a casting material as a molding material. The obtained molding material is degassed by decompression. This injection molding material, that is, the ingredients have excellent storage stability. Then, use an elastic gasket to lock around two glass plates arranged oppositely (3mm apart from each other) and The formed mold chamber is filled with the injection molding material, that is, after the injection molding material is injected into the mold chamber, it is heated to harden. The gel time at 60 ° C is based on JIS κ 69〇1. Measurement .... Immediately after placing the cast-in-place material into a test tube with a diameter of 18 mm, the depth is 100 mm. Keep it in a constant temperature tank adjusted to 6 (rc), and then, the temperature of the measuring / king-type material is raised from 45t to the time of 651 by the heat of reaction. This is a mold and it should be I. I ----- ί- (Please read the Note # &quot; Matters before filling out this page} -Order · -42- 4 3 881 9 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. The description of the invention (40) is regarded as the gel time As a result, the gelation time at 60 ° C was 45 minutes. Next, after demolding, post-curing (so-called after cure) was performed in the lot to obtain a resin plate, which is a molded product. The obtained resin plate was neutralized with chlorine, and 'Crystalline is placed under the price for 24 hours == two, that is, the solvent resistance of the resin plate is good. Therefore, the resin, which is an injection-molded material, cannot be measured using GPC, which can be regarded as a high molecular weight (three-dimensional). The main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 1. [Example 2] Except changing the usage amount (feed amount) of methylpropionic acid methyl I in Example 1 from 196 parts to 184 parts, and Except changing the amount of methylpropionate from 4 parts to 16 parts, the rest was subjected to the same reaction, treatment, etc. as in Example 1, and adjusted ( (Meth) acrylic acid slurry A. The reaction time was 300 minutes. The viscosity of the obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry A was 8 poisep c), the solid concentration was 22 3%, and the weight average molecular weight was 64,000. The same operation as in Example 丨 was performed to obtain the injection molding material. The obtained injection molding material had excellent storage stability. Secondly, the injection molding was performed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a resin plate. The gelation time was 30 minutes. The obtained resin plate was insoluble in THF and acetone and had good solvent resistance. The main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 1. [Comparative Example 1] In Example 1, except that maleic anhydride and triethylamine were not used, the same reaction as in Example 1 was performed to prepare a (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison, that is, The added n-dodecyl mercaptan was treated to prepare a (meth) propionic acid slurry for comparison. The viscosity of the obtained (meth) acrylic slurry for comparison is 7 -43- non-heterogeneous standard common f family standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 Shu 297 male (will read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order [3 88 1 9 A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention (41) poise (25 ° C), solid concentration is about 24.1%, weight average molecular weight is 620,000, and then the same operation as in Example 1 is performed to obtain Comparative injection molding material. Next, using the obtained comparative injection molding material, the same injection molding as in Example 1 was performed to obtain a comparative resin plate. The gelation time was 58 minutes. Also, everything was done The comparative resin plate is insoluble in THF and acrylic acid, and has good solvent resistance. However, the comparative injection molding material has poor storage stability. The above main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 1. [Comparative Example 2] Except for Examples The amount (feed amount) of methyl methacrylate in 1 was changed from 196 parts to 200 parts, and the same reaction and treatment as in Example 1 were performed without using methacrylic acid. Methyl) propanoic acid slurry. The reaction time is 500 minutes. Also, The obtained comparative (meth) propionic acid slurry had a viscosity of 6 poise (25 ° C), a solid attitude of 21.9%, and a weight average molecular weight of 61,000. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please First read the precautions on the back of the gas and then fill out this page.) Then, perform the same operation as in Example 1 to obtain the comparative injection molding material. The obtained comparative injection molding material has excellent storage stability. Secondly, the same implementation is performed. The injection molding of Example 1 resulted in a comparative resin plate. The gelation time was 69 minutes. However, the obtained comparative resin plate was soluble in THF and acetone and had poor solvent resistance. The main reaction conditions and results mentioned above are summarized. In table i.-丨 丨 — ..-44 ~ _ This paper rule standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) — ~ Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3 88 1 9 A7 B7 V. Invention Explanation (42) Table 1 Example 1 2 Methyl methacrylate (parts) 196 184 (+ 35) (+ 35) Methacrylic acid (parts) 4 16 Reaction time (minutes) 420 3 00 n-dodecyl mercaptan Processed with weight average molecular weight (Mw) 61,000 64,0 00 Gelation time (minutes) 4 5 3 0 Poor storage stability Good solvent resistance THF Insoluble Insoluble Acetone Insoluble Insoluble Comparative Example 1 2 Methyl methacrylate (parts) 196 200 (+ 35) (+ 35) methacrylic acid (Parts) 4 0 reaction time (minutes) 420 500 n-dodecyl mercaptan treatment without weight average molecular weight (Mw) 62,000 61,000 gelation time (minutes) 58 6 9 poor storage stability good solvent resistance THF insoluble soluble Acetone is insoluble and soluble (read the precautions on the back of the chain first and then fill out this page)-夤 · 45-45- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) A7 438819 _ B7 V. Invention Explanation (43) [Example 3] First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 1 were carried out to prepare a (meth) propanone slurry A. Next, 1 part of the (meth) propionic acid slurry a 100% of osmium oxide as a thickening agent, 1 part of pentaenylsuccinic acid as a succinic acid derivative, and a third part as a hardener 1 part of butylperoxy_2_ethylhexanoate, 4 parts of zinc stearate as a release agent, and a hydroxide hydroxide as a filler (manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation, 4 yoyotsubu HS 320) 150 parts to obtain ingredients. Then, after coating the ingredients on the surface of the polyethylene film to a certain thickness, glass fibers (shreds of 1 inch in length) as a reinforcing material are uniformly spread on the coating. Next, a coating material (which is formed by coating ingredients on the surface of a polyethylene film to a certain thickness) is laminated thereon. That is, the glass fiber is held by the ingredients. Thereby, S μ C was obtained as a molding material. The proportion of the glass fiber in the SMC is adjusted to 25%. Thereafter, the obtained S M C was packaged in cellophane, and matured at 40 ° C for 1 day. After ripening, the ingredients, namely SMC, do not harden, and the surface of the SMC is not sticky. Next, the above-mentioned SMC is formed by pressure heating. That is, a mold of a predetermined size is used to set the temperature of the upper mold to u ° C, and the temperature of the lower mold to 100 ° C. Then, the SMc cut into a predetermined size was filled in the above mold, and the mold was clamped at a pressure of 6 MPa, and then heated and press-molded for 10 minutes to form a molded product, that is, a plate having a thickness of 3 mm. The gelation time at 110 ° C was measured using Niugong Yugaibu / Yiyichiyi V-type (manufactured by Tofang Technology Co., Ltd.) as a measuring device. That is, the test granules, that is, the SMC, are heated to 110 ° C, and from the point when the temperature is reached (the point when the heating starts) ---------- -46- This paper size applies; Standard (CNS) Αϋ ( 2ΐ () χ297 public envy) — — mlllljti J j: (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Order printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438819 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (44) Central of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The standard bureau staff consumer cooperative prints the back measuring device to measure the time when the measured torque rises, and this time is used as the gelation time. As a result, the gelation time in 110 r was 200 seconds. The surface of the obtained molded product has gloss and excellent smoothness. In addition, the molded product is insoluble in THF and Lai, and has good solvent resistance. Furthermore, in accordance with A 1415, a weather resistance test was performed using a climatometer for 1,000 hours. As a result, no substantial discoloration or chalking was observed in the molded product. A hot water resistance test was performed at 90 ° C for 100 hours to evaluate the water resistance. As a result, after the test, the surface of the molded article had gloss and no substantial change was observed. Furthermore, when the molded product was placed in a furnace set at 170 ° C, heat resistance was evaluated. As a result, the molded product did not show any change in appearance such as yellowing, and did not lose the surface gloss. The above main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 2. [Example 4] First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 2 were performed to prepare (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. Next, using this (meth) acrylic acid slurry A, except that the amount of magnesium oxide used in Example 3 was changed from 1 part to 2 parts, and the amount of pentaenyl succinic acid was changed from 1 part to 3 parts. The rest are implemented by congruence; 3 operations, molding, etc., to make a molded product. The gelation time was 165 seconds. The surface of the obtained molded article was glossy and excellent in smoothness. Table 2 shows the main reaction conditions for obtaining the molded products and the measurement results of the molded products. [Comparative Example 3] First, the same reaction and treatment as in Comparative Example 1 were performed to prepare a (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison. Next, the comparative (meth) propionic acid polymer solution was used, and the same operations as in Example 3 were performed to obtain a comparative SMC. Notes for reading and reading the first page ί-47 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) A7 B7 438819 V. Description of the invention (45) The comparison SMC obtained at 40X: Xia Chengcheng] π,

Γ…、风1日。但,該比較SMC 會硬化。上述主要反應條件歸納於表3中。 [比較例4 ] 首先,進行同於比較例2之反應、處理等,調製比較用之 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液。其次,使用比較用(甲基)丙烯酸漿液 ,進行同於實施例3之操作等,得到比較用2Smc。使所 得到之比較用SMC於4(TC下熟成1日。但,該比較用smc 不增枯。又’比較用S M C之表面會枯糊。 其次,使用比較用SMC,進行同於實施例3之操作、成 形等,作成比較用之成型品。膠化時間爲25〇秒。但,所 得到之比較用成型品可溶於THF及丙酮中,耐溶劑性不良 。進而,評估耐熱性,結果,比較用成型品可看出黃變等 外觀之變化,又,亦失去表面之光澤,產生斑紋。上述主 要反應條件及結果歸納於表3中。 [比較例5] 除將實施例1中之甲基丙烯酸甲酯之使用量(饋入量)從 196份變更成199.4份,同時將甲基丙晞酸之使用量從4份變 更成0· 6份以外,其餘同於實施例1,進行反應、處理等, 調製比較用之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。反應時間爲48〇分。又, 所得到之比較用(甲基)丙烯酸漿液的粘度爲6 p〇ise(25°C ), 固態濃度爲22.8%,重量平均分子量爲66,000。 繼而,進行同於實施例1之操作、注型,得到比較用之樹 脂板。膠化時間爲6 5分。但,所得到之比較用樹脂板可溶 於THF及丙酮,耐溶劑性不良。 -48- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Γ ..., the wind is 1st. However, the comparative SMC will harden. The above main reaction conditions are summarized in Table 3. [Comparative Example 4] First, the same reaction, treatment, and the like as in Comparative Example 2 were performed to prepare a (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison. Next, using the (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison, the same operation as in Example 3 and the like were performed to obtain 2Smc for comparison. The obtained comparative SMC was matured at 4 ° C. for 1 day. However, the comparative SMC did not increase withering. The surface of the comparative SMC was dull. Next, the comparison SMC was used in the same manner as in Example 3. Operation, molding, etc., to produce a comparative molded product. The gelation time was 25 seconds. However, the obtained comparative molded product was soluble in THF and acetone and had poor solvent resistance. Further, the heat resistance was evaluated and the results Compared with molded products, changes in appearance such as yellowing can be seen, and the surface gloss has also been lost, resulting in streaks. The above main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 3. [Comparative Example 5] Except for those in Example 1, The amount of methyl methacrylate used (feed amount) was changed from 196 to 199.4 parts, and the amount of methylpropionic acid used was changed from 4 to 0.6. The rest was the same as in Example 1. (Meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison and treatment was prepared. The reaction time was 48 minutes. In addition, the viscosity of the obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison was 6 poise (25 ° C), solid The concentration was 22.8%, and the weight average molecular weight was 66,000. The same operation and injection molding as in Example 1 were performed to obtain a comparative resin plate. The gelation time was 65 minutes. However, the obtained comparative resin plate was soluble in THF and acetone and had poor solvent resistance.- 48- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(46 ) 其次,使用上述比較用之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液,進行同於 實施例3之操作等,得到比較用之SMC。將所得到之比較 用SMC於40 CT熟成i日。但,比較用SMC之表面略枯。 然後,使用比較用SMC,進行同於實施例3之操作、成 形等,作成比較用之成型品。膠化時間爲23〇秒。但,所 得到之比較用成型品徐徐溶於THF及丙酮中,耐溶劑性不 良。進而,評估耐熱性,結果,比較用成型品可看出若干 黃變等外觀變化。主要反應條件及結果歸納於表3中。 [比較例6 ] 除將實施例1中之甲基丙烯酸甲酯的使用量(饋入量)從 196份變更成150份,同時並將甲基丙烯酸之使用量從4份變 更成5 0份以外’進行同於實施例1之反應、處理等,調製 比較用之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。反應時間爲2 4 〇分。又,所得 到之比較用(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之粘度爲8 p〇ise(2yc),固態 濃度爲23.9%,重量平均分子量爲68〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例1之操作、注型,得到比較用之成 型品。膠化時間爲1 7分。所得到之比較用成型品不溶於 THF及丙酮中,耐溶劑性良好。 其次’使用上述比較用(甲基)丙晞酸梁液,進行同於實 施例3之操作、成形等,作成比較用之成型品。又,於熟 成後,配料亦即比較用之SMC的表面不粘。膠化時間爲 120秒。所得到之比較用成型品不溶於THF及丙酮中,耐 溶劑性良好。進而,成型品具優異耐熱性。但,比較用成 型品其耐候性及耐水性差。上述主要反應條件及結果歸納 -49- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 丨^ _ — (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)T Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the Invention Operation, etc., to obtain a comparative SMC. The obtained comparisons were matured with SMC at 40 CT for 1 day. However, the surface of the comparison SMC is slightly withered. Then, a comparative SMC was used to perform the same operations, molding, and the like as in Example 3 to prepare a comparative molded article. The gelation time was 23 seconds. However, the obtained comparative molded product was slowly dissolved in THF and acetone, and the solvent resistance was poor. Furthermore, heat resistance was evaluated, and as a result, a comparative molded article showed slight changes in appearance such as yellowing. The main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 3. [Comparative Example 6] In addition to changing the usage amount (feed amount) of methyl methacrylate in Example 1 from 196 to 150 parts, and changing the usage amount of methacrylic acid from 4 to 50 parts Other than that, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 1 were performed, and a (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison was prepared. The reaction time was 24 minutes. The viscosity of the obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison was 8 poise (2yc), the solid concentration was 23.9%, and the weight-average molecular weight was 68,000. Then, the same operation and injection molding as in Example 1 were performed to obtain a comparative molded product. The gelation time was 17 minutes. The obtained comparative molded product was insoluble in THF and acetone, and had good solvent resistance. Next, using the aforementioned (meth) propionic acid beam liquid for comparison, the same operations as in Example 3, molding, etc. were performed to prepare a comparative molded product. In addition, the surface of the ingredients, i.e., the SMC used for comparison, was non-sticky after ripening. The gelation time was 120 seconds. The obtained comparative molded product was insoluble in THF and acetone, and had good solvent resistance. Furthermore, the molded article has excellent heat resistance. However, the comparative moldings have poor weather resistance and water resistance. The above main reaction conditions and results are summarized -49- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) 丨 ^ _ — (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T 438819, 1T 438819

於表3中。 [比較例7 ] 除將實施例1中之馬來酸酐的添加量從〇7份變更成〇2份 ,同時並將三乙胺之添加量從〇〇4份變更成〇〇〇4份以外, 其餘同於實施你jl進行反應、處j里等,鄕比較用之(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液。 一上述馬來酸酐相對於所添加之正十二基硫醇係添加〇 4倍 莫耳。又,三乙胺相對於所添加之正十二基硫醇係添加 0.008倍莫耳。所得到之比較用(甲基)丙晞酸漿液的枯度爲7 P〇ise(25C),固悲濃度爲211%,產量平均分子量爲63〇〇〇 〇 其次’使用此比較用(甲基)丙烯酸漿液,進行同於實施 例3之操作等,得到比較用的SMC。使所得到比較用sMc 在40°C下熟成1日。但,比較用8]^(:會硬化。上述主要反 應條件歸納於表3中。 [實施例5 ] 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 首先,進行同於實施例2之反應、處理等,調製(甲基)丙 烯酸漿液A。其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A,除將實施 例3中之氧化鎂的使用量從1份變更成2份,同時並將十五 晞基破靖酸之使用量從1份變更成3份,且,混合氫氧化鋁 100份與作爲充填劑之碳酸鈣(東洋Fine Chemical株式会社 製、水7 4卜&gt; P-70)50份以取代氫氧化鋁150份之外,其 餘同於實施例3之操作、成形等,作成成型品。又,於熟成 後’配料亦即SMC之表面不粘。膠化時間爲160秒。 __-50- 本紙張尺度適财關家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公董) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 3 88 1 9 A7 ___ B7 五、發明説明(48 ) 所得到之成型品其表面具有光澤,平滑性優異。上述成 型品之主要反應條件、及結果歸納於表2中。進而,成型 品具優異耐熱性。又,評估耐候性及耐水性,結果,該成 型品與實施例4之成型品比較,雖可看出少許變色、及光 澤些微降低,但其等物性優異。 [實施例6 ] 首先,進行同於實施例2之反應、處理等,調製(甲基)丙 烯酸漿液A。其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A,除將實施 例3中之氧化鎂的使用量份變更成2份,同時並將十五 烯基琥珀酸之使用量從1份變更成3份,且,混合氫氧化銘 1〇〇份與作爲充填劑之玻璃粉(曰東紡績株式会社製、fmb 30W-001)50份以取代氫氧化鋁150份之外,同於實施例3進 行操作、成形等,作成成型品。 又,於熟成後,配料亦即SMC之表面不粘。膠化時間爲 1 7 0秒。所得到之成型品其表面具有光澤,平滑性優異。 上述成型品之主要反應條件及結果歸納於表2中。 [實施例7 ] 於實施例1中,除添加甲基丙烯酸甲酯2 5份及作爲交聯 性單體之三幾甲基丙燒三甲基丙缔酸醋1 0份以取代聚合反 應終了後添加之甲基丙烯酸甲酯3 5份以外,其餘進行同於 實施例1之反應、處理等,調製(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A。所得 到之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A的粘度爲8 poise(25°C),固態濃度 爲21.7%,重量平均分子量爲62,000。 其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A,進行同於實施例3之 -51 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210'〆297公釐) ---:---:------- --- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 A7 4388 1 9 B7 五、發明説明(49 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 操作、成形等,作成成型品。膠化時間爲1 8 0秒。所得到 之成型品其表面具光澤,平滑性優異。上述成型品之主要 反應條件、及結果歸納於表2中。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 表2 實施例 3 4 5 6 7 氧化鎂(份) 1 2 2 2 1 十五晞基琥ί自酸(修) 1 3 3 3 1 氫氧化鋁(份) 150 150 100 100 150 碳酸鈣(份) _ — 50 — 一 玻璃纖維(份) _ 一 一 50 — 熟成後之成形材料 良好 良好 良好 良好 良好 膠化時間(秒) 200 165 160 170 180 耐溶劑性 THF 不溶 不溶 不溶 不溶 不溶 丙酮 不溶 不溶 不溶 不溶 不溶 财熱性 良好 良好 良好 良好 良好 耐候性 良好 良好 良好 良好 良好 耐水性 良好 良好 良好 良好 良好 __-52- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 4 3 8 8 19 五、發明説明(50 ) 表3 比較例 3 4 5 6 7 氧化鎂(份) 1 1 1 1 1 十五烯基琥珀酸(份) 1 1 1 1 1 氫氧化鋁(份) 150 150 150 150 150 熟成後之成形材料 硬化 不增粘 粘糊 良好 硬化 膠化時間(秒 ) — 250 230 120 __ 耐溶劑性 THF — 可溶 溶解 不溶 — 丙酮 一 可溶 溶解 不溶 — 耐熱性 — 不良 不良 良好 一丨 耐候性 一 — — 不良 一 耐水性 一 _ — 不良 —- [實施例8 ] (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 首先,進行同於實施例1之反應、處理等,調製(甲基)丙 烯酸漿液A。其次,於該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液丨〇〇份中,混合 氧化鎂1份、十五烯基琥珀酸2份、第三丁基過氧_2 -乙基 己酸酯1份、硬脂酸鋅4份、氫氧化鋁(昭和電工株式会社製 ’ 44卜H_320)350份、及、作爲補強材之玻璃纖 維(長度1/4英吋之切絲)後,使用雙腕型捏和機混練此混和 物。藉此,得到作爲成形材料之BMC。於該BMC中之上述 玻璃纖維的比例係調節成5%。其後,以維尼倫(Vinyl〇n)( 株式会社夕今k製)包裝所得到之BMC,在40°C下熟成1曰 。於熟成後,配料亦即BMC不會硬化,又,BMC之表面不 -53- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(51 ) 會粘。 其次’以預定之方法加熱加壓成形上述之Β μ c,以作成 成型品。膠化時間爲190秒。所得到之成型品其表面具有 光澤’平滑性優異。上述成型品之主要反應條件及結果歸 納於表4中。 [比較例8 ] 首先,進行同於比較例2之反應、處理等,調製比較用之 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液。其次,使用此比較用(甲基)丙烯酸漿 液’進行同於實施例8之操作等,得到比較用之bmC。於 40°C下使所得到之比較用;6]^&lt;:熟成1日。但,該比較用 BMC不會增粘。又,比較用BMC之表面會粘。 其次,使用此比較用BMC,進行同於實施例8之成形, 作成比較用之成型品。膠化時間爲2 6 〇秒。但,所得到之 比較用成型品可溶於THF及丙酮,耐溶劑性不良。進而, 坪估耐熱性’結果’比較用成型品可看出黃變等外觀變化 。上述主要反應條件、及結果歸納於表5中。 [實施例9 ] 首先,進行同於實施例2之反應、處理等,調製(甲基)丙 烯酸漿液A。其次,於該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液a 100份中, 混合作爲硬化劑之雙(4 _第三丁基環己基)過氧二碳酸酷i 份、及氫氧化鋁(昭和電工株式会社製、,、4 7、、今 &lt; 卜H 32〇 ST)2〇0份後,混練此混和物,並脱泡。藉此,得到作 爲成形材料之注型材料。 其次,使用玻璃製之模室使所得到之注型材料進行注刑 54- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) IJ : -- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 4388 1 9 A7 B7 五、發明説明(52 ) 。亦即,將注型材料注入模室内後,在60。〇下硬化i小時 。接著,脱模後,在10(TC下後硬化2小時,得到成型品即 人工大理石板。 所得到之人工大理石板其表面具有光澤,平滑性優異, 具備所謂的高級感及質感。上述人工大理石板的主要反應 條件及結果歸納於表4中。 [比較例9 ] 首先,進行同於比較例2之反應、處理等,調製比較用之 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液。其次,使用此比較用(甲基)丙烯酸漿 液,進行同於實施例9之操作、成形等,作成比較用之人 工大理石板。 但’所得到之比較用人工大理石板可溶於TjjF及丙酮中 ’耐溶劑性不良。進而,評估耐熱性,結果,比較用人工 大理石板可看出黃變等外觀變化,又,亦失去表面光澤, 產生斑紋。上述主要反應條件及結果歸納於表5中。 [實施例1 0 ] 在與實施例1相同的反應器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯2〇〇 份後,反應容器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面攪捽上述甲 基丙烯酸甲酯一面昇溫至80°C後,添加AIBN 0.1份、正十 二基硫醇1.0份而開始聚合反應。開始聚合反應後,反應液 之粘度在30〜35P〇ise(25°C)的時點令反應終止,進一步於In Table 3. [Comparative Example 7] Except that the amount of maleic anhydride added in Example 1 was changed from 07 parts to 02 parts, and the amount of triethylamine added was also changed from 0.004 parts to 0.004 parts. The rest is the same as the implementation of your jl for reaction, processing, etc., compared with (meth) acrylic acid slurry. One of the above-mentioned maleic anhydride is added to the n-dodecyl mercaptan system in an amount of 0.4 times mole. In addition, triethylamine was added in an amount of 0.008 times the mole of n-dodecyl mercaptan. The obtained comparison (meth) propionic acid slurry had a dryness of 7 poise (25C), a solid concentration of 211%, and a yield average molecular weight of 630,000. ) The acrylic slurry was subjected to the same operations as in Example 3 to obtain a comparative SMC. The obtained comparative sMc was matured at 40 ° C for 1 day. However, the comparison 8] ^ (: will harden. The above main reaction conditions are summarized in Table 3. [Example 5] Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 2 were performed. To prepare (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. Next, using this (meth) acrylic acid slurry A, except that the amount of magnesium oxide used in Example 3 was changed from 1 part to 2 parts, and the pentadecyl group was broken The amount of Yasushi acid was changed from 1 part to 3 parts, and 100 parts of aluminum hydroxide was mixed with 50 parts of calcium carbonate (manufactured by Toyo Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., water 74 4 &gt; P-70) as a filler to replace Except for 150 parts of aluminum hydroxide, the rest is the same as the operation, forming, etc. of Example 3 to form a molded product. Also, the surface of the SMC, that is, the surface of the SMC is not sticky after curing. The gelation time is 160 seconds. __- 50- The paper size is suitable for financial standards (CNS) A4 (210X297). Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Has gloss and excellent smoothness. The main reaction of the above-mentioned molded products The conditions and results are summarized in Table 2. Furthermore, the molded product has excellent heat resistance. The weather resistance and water resistance were evaluated. As a result, the molded product was slightly discolored compared with the molded product of Example 4, and Gloss is slightly reduced, but its physical properties are excellent. [Example 6] First, the same reaction, treatment, etc. as in Example 2 were performed to prepare (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. Next, this (meth) acrylic acid slurry A was used, In addition to changing the amount of magnesium oxide used in Example 3 to 2 parts, while changing the amount of pentaenyl succinic acid used from 1 part to 3 parts, and mixing 100 parts of hydroxide hydroxide with The filler was filled with 50 parts of glass powder (manufactured by Tobo Industries Co., Ltd., fmb 30W-001) in place of 150 parts of aluminum hydroxide, and the same operations as in Example 3 were performed, forming, and the like to form a molded article. The ingredients, that is, the surface of the SMC is not sticky. The gelation time is 170 seconds. The surface of the obtained molded product has gloss and excellent smoothness. The main reaction conditions and results of the above molded products are summarized in Table 2. [Implementation Example 7] In Example 1, except for adding In addition to 25 parts of methyl methacrylate and 10 parts of trimethylmethylpropanetrimethylpropionate as crosslinkable monomers, in addition to 35 parts of methyl methacrylate added after the polymerization reaction is completed, The rest were subjected to the same reaction and treatment as in Example 1 to prepare (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. The viscosity of the obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry A was 8 poise (25 ° C), and the solid concentration was 21.7%, weight The average molecular weight is 62,000. Secondly, using this (meth) acrylic acid slurry A, the same as in Example 3 -51-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210'〆297 mm) --- : --- : ------- --- (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Order A7 4388 1 9 B7 V. Description of the invention (49) (Please read the notes on the back before (Fill in this page). The gelation time was 180 seconds. The obtained molded product has a glossy surface and excellent smoothness. The main reaction conditions and results of the above molded products are summarized in Table 2. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 2 Example 3 4 5 6 7 Magnesium oxide (parts) 1 2 2 2 1 Pentadecyl succinate (repair) 1 3 3 3 1 Aluminum hydroxide (parts) ) 150 150 100 100 150 Calcium carbonate (parts) _ — 50 — One glass fiber (parts) _ 110 — The forming material after curing is good Good Good Good Good gelation time (seconds) 200 165 160 170 180 Solvent resistance THF insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, acetone, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, and insoluble (210X297 mm) 4 3 8 8 19 V. Description of the invention (50) Table 3 Comparative Example 3 4 5 6 7 Magnesium oxide (parts) 1 1 1 1 1 Pentaenyl succinic acid (parts) 1 1 1 1 1 Aluminum hydroxide (parts) 150 150 150 150 150 After curing, the molding material is hardened without thickening and thickening. Good hardening and gelling time (seconds) — 250 230 120 __ Solvent resistance THF — Soluble and insoluble-Acetone-Soluble and insoluble-Heat resistance-Bad and good-Weather resistance-Poor-Water resistance-_-Bad-[Example 8] (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 1 were performed to prepare (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. Next, in this (meth) acrylic acid slurry, 1 part of magnesium oxide, 2 parts of pentaenyl succinic acid, 1 part of tert-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate, and stearin were mixed. 4 parts of zinc acid, 350 parts of aluminum hydroxide ('44b H_320 manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation), and glass fiber (shear of 1/4 inch in length) as a reinforcing material, then use a double-wrist kneader Knead this blend. Thereby, BMC was obtained as a molding material. The proportion of the glass fiber in the BMC is adjusted to 5%. Thereafter, the BMC obtained was packaged in Vinylon (manufactured by Yuki K. Co., Ltd.) and matured at 40 ° C for 1 day. After ripening, the ingredients, namely BMC, will not harden, and the surface of BMC is not -53- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (51) Sticky. Next, the above-mentioned B c is formed by heating and pressing in a predetermined method to form a molded product. The gelation time was 190 seconds. The surface of the obtained molded article was glossy and smooth. The main reaction conditions and results of the above molded products are summarized in Table 4. [Comparative Example 8] First, the same reaction, treatment, and the like as in Comparative Example 2 were performed to prepare a (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison. Next, the comparative (meth) acrylic acid slurry 'was used to perform the same operations as in Example 8 to obtain a comparative bmC. The obtained comparison was made at 40 ° C; 6] ^ &lt;: matured for 1 day. However, the comparative BMC does not increase viscosity. In addition, the surface of the comparative BMC is sticky. Next, using this BMC for comparison, the same molding as in Example 8 was performed to prepare a molded product for comparison. The gelation time was 260 seconds. However, the obtained comparative molded product was soluble in THF and acetone and had poor solvent resistance. Furthermore, the comparison of the molded article for the "result" of the heat resistance and the appearance of the molded article showed changes in appearance such as yellowing. The above main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 5. [Example 9] First, the same reaction, treatment and the like as in Example 2 were performed to prepare (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. Next, 100 parts of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry a was mixed with 1 part of bis (4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate and aluminum hydroxide (manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation, (4,7 ,, this &lt; BU H 32〇ST) after 200 parts, the mixture was kneaded and defoamed. Thereby, a cast material was obtained as a molding material. Secondly, use the glass mold room to inject the obtained injection molding materials. 54- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) IJ:-(Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page) Order 4388 1 9 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (52). That is, after the injection molding material is injected into the mold cavity, it is at 60. 〇 Harden for i hours. Next, after demolding, it is post-cured at 10 ° C for 2 hours to obtain an artificial marble slab, which is a molded article. The obtained artificial marble slab has gloss, smoothness, and so-called high-quality and texture. The main reaction conditions and results of the plate are summarized in Table 4. [Comparative Example 9] First, the same reaction, treatment, and the like as in Comparative Example 2 were performed to prepare a (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison. Second, this comparison was used ( The (meth) acrylic acid slurry was subjected to the same operation, forming, and the like as in Example 9 to prepare an artificial marble board for comparison. However, 'the obtained artificial marble board for comparison was soluble in TjjF and acetone' and had poor solvent resistance. The heat resistance was evaluated. As a result, when using artificial marble slabs to compare the appearance changes such as yellowing, it also lost the surface gloss and caused streaks. The above main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 5. [Example 1 0] in In the same reactor as in Example 1, after 200 parts of methyl methacrylate was fed, the inside of the reaction vessel was replaced with nitrogen. Next, the methyl group was stirred while After the methyl enoate was heated to 80 ° C, 0.1 parts of AIBN and 1.0 part of n-dodecyl mercaptan were added to start the polymerization reaction. After the polymerization reaction was started, the viscosity of the reaction solution was 30 to 35 poise (25 ° C) The reaction was terminated at

反應液中加入甲基丙烯酸甲酯35份後,冷卻(急冷)至40°C 〇 繼而,於所得到之反應混合物中,添加馬來酸酐0 7份、 -55- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4規格(210X297公釐) 1.-.,|_^----JmwII -I : (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4388 1 9 五、發明説明( 三乙胺0.04份,攪拌15分,處理添加於該反應混合物中之 正十二基硫醇。上述馬來酸酐相對於所添加之正十二 醇係添力〇1.4倍莫耳。又,上述三乙胺相對於所添加之: 十二基硯醇係添加0.08倍。接著,於上述處理後之反應昆 合物95份中添加甲基丙烯酸5份,以得到本發明之 1 丙錦Γ酸漿液B。 其次,於該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液B 1〇〇份中,混合雙(4 _第 三丁基環己基)過氧二碳酸酯丨份、及、氫氧化鋁(昭和電工 株式会社製、/、4 卜H-32〇 ST)2〇〇份後,混練該混 合物,脱泡。藉此,得到作爲成形材料之注型材料。此注 型材料亦即配料貯存安定性優。 其次,使用玻璃製模室使所得到之注型材料進行注型。 亦即,將注型材料注入模室後,在6(rC下硬化1小時。接 著’脱模後,在1 0 0 °C下後硬化2小時,得到成型品即人工 大理石板。 所得到之人工大理石板其表面具有光澤,平滑性優異, 具備高級感及質感。上述人工大理石板之主要反應條件及 結果歸納於表4中。 [實施例1 1 ] 於與實施例1相同的反應器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯200 份後,反應器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面攪拌甲基丙烯 酸甲酯一面昇溫至80°C後,添加AIBN 0· 1份及正十二烷基 硫醇1.0份而開始聚合反應。開始聚合反應後,反應液之粘 度在30〜35 poise(25°C )的時點令反應終止,於反應液中進 -56 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) !1 丨&quot;&quot;&quot;^ Φ II 二 : (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(54 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工一消費合作社印製 一步加入甲基丙烯酸甲酯25份及甲基丙晞酸1〇份後,冷卻 至 40°C。 繼而於所彳于到之反應混合物中,添加馬來酸奸〇 7份、 三乙胺0.04份後,攪拌15分,處理添加於反應混合物中之 正十二基硫醇。上述馬來酸酐相對於正十二基硫醇係添加 1.4倍莫耳。又,三乙胺相對於所添加之正十二基硫醇係添 加0· 08倍莫耳。藉此,得到本發明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液b。 其/人’使用該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液B,實施同於實施例j 〇 之操作、成形等,作成人工大理石板。又,注型材料亦即 配料之貯存安定性優異。 所知到之人工大理石板其表面具光澤,平滑性優異,具 備南級感及質感。上述人工大理石板之主要反應條件及結 果歸納於表4中。 [實施例1 2 ] 於與實施例1相同之反應器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯200 份後’反應器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面攪拌上述甲基 丙晞酸甲醋’一面昇溫至8(rc後,添加ΑΙΒΝ〇·ι份及正十 二基硫醇1.0份而開始聚合反應。開始聚合反應後,反應液 之枯度在30〜35p〇ise(25X:)的時點令反應終了,進一步於 反應液中加入甲基丙烯酸甲酯35份後,冷卻(急冷)至4〇°C。 繼而’於所得到之反應混合物中加入馬來酸酐0.7份及三 乙胺〇·〇4份後,攪拌15分,處理添加於反應混合物之正十 二基展醇。上述馬來酸旣相對於正十二基硫醇 倍莫耳。 4 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 蝼·After 35 parts of methyl methacrylate was added to the reaction solution, it was cooled (quenched) to 40 ° C. Then, to the obtained reaction mixture, 0.7 parts of maleic anhydride was added. (CNS) 8 specifications (210X297 mm) 1 .-., | _ ^ ---- JmwII -I: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order-Staff Consumer Cooperatives, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed 4388 1 9 V. Description of the Invention (0.04 parts of triethylamine, stirred for 15 minutes, treated n-dodecyl mercaptan added to the reaction mixture. The above maleic anhydride is relatively To the added n-dodecanol system, the added force was 1.4 times the mole. The triethylamine was added 0.08 times to the added dodecyl alcohol system. Then, the reaction compound after the above treatment was added. 5 parts of methacrylic acid was added to 95 parts to obtain 1 acrylic bromide acid slurry B of the present invention. Next, 100 parts of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry B was mixed with bis (4-third-butyl ring). Hexyl) Peroxydicarbonate 丨 Aluminum hydroxide (Showa Denko Corporation) After making 200 parts of H / 32, ST, and 200 parts, the mixture is kneaded and defoamed. Thereby, a molding material is obtained as a molding material. This molding material, that is, the storage stability of the ingredients is excellent. Next The obtained injection molding material was injection-molded using a glass mold chamber. That is, after the injection molding material was injected into the mold chamber, it was hardened at 6 ° C for 1 hour. Then, 'after demolding, at 100 ° C After curing for 2 hours, the artificial marble slab is obtained as a molded product. The surface of the obtained artificial marble slab has gloss, excellent smoothness, and high-quality and texture. The main reaction conditions and results of the artificial marble slab are summarized in Table 4. [Example 11] In the same reactor as in Example 1, after feeding 200 parts of methyl methacrylate, the reactor was purged with nitrogen. Next, the temperature of the methyl methacrylate was raised to 80 ° while stirring. After C, polymerization was started by adding AIBN 0.1 part and 1.0 part of n-dodecyl mercaptan. After the polymerization reaction was started, the reaction solution was terminated at a point of 30 to 35 poise (25 ° C). Medium to reaction liquid -56 This paper is suitable for National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm)! 1 丨 &quot; &quot; &quot; ^ Φ II II: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order 438819 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (54 A consumer cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed a step of adding 25 parts of methyl methacrylate and 10 parts of methacrylic acid, and then cooled to 40 ° C. Then in the reaction mixture obtained, add 07 parts of maleic acid and 0.04 parts of triethylamine were stirred for 15 minutes, and n-dodecyl mercaptan added to the reaction mixture was treated. The maleic anhydride is added 1.4 times moles to the n-dodecyl mercaptan system. In addition, triethylamine was added in an amount of 0.08 times mole relative to the added n-dodecyl mercaptan. Thereby, the (meth) acrylic acid slurry b of this invention is obtained. The person / person 'used the (meth) acrylic acid slurry B to perform operations, molding, and the like similar to those in Example j0 to prepare an artificial marble slab. In addition, the injection molding material, that is, the ingredients, has excellent storage stability. The known artificial marble slabs have a glossy surface, excellent smoothness, and a southern feel and texture. The main reaction conditions and results of the above artificial marble slabs are summarized in Table 4. [Example 1 2] In the same reactor as in Example 1, after feeding 200 parts of methyl methacrylate, the reactor was purged with nitrogen. Next, while stirring the methyl methacrylate vinegar ', the temperature was raised to 8 (rc), and AIBNO. And 1.0 parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan were added to start the polymerization reaction. After the polymerization reaction was started, the reaction solution dried The reaction was completed at a temperature of 30 to 35 poise (25X :). After 35 parts of methyl methacrylate was added to the reaction solution, it was cooled (quenched) to 40 ° C. Then, 'the obtained reaction mixture After 0.7 parts of maleic anhydride and 0.04 parts of triethylamine were added to the mixture, the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, and the n-dodecyl alcohol added to the reaction mixture was processed. Ear 4 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 蝼 ·

、1T 57- 本紙張尺度適用宁關家標準(cnsu^( 210x297^) 438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(55 ) 又,上述二乙胺相對於所添加之正十二基硫醇係添加 0.0 8份莫耳而得到(甲基)丙晞酸漿液。 然後,於(甲基)丙晞酸漿液9 5份中添加甲基丙烯酸5份 後,進行同於實施例10之操作、成形後,作成人工大理石 板。又’注型材料亦即配料之辟存安定性優異。 所4于到之人工大理石板其表面具光澤,平滑性優異,具 備所謂的高級感及質感。人工大理石板之主反應條件及結 果歸納於表5中。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 I:-丨丨Hr — *-! : :1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁}、 1T 57- This paper size applies the Ningguanjia standard (cnsu ^ (210x297 ^) 438819 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (55) In addition, the above-mentioned diethylamine is added to the n-dodecyl mercaptan added 0.0 8 (Meth) propionic acid slurry was obtained by adding 5 parts of mol. Then, 5 parts of methacrylic acid was added to 95 parts of (meth) propionic acid slurry, and then the same operation as in Example 10 was performed. Artificial marble slab. Also, the injection molding material, that is, the stability of the ingredients is excellent. So the artificial marble slab has a glossy surface, excellent smoothness, and has the so-called high-quality and texture. The main reaction of artificial marble slab The conditions and results are summarized in Table 5. I:-丨 丨 Hr — *-!:: 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page}

、1T 表4 實施例 8 9 10 11 氧化鎂(份) 1 — — — 十五烯基琥珀酸(份) 2 — — — 氫氧化鋁(份) 3 50 200 200 200 熟成後之成形材料 良好 一 — — 膠化時間(秒 ) 190 一 — __ 耐溶劑性 THF 不溶 不溶 不溶 不溶 丙酮 不溶 不溶 不溶 --------- 不溶 对熱性 良好 良好 良好 良好 耐候性 良好 良好 良好 良好 耐水性 良好 良好 良好 良好 用 適 度 尺 張 紙 本1T Table 4 Example 8 9 10 11 Magnesium oxide (parts) 1 — — — Pentaenylsuccinic acid (parts) 2 — — — Aluminum hydroxide (parts) 3 50 200 200 200 — — Gelation time (seconds) 190 I — __ Solvent resistance THF Insoluble Insoluble Insoluble Insoluble Acetone Insoluble Insoluble Insoluble --------- Insoluble Good for good heat resistance Good Good Good weather resistance Good Good Good Good Water resistance Good, use moderate ruled paper

438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(56)438819 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (56)

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁〕 訂- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 從表1〜5明顯可知,料時 ,可以比習知更短的時間裝造貯存安定性優異之(甲基)丙 烯酸漿液A · Β。又,本實施例之成形材料適合於加熱、加 壓成形,可以比較短的時間硬化。進而,所得到之成型品 具優異的耐熱性、耐溶劑性、耐候性及耐水性等各種物性 〇 [實施例1 3 ] 在一具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導入管、及攪拌機之反 應器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯丨94份、甲基丙烯酸6份後, 反應器内進行氮氣夏溪,其次,一面掩禅上述皋 -59 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210'〆297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(57 ) &quot;~一 昇溫至80°C後’添加AIBN 0.1份及正十二基硫醇2份而進 行共聚合反應6小時。藉此,得到反應混合物。所得到反 應混合物之酸價爲1 9。 繼而,於上述反應混合物中,添加作爲乙烯基醚化合物 之異丁基乙烯基醚後,昇溫至100°C而攪拌30分,處理殘 存於該反應混合物中之正十二基硫醇。上述異丁基乙晞基 醚相對於聚合時添加之正十二基硫醇係添加2 · 〇倍莫耳。 然後’添加甲基丙缔故縮水甘油醋、作爲g旨化觸媒之三 苯基膦0.4份、作爲聚合抑止劑之氫醌〇.〇1份後,在i〇〇〇c下 攪拌10小時,以進行酯化反應。上述甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油 酯相對於甲基丙烯酸係添加0.5倍莫耳。藉此,得到(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液C·。該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,之固態濃度爲42%, 粘度爲28 poise,酸價爲11,重量平均分子量爲42,000。 進而,測定(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C ·中之(甲基)丙烯酸聚合 體每一分子的雙鍵數目。亦即,首先,測定使甲基丙烯酸 縮水甘油酯反應前後之(甲基)丙烯酸聚合體的酸價之差, 算出(甲基)丙烯酸聚合體每1克中消失之羧基的莫耳數,以 此作爲(甲基)丙烯酸聚合體1克中之聚合性雙键的莫耳數。 又,從(甲基)丙烯酸聚合體的重量平均分子量算出(甲基) 丙烯酸聚合體1克之莫耳數。從(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物1克中 之聚合性雙鍵的莫耳數、及、(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物1克之莫 耳數,算出(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物每一分子的雙键數目。結 果,每一分子的雙键數目爲5—3。 繼而,於上述(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C’ 100份中添加過氧化 _-60- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page] Order-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs It is obvious from Tables 1 to 5 that when it is expected, it can be installed and stored in a shorter time than usual. Excellent storage stability The (meth) acrylic slurry A · B. In addition, the molding material of this embodiment is suitable for heating and pressure molding, and can be cured in a relatively short time. Furthermore, the obtained molded product has excellent heat resistance and solvent resistance. Various physical properties such as weather resistance, water resistance, etc. [Example 1 3] In a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen introduction pipe, and a stirrer, 94 parts of methyl methacrylate and 6 parts of methacrylic acid were fed. After the serving, nitrogen Xiaxi is carried out in the reactor. Secondly, the above-mentioned 皋 -59 is covered. This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210'〆297 mm). It is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 438819 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (57) &quot; ~ After heating up to 80 ° C, 0.1 parts of AIBN and 2 parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan were added for copolymerization reaction for 6 hours, thereby obtaining a reaction mixture. The acid value of the obtained reaction mixture was 19. Next, after adding isobutyl vinyl ether as a vinyl ether compound to the above reaction mixture, the temperature was raised to 100 ° C and stirred for 30 minutes, and the residue remained in the reaction mixture for processing. N-dodecyl mercaptan. The above isobutyl ethyl sulfenyl ether is added to the n-dodecyl mercaptan added at the time of polymerization by 2.0 times moles. Then, methyl propionate is added as glycidyl vinegar, as g 0.4 g of triphenylphosphine as a catalyst, and 0.01 part of hydroquinone as a polymerization inhibitor, and then stirred at 1000 c for 10 hours to perform an esterification reaction. The above glycidyl methacrylate The ester was added 0.5 times moles to the methacrylic acid. As a result, a (meth) acrylic acid slurry C was obtained. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry C had a solid concentration of 42%, a viscosity of 28 poise, and an acid value of 11. The weight average molecular weight was 42,000. Further, the number of double bonds per molecule of the (meth) acrylic polymer in (meth) acrylic acid slurry C · was measured. That is, first, the reaction of glycidyl methacrylate was measured. Before and after (methyl) The difference in the acid value of the enoic acid polymer is used to calculate the number of moles of the carboxyl group per gram of the (meth) acrylic polymer, and this is used as the mole of the polymerizable double bond in 1 gram of the (meth) acrylic polymer. The number of ears is calculated from the weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic polymer. The number of moles per gram of (meth) acrylic polymer is calculated. The number of moles of polymerizable double bond in 1 g of (meth) acrylic polymer is calculated. And the molar number of 1 gram of the (meth) acrylic polymer to calculate the number of double bonds per molecule of the (meth) acrylic polymer. As a result, the number of double bonds per molecule was 5 to 3. Then, in Peroxide is added to 100 parts of the above (meth) acrylic acid slurry C-60. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T 438819 經 濟 央 標 準 為 員 費 合 衽 印 製 五、發明説明(58 ) 二苯甲醯2份而使之溶解。藉此,得到作爲成形料之注型 材料。所得到之注型材料藉減壓以進行脱泡。此注型材料 亦即配料具優異貯存安定性。 然後,將注型材料注入同於實施例丨之模室内之後,加熱 至6 0 C而使之硬化。又,同於實施例i之方法測定膠化時 間。結果,在6 Ο X:中之膠化時間爲3 〇分。 接著,脱模後,在100°C下使之後硬化(after aure), 得到成型品即樹脂板。所得到之樹脂板對於THF或丙酮不 溶。亦即,上述樹脂板具優異耐溶劑性。主要反應條件表 示於表6中,結果表示於表7中。 [實施例1 4 ] 除使用3,4-二氫_2H-吡喃作爲乙醚基醚化合物以取代實施 例13中之異丁基乙烯基醚以外,其餘同於實施例進行反 應、處理等,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,。所得到之(甲基)丙 晞酸漿液C,的固態濃度爲43%,粒度爲31p〇ise,酸價爲11 ’重量平均分子量爲39,0〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例〗3之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之注型材料具優異貯存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 13&lt;汪型,得到樹脂板。於6〇χ:中之膠化時間爲w分。 又所得到之樹脂板的耐溶劑性良好。主要反應條件表示 於表6中’結果表示於表7中。[比較例1 〇 ] t复施例1过,除使甩I丁 訑例1 3進行反應、處理等。結果,酯化時粘度徐緩上昇 再 訂, 1T 438819 Economic Central Standards are printed for member fees. 5. Invention Description (58) 2 copies of benzamidine are dissolved. Thereby, a cast material as a molding material was obtained. The obtained cast material was degassed by decompressing. This injection-molded material has excellent storage stability. Then, the injection molding material was poured into the same mold chamber as in Example 丨, and then heated to 60 C to harden it. The gelation time was measured in the same manner as in Example i. As a result, the gelation time in 60 × X: was 30 minutes. Next, after demolding, after-ureing was performed at 100 ° C to obtain a resin plate which is a molded article. The obtained resin plate was insoluble in THF or acetone. That is, the above-mentioned resin plate has excellent solvent resistance. The main reaction conditions are shown in Table 6, and the results are shown in Table 7. [Example 1 4] Except that 3,4-dihydro_2H-pyran was used as the ether-based ether compound to replace the isobutyl vinyl ether in Example 13, the rest were reacted and treated in the same manner as in the example. A (meth) acrylic acid slurry c was obtained. The obtained (meth) propionic acid slurry C had a solid concentration of 43%, a particle size of 31 poise, and an acid value of 11 'and a weight average molecular weight of 39,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 3 was performed to obtain an injection-molded material. The obtained cast material has excellent storage stability. Then, the same procedure as in Example 13 was carried out to obtain a resin plate. The gelation time at 60 ×: is w minutes. The obtained resin plate had good solvent resistance. The main reaction conditions are shown in Table 6 '. The results are shown in Table 7. [Comparative Example 1] Example 1 was repeated, except that reaction and treatment of Example 1 and 3 were performed. As a result, the viscosity slowly rises during esterification.

210X297公釐) 4388 1 9 A7 B7 五、發明説明(59 ,可得到固態、粘度、及重量平均分子量均增大之(甲美 丙晞酸漿液。 &amp; 繼而,進行同於實施例U之操作,得到比較用的注型材 料。然後,使用所得到之比較用的注型材料,進行同於實 施例13的注型,得到比較用的樹脂。於6(Γ(:中之膠化時間 爲60分。所得到之比較用注型材料,其貯存安定性差。又 ,所得到之比較用樹脂板於THF及丙酮中會膨脹。二述主 要反應條件表示於表6中,結果表示於表7中。 [實施例1 5 ] 除變更實施例13中之硫醇處理與酯化的順序以外,其餘 進行同於實施例13之反應、處理,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c, 。所得到之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,的固態濃度爲5〇%,粘度爲 150 P〇ise,酸價爲u,重量平均分子量爲58〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例13之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之注型材料具優異貯存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 1 3心/王型,得到樹脂板。於6(Γ(:中之膠化時間爲π分。 又,所得到之樹脂板的耐溶劑性良好。主要反應條件表示 於表6中,結果表示於表7中。 9 1— 8 8 3 4210X297 mm) 4388 1 9 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (59, the solid, viscosity, and weight-average molecular weight are all increased (metapropionic acid slurry. &Amp; Then, the same operation as in Example U is performed To obtain a comparative injection molding material. Then, using the obtained comparative injection molding material, the same injection molding as in Example 13 was performed to obtain a comparative resin. The gelation time in 6 (Γ (: 60 points. The obtained comparative injection molding material has poor storage stability. In addition, the obtained comparative resin plate swells in THF and acetone. The main reaction conditions of the second description are shown in Table 6, and the results are shown in Table 7. [Example 15] Except that the order of thiol treatment and esterification in Example 13 was changed, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 13 were performed to obtain a (meth) acrylic acid slurry c. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry c had a solid concentration of 50%, a viscosity of 150 poise, an acid value of u, and a weight average molecular weight of 5800. Then, the same operation as in Example 13 was performed, and the injection was obtained. Material. The obtained injection material has Excellent storage stability. Then, a core / king type was performed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a resin plate. The gelation time at 6 (Γ (:) was π minutes. In addition, the obtained resin plate had good solvent resistance. The main reaction conditions are shown in Table 6, and the results are shown in Table 7. 9 1-8 8 3 4

7 B 五、發明説明(60 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 表6 實施 4 列 比較例 I 3 14 15 10 甲基丙烯酸甲酯(份) 194 194 194 194 聚 甲基丙烯酸(份) 6 6 6 6 合 正十二基硫醇(份) 2 2 2 2 反 AIBN(份) 0.1 0。1 0。1 0„1 應 反應溫度(°c) 80 80 80 80 反應時間(h r) 6 6 6 6 酸價 19 20 19 19 異丁基乙烯基醚(倍莫耳) 2.0 一 2.0 ;— 處 3,4-二氫-2!!-吡喃(倍莫耳) 一 2.0 — 一 理 反應溫度(°C ) 100 100 100 一 反應時間(h r) 0.5 0.5 0.5 — 甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(倍莫耳) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 酯 三苯基膦(份) 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 化 氫醌(份) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 反應溫度(°c) 100 100 100 100 反應時間(h r) 10 10 10 10 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -63 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 4 3 881 9 A7 B7 五、發明説明(61 ) 表7 13 實施例 4 15 比較例 10 枯度(poise) 固態濃度(%) 酸價 重量平均分子量(Mw; 每一分子之雙鍵數目 膠化時間(分) 28 42 43 150 170 50 11 42,000 39?〇〇〇 .0 58,000 2 30 30 30 5 1 13 60,000 7.4 60 —^^------— ·-ί 1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 貯存安定性 良好 良好 良好 不良 耐溶劑性 不溶 不溶 不溶 膨潤 [實施例1 6 ] 於與實施例13相同的反應器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯 1 8 0份、甲基丙烯酸2 〇份後,反應器内進行氮氣置換。其 次’一面攪拌上述混合物一面昇溫至8〇t後,添加Aibn 〇.1份、作爲硫醇化合物之季戊四醇四硫乙醇酸酯1〇份, 進行共聚合反應4小時。藉此,得到反應混合物。 然後,於上述反應混合物中,添加異丁基乙烯基醚後, 昇溫至100°C而攪拌3〇分,俾處理殘存於反應混合物中之正 十二基硫醇。上述異丁基乙烯基醚相對於聚合時添加之正 十一基硫醉係添加2.0倍莫耳。 繼而,添加甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、三苯基膦〇 1份、氫 醌〇·〇1份後,在100°C下攪拌8小時,俾進行酯化反應。上 述甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯相對於甲基丙烯酸係添加10倍莫 -64 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 千 你 ί ,J / - - -7 B V. Description of the invention (60) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6 Implementation 4 column Comparative Example I 3 14 15 10 Methyl methacrylate (parts) 194 194 194 194 Polymethacrylic acid (parts) 6 6 6 6 N-dodecyl mercaptan (parts) 2 2 2 2 Anti-AIBN (parts) 0.1 0. 1 0. 1 0 „1 Reaction temperature (° c) 80 80 80 80 Reaction time (hr) 6 6 6 6 Acid value 19 20 19 19 Isobutyl vinyl ether (bemolle) 2.0-2.0; — place 3,4-dihydro-2 !!-pyran (bemolle) — 2.0 — rational reaction Temperature (° C) 100 100 100 One reaction time (hr) 0.5 0.5 0.5 — glycidyl methacrylate (bemol) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 ester triphenylphosphine (parts) 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 hydroquinone (parts) ) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 Reaction temperature (° c) 100 100 100 100 Response time (hr) 10 10 10 10 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -63-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) 4 3 881 9 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (61) Table 7 13 Example 4 15 Comparison 10 Poise Solid concentration (%) Acid value Weight average molecular weight (Mw; Number of double bonds per molecule Gelation time (minutes) 28 42 43 150 170 50 11 42,000 39? 000.00 08,000 2 30 30 30 5 1 13 60,000 7.4 60 — ^^ ------— ·-1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Good storage stability Good Good Poor Solvent resistance Insoluble Insoluble Insoluble Swelling [ Example 16] In the same reactor as in Example 13, 180 parts of methyl methacrylate and 20 parts of methacrylic acid were fed, and then the reactor was purged with nitrogen. Next, while stirring the above mixture, After raising the temperature to 80 t, 0.1 part of Aibn and 10 parts of pentaerythritol tetrathioglycolate as a thiol compound were added, and a copolymerization reaction was performed for 4 hours. Thereby, a reaction mixture was obtained. Then, in the reaction mixture, After isobutyl vinyl ether was added, the temperature was raised to 100 ° C. and stirred for 30 minutes, and the n-dodecyl mercaptan remaining in the reaction mixture was treated with the isobutyl vinyl ether. Undecyl sulfide add 2.0 times Ear. Next, glycidyl methacrylate, triphenylphosphine 0.1 part, and hydroquinone 0.01 part were added, and it stirred at 100 ° C for 8 hours, and then esterified. The above glycidyl methacrylate is added 10 times as much as methacrylic acid. -64 Order printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Thousand You ί, J /---

r一 I ¾ y Z 438819r one I ¾ y Z 438819

T。藉此,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,。所得到之(甲基)丙烯 酸漿液c,的固態濃度爲52%,粘度爲39p〇ise,酸價爲”, 重量平均分子量爲14,0〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例13之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之/王型材料具優異貯存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 13的注型,得到樹脂板。於6〇χ:中之膠化時間爲。分。 所得到之樹脂板的耐溶劑性良好。上述主要反應條件表示 於表8中,結果表示於表9中。 [實施例1 7 ] 除將實施例1 6中之甲基丙烯酸甲酯的使用量(饋入量)從 1 8 0份變更成J 9 6份、並將甲基丙烯酸的使用量從μ份變 更成4份以外,其餘同於實施例16進行反應、處理等,調 製(甲基)丙綿·酸漿液C,。 繼而,進行同於實施例13的操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之注型材料具優異貯存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 13的》王型,得到樹脂板。於6〇°C中之膠化時間爲4〇分。 所得到之樹脂板的耐溶劑性良好。主要反應條件表示於表 8中’結果表示於表9中。 [實施例1 8 ] 於具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導入管、及攪拌機之反應 器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯196份、及甲基丙烯酸4份後, 反應器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面攪拌上述混合物一面 昇溫至80X:後,添加AIBN 〇」份及正十二基硫醇,進 行共聚合反應6小時。藉此,得到反應混合物。 --------65- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210&gt;&lt;297公釐) 43^8 1 9T. Thereby, a (meth) acrylic acid slurry c 'is obtained. The obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry c had a solid concentration of 52%, a viscosity of 39 poise, an acid value of ", and a weight-average molecular weight of 14.00. Then, the same operation as in Example 13 was performed. An injection-molded material was obtained. The obtained / king-shaped material had excellent storage stability. Then, the injection molding was performed in the same manner as in Example 13 to obtain a resin plate. The gelation time in 60 ×: was obtained. The resin plate had good solvent resistance. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 8, and the results are shown in Table 9. [Example 17] Except the amount of methyl methacrylate used in Example 16 (feed The amount was changed from 180 parts to 6 parts for J 9 and the amount of methacrylic acid used was changed from μ parts to 4 parts. The rest was reacted and treated in the same manner as in Example 16 to prepare (meth) acrylic acid.棉 · 酸 浆液 C. Then, the same operation as in Example 13 was performed to obtain a cast material. The obtained cast material had excellent storage stability. Then, the same "King type" as in Example 13 was performed to obtain a resin. Plate. Gelation time at 60 ° C is 40 minutes. The tree obtained The grease plate has good solvent resistance. The main reaction conditions are shown in Table 8. The results are shown in Table 9. [Example 18] In a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen introduction tube, and a stirrer, feed After 196 parts of methyl methacrylate and 4 parts of methacrylic acid, nitrogen was substituted in the reactor. Next, the mixture was heated to 80X while stirring the mixture: After that, AIBN 0 ″ parts and n-dodecyl mercaptan were added and The copolymerization reaction was carried out for 6 hours. Thereby, a reaction mixture was obtained. -------- 65- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 &gt; &lt; 297mm) 43 ^ 8 1 9

五、 發明説明(63 ) 然後,於上述反應混合物中,添加異丁基乙烯基醚後, 昇溫至100 C而攪拌1小時,處理殘存於反應混合物中之正 十二基硫醇。上述異丁基乙烯基醚相對於聚合時添加之正 十一基硫醇係添加2· 0倍莫耳。藉此,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿 液C’。所得到之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c的固態濃度爲24%,粘 度爲7p〇ise,酸價爲12,重量平均分子量爲61,〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例1 3之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之注型材料具卓越野存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 1 3之注型,得到樹脂板。於6 〇 t中之膠化時間爲4 〇分。 又’所得到之樹脂板的耐溶劑性良好。主要反應條件表示 於表8中,結果表示於表9中。 [比較例1 1 ] 於實施例18中,除不使用異丁基乙烯基醚以外,進行同 於實施例1 8之反應、處理等,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 — — II----Φ! m - - r (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、'll 繼而,進行同於實施例13的操作,得到比較用的注型材 料。然後,使用所得到的比較用之注型材料,進行同於實 施例13之注型,得到比較用的樹脂板。於6〇π中之膠化時 間爲6 0分。所得到之比較用注型材料,其貯存安定性声。 又’所件到之比較用樹脂板於THF或丙嗣中會膨服。主要 反應條件表示於表8中,結果表示於表9中。 -66 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) 9 ^- 8 8 3 45. Description of the invention (63) Then, after adding isobutyl vinyl ether to the above reaction mixture, the temperature was raised to 100 C and stirred for 1 hour, and the n-dodecyl mercaptan remaining in the reaction mixture was treated. The isobutyl vinyl ether is added 2.0 times moles to the n-undecyl mercaptan added during polymerization. Thereby, a (meth) acrylic acid slurry C 'is obtained. The obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry c had a solid concentration of 24%, a viscosity of 7 poise, an acid value of 12, and a weight average molecular weight of 61,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 13 was performed to obtain a cast material. The resulting cast material has excellent field stability. Then, the same injection molding as in Example 13 was performed to obtain a resin plate. The gelation time in 60 t was 40 minutes. Further, the obtained resin plate has good solvent resistance. The main reaction conditions are shown in Table 8, and the results are shown in Table 9. [Comparative Example 11] In Example 18, except that isobutyl vinyl ether was not used, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 18 were performed to obtain a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs—II ---- Φ! A comparative injection molding material was obtained. Then, using the obtained injection molding material for comparison, the same injection molding as in Example 13 was performed to obtain a comparative resin plate. The gelation time in 60 π is 60 minutes. The obtained comparative injection-molded material was stable in sound. In comparison, the comparative resin plate is swollen in THF or acetone. The main reaction conditions are shown in Table 8, and the results are shown in Table 9. -66-This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 9 ^-8 8 3 4

AA

7 B 五、發明説明(64 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 表8 實施例 比較例 16 17 18 11 甲基丙烯酸甲酯(份) 180 196 196 196 甲基丙烯酸(份) 20 4 4 4 聚 正十二基硫醇(份) — 一 1 1 合 季戊四醇四硫乙醇酸酯(份) 10 10 一 — 反 AIBN(份) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 應 反應溫度rc) 80 80 80 80 反應時間(h r ) 4 4 6 6 酸價 58 11 12 12 異丁基乙烯基醚(倍莫耳) 2.0 2.0 2.0 一 處 反應溫度(°c) 100 100 100 一 理 反應時間(h r ) 0。5 0.5 1。0 一 甲基丙晞酸縮水甘油醋(倍莫耳) 1.0 1.0 — 一 酯 三苯基膦(份) 0.1 0.1 一 — 化 氫醌(份) 0.01 0.01 — — 反應溫度(°c) 100 100 — 一 反應時間(h r ) 8 8 一 一 !-II----J9II 二 -V (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)7 B V. Description of the invention (64) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 8 Examples Comparative Example 16 17 18 11 Methyl methacrylate (parts) 180 196 196 196 Methacrylic acid (parts) 20 4 4 4 Poly-n-dodecyl mercaptan (parts) — one 1 1 pentaerythritol tetrathioglycolate (parts) 10 10 one — anti-AIBN (parts) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 reaction temperature rc) 80 80 80 80 reaction time ( hr) 4 4 6 6 Acid value 58 11 12 12 Isobutyl vinyl ether (Bemol) 2.0 2.0 2.0 One reaction temperature (° c) 100 100 100 One reaction time (hr) 0.5 0.5 0.5 1. 0 Glycidyl monomethylpropionate (Bemol) 1.0 1.0 — Triphenylphosphine (parts) 0.1 0.1 — Hydroquinone (parts) 0.01 0.01 — — Reaction temperature (° c) 100 100 — One response time (hr) 8 8 one one! -II ---- J9II two-V (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T -67- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 4 3 8819* A7 B7 五、發明説明(65 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本 表9 實施例 比較例 16 17 18 11 粒度(poise) 39 40 7 8 固態濃度(%) 52 51 24 24 酸價 27 5 12 12 重量平均分子量(Mw) 14,000 13,000 61,000 60,000 每一分子之雙鍵數目 7.6 1 · 8 — — 膠化時間(分) 15 40 40 60 貯藏安定性 良好 良好 良好 不良 耐溶劑性 不溶 不溶 不溶 膨潤 [實施例1 9 ] 於一具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導入管、及攪拌機之反 應器中,饋入水溶液[其係將作爲分散安定劑之聚乙烯醇 (PVA-205、夕今k株式会社製)0·2份溶解於分散劑(溶劑)即 去離水180份中所構成的]。另外,在另一容器中,混合甲 基丙缔酸甲醋8份、作爲乙婦基化合物之苯乙烯8份、三經 甲基丙虎三甲基丙烯酸醋4份、正十二基硫醇〇. 5份、及、 ΑΙΒΝ 0.2份,得到混合物。而且,將上述混合物添加於反 應器中,於500 rpm授拌形成均一之懸濁液。繼而,一面吹 入氮氣一面昇溫至75°C ,在此溫度繼續攪拌5小時而進行懸 濁聚合反應。 然後’在聚合後之懸濁液(反應混合物)中添加異丁基乙 烯基醚後,昇溫至90°C而攪拌1小時,以處理殘存於懸濁 -68- 紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇&gt;&lt;297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、?!- ^38819 五、發明説明(66 液中之正十二基硫醇。上述異丁基乙烯基醚相對於聚合時 添加之正十二基硫醇係添加3 〇倍莫耳。 繼而,從處理後之懸濁液[(甲基)丙烯酸漿液]濾去聚合體 而洗淨後,乾燥之。藉此,得到粒狀聚合物。所得到之粒 狀聚合體以套筒徑30 mm的押出機(塑膠工學研究所製)在 240 C、20 mmHg下押出直徑5 mm的strand,以造粒機切斷、 1T -67- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297mm) 4 3 8819 * A7 B7 V. Description of invention (65 Printed in Table 9 by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Comparative Example 16 17 18 11 Particle size (poise) 39 40 7 8 Solid concentration (%) 52 51 24 24 Acid value 27 5 12 12 Weight average molecular weight (Mw) 14,000 13,000 61,000 60,000 Number of double bonds per molecule 7.6 1 · 8 — — Gelation time (minutes) 15 40 40 60 Good storage stability Good Good Poor Solvent resistance Insoluble Insoluble Insoluble Swelling [Example 1 9] In a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen introduction tube, and a stirrer The solution was fed with an aqueous solution [consisting of dissolving 0.2 parts of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-205, manufactured by Yuki K. Co., Ltd.) as a dispersing stabilizer in 180 parts of deionized water as a dispersing agent (solvent)]. In addition, in another container, 8 parts of methyl methacrylate, 8 parts of styrene as an ethynyl compound, 4 parts of trimethyl methacrylate trimethacrylate, and n-dodecyl mercaptan were mixed. 0.5 copies, and, ΑΙΒ 0.2 parts of N to obtain a mixture. The above mixture was added to the reactor and stirred at 500 rpm to form a homogeneous suspension. Then, the temperature was raised to 75 ° C while blowing nitrogen gas, and the stirring was continued at this temperature for 5 hours. Suspension polymerization was performed. Then, after adding isobutyl vinyl ether to the suspension (reaction mixture) after polymerization, the temperature was raised to 90 ° C and stirred for 1 hour to treat the remaining -68- paper. Standards apply Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21〇 &lt; 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page),?!-^ 38819 V. Description of the invention (66 Dodecyl mercaptan. The isobutyl vinyl ether described above is added to the n-dodecyl mercaptan added at the time of polymerization by 30 times the mole. Then, from the treated suspension [(meth) acrylic acid slurry] The polymer was filtered, washed, and dried. Thereby, a granular polymer was obtained. The obtained granular polymer was extruded with a sleeve diameter of 30 mm (made by the Institute of Plastics Engineering) at 240 C, 20 A strand with a diameter of 5 mm was extruded under mmHg, and was cut by a granulator

I ’、作成顆粒。此時,未看見碳化物附著於螺桿上。又,作 成顆粒時,無起因於硫醇化合物之臭氣。上述主要反應條 件、及結果歸納於表1 〇中。 [實施例2 0 ] 於實施例1 9中,除使用異丁基乙烯基醚以外,其餘同於 實施例19之反應、處理等,得到珠狀聚合物。 、 訂 然後,使所得到之珠狀聚合物昇溫至24(rc而添加異丁 基乙烯基醚,以處理殘存於該珠狀聚合物中之正十二基硫 醇。上述異丁基乙烯基醚相對於聚合時添加之正十二基硫 醇係添加3.0倍莫耳。 繼而,進行同於實施例19之操作,作成顆粒。此時,未 看到碳化物附著於螺桿。又,作成顆粒時無起因於硫醇化 合物I臭氣。上述主要反應條件及結果表示於表1〇 [比較例1 2 ] 首先’進行同於實施例20之反應、處理等,得到 合物。繼而’除未添加異丁基乙缔基醚以外,其餘同於實 施㈣之操作,作成比較用顆粒。此時,看見許多碳化物 附者於螺桿上°又’作成顆粒時’會產生起因於硫醇化合 本紙張尺度適财關 -69- ^88 19 Μ Β7 、發明説明(67 ) 經濟、部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 物之臭氣。上述主要反應條件及結果表示於表10中 表10 -—一__________ 實施例 比較例 19 20 12 甲基丙烯酸甲酯(份) 8 8 8 聚 苯乙烯(份) 8 8 8 合 三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯(份) 4 4 4 反 正十二基硫醇(份) 0.5 0.5 0.5 應 聚乙晞醇(份) 0.2 0.2 0.2 去離子水(份) 180 180 180 ΑΙΒΝ 0.2 0.2 0.2 反應溫度(°c) 75 75 75 反應時間(hr) 5 5 5 處 異丁基乙烯基醚(倍莫耳) 3.0 3.0 — 理 反應溫度(°c) 90 240 一 反應時間(hr) 1.0 — —- ^著於螺桿之碳化物 無 無 有 起因於硫醇之臭氣 無 無 有 [實施例2 1 首先,進行同於實施例13之反應、處理等,調製(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液c,。其次,於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液CV100份中,混 合氧化鎂1份、十五烯基琥珀酸1份、第三丁基過氧乙基 己酸酯1份、硬脂酸鋅4份、及、氳氧化銘(昭和電工株式会 -70- :尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公慶) !1-----讀II -Μ : (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1Τ 438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(68 ) 社製、…4 ^4卜HS_320)150份,得到配料。 繼而,於聚乙晞膜表面呈一定厚度塗布配料後,於塗布 物上均一撒布作爲補強材之玻璃纖維(長1英吋之切束)。而 且,於其上,重合塗布物(其係於聚乙烯膜表面上呈一定厚 度塗布配料而成之塗布物)。亦即,以配料挾住玻璃纖維。 藉此,得到作爲成形材料之SMC。於該SMC中之玻璃纖維 的比例調節成2 5 %。其後,以玻璃紙包裝所得到之s μ C, 在40°C下熟成1日。 其次,加熱加壓成形上述SMC。亦即,使用20〇 mmX 2〇〇 mm的模具,將上側之模具溫度設定於U(rc、下側之模具 溫度設定於ioo°c。而且,將切成預定大小之SMC充填於上 述模具中以壓力6 MPa鎖模,加熱、加壓成形5分鐘,以作 成成型品即厚3 mm的成型板。 在110 C中之膠化時間係使用丰工亏只卜y —夕_ V型(東 方科技株式会社製)作爲測定裝置而測定之。亦即,將^料 即SMC加熱至HOT,從到達該溫度之時點(加熱開始時點) ,藉上述測定裝置測定所計測之轉矩立起的時間,以此時 間作爲膠化時間。結果,於11(rc中之膠化時間爲⑽秒。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)I ', granulated. At this time, no carbide was observed on the screw. In addition, when granulated, there was no odor due to the thiol compound. The above main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 10. [Example 20] In Example 19, except that isobutyl vinyl ether was used, the reaction and treatment were the same as in Example 19 to obtain a bead polymer. Then, the obtained bead polymer was heated to 24 ° C. and isobutyl vinyl ether was added to treat the n-dodecyl mercaptan remaining in the bead polymer. The isobutyl vinyl group described above Ether was added 3.0 times moles to the n-dodecyl mercaptan added during the polymerization. Then, the same operation as in Example 19 was performed to form particles. At this time, no carbides were adhered to the screw. Further, particles were formed. No odor was caused by the thiol compound I. The above main reaction conditions and results are shown in Table 10. [Comparative Example 12] First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 20 were performed to obtain a compound. Except for the addition of isobutyl ethylene ether, the rest is the same as the operation of ㈣ to make granules for comparison. At this time, when many carbides are attached to the screw ° and 'formed into granules', the thiol compound is generated. Paper scale Shicaiguan -69- ^ 88 19 Μ B7, invention description (67) Economy, Ministry of Standards Bureau staff odors printed by cooperatives. The above main reaction conditions and results are shown in Table 10 Table 10-- __________ Examples Comparative example 19 20 12 Methyl methacrylate (parts) 8 8 8 Polystyrene (parts) 8 8 8 Trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate (parts) 4 4 4 Dodecyl mercaptan (parts) ) 0.5 0.5 0.5 Acetyl alcohol (parts) 0.2 0.2 0.2 Deionized water (parts) 180 180 180 ΑΙΒΝ 0.2 0.2 0.2 Reaction temperature (° c) 75 75 75 Reaction time (hr) 5 5 5 Ether (Bemol) 3.0 3.0 — Physical reaction temperature (° c) 90 240 —Reaction time (hr) 1.0 — —- ^ Carbide on the screw is present or not Caused by the odor of mercaptan or not [ Example 2 1 First, the same reaction, treatment, and the like as in Example 13 were performed to prepare (meth) acrylic acid slurry c. Secondly, 100 parts of (meth) acrylic acid slurry CV was mixed with 1 part of magnesium oxide and pentadecene 1 part of succinic acid, 1 part of third butyl peroxyethylhexanoate, 4 parts of zinc stearate, and oxidized inscriptions (Showa Denko Corporation -70-: Standards apply to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X297 public celebration)! 1 ----- Read II -Μ: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page), 1T 438819 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (68) Company, ... 4 ^ 4 Bu HS_320) 150 parts, to obtain ingredients. Then, the ingredients are coated on the surface of the polyethylene film to a certain thickness, and then coated on the coating Evenly spread the glass fiber as a reinforcing material (a 1-inch-long cut bundle). On top of that, a coating (a coating made by coating ingredients with a certain thickness on the surface of the polyethylene film) is superposed. That is, the glass fiber is held by the ingredients. Thereby, SMC was obtained as a molding material. The proportion of glass fibers in the SMC was adjusted to 25%. Thereafter, the obtained s μ C was packaged in cellophane, and matured at 40 ° C. for 1 day. Next, the SMC is formed by heating and pressing. That is, a mold of 200 mm × 200 mm was used, and the mold temperature on the upper side was set to U (rc, and the mold temperature on the lower side was set to 100 ° C. Further, the SMC cut into a predetermined size was filled in the mold. The mold is clamped at a pressure of 6 MPa, and heated and pressed for 5 minutes to form a molded product, that is, a molded plate with a thickness of 3 mm. The gelation time in 110 C is based on the use of Feng Gongyi y — Xi _ V type (East Technology Co., Ltd.) measures it as a measuring device. That is, the SMC, which is a raw material, is heated to HOT, and the time at which the measured torque rises is measured by the measuring device from the time when the temperature reaches the temperature (the heating start point). , This time is used as the gelation time. As a result, the gelation time in 11 (rc is a leap second. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

所得到之成型板其表面具有光澤,平滑性卓越。又 型板不溶於而及丙财,耐溶劑性良好。進而,依JIS 2 1415,使用陽光天候計進行1000小時的促進耐候性試 驗’結果,於成型板看不出實質的變色或粉化。又,在90 C下進行煮沸試驗100小陵而評估耐水性,註 之成型板其表面具有光澤,看一:r後 貫質上變化。進而,將 本紙張尺度適财酬家標準(CNS ) A4規格 -71 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4388 1 9 A7 B7 五、發明説明(69 ) 成型板放置於設定在1 7 0 C之爐内1小時而評估耐熱性,結 果,於成型板看不出黃變等外觀變化,又,亦不失表面之 光澤。上述主要反應條件及結果歸納於表1 1中。 [實施例22] 首先,進行同於實施例1 1之反應、處理等,調製(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液C’。其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,,除將 實施例2 1中之氧化鎂使用量從1份變更成2份,十五晞基琥 拍酸的使用量從1份變更成3份以外,其餘進行同於實施例 21之操作、成形等,作成成型板。於U(rc中之膠化時間 爲1 00秒。所得到之成型板其表面具有光澤,平滑性卓越 。上述成型板之主要反應條件及結果表示於表n中。 [比較例1 3 ] 首先,進行同於比較例10之反應、處理等,調製比較用( 甲基)丙烯酸漿液。其次,使用此比較用(甲基)丙烯酸漿液 ,進行同於實施例21之操作等,作成比較用iSM(&gt;其後 ’於40°C下使所得到之比較用SMC熟成1日。但,熟成後, 比較用SMC會硬化。上述主要反應條件表示於表^丨中。 [比較例1 4 ] 於實施例1 3中。除將相對於正十二基硫醇之異丁基乙烯 基醚的添加量從2· 〇倍莫耳變更成〇〇5倍莫耳以外,其餘 進行同於實施例13之反應、處理等。結果,酯化時,粘度 徐徐上昇,得到固態成分、粘度、及重量平均分子量均增 大之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。 其次,使用此比較用(甲基)丙烯酸漿液,進行同於實施 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) J#. 訂The surface of the obtained molded plate has gloss and excellent smoothness. In addition, the template is insoluble and has good solvent resistance. Furthermore, according to JIS 2 1415, a weather resistance promotion test was conducted for 1,000 hours using a sun weather meter. As a result, no substantial discoloration or chalking was observed on the molded plate. In addition, a boiling test was performed at 90 C to evaluate the water resistance of the 100 Xiaoling, and the surface of the molded plate had a gloss, and the change in quality after seeing a: r. Furthermore, the paper size standard for financial rewards (CNS) A4 specifications -71-printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy 4388 1 9 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (69) The molding plate is set at 1 7 0 In the furnace of C, the heat resistance was evaluated for 1 hour. As a result, no appearance change such as yellowing was observed in the molded plate, and the surface gloss was not lost. The above main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 11. [Example 22] First, the same reaction, treatment and the like as in Example 11 were performed to prepare a (meth) acrylic acid slurry C '. Next, using this (meth) acrylic acid slurry C, except that the amount of magnesium oxide used in Example 21 was changed from 1 part to 2 parts, and the amount of pentadecylsuccinic acid used was changed from 1 part to 3 parts Except for the rest, the same operations, forming, and the like as in Example 21 were performed to form a molded plate. The gelation time in U (rc) is 100 seconds. The surface of the obtained molded plate has gloss and excellent smoothness. The main reaction conditions and results of the above molded plate are shown in Table n. [Comparative Example 1 3] First The same reaction and treatment as in Comparative Example 10 were performed to prepare a (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison. Next, using the (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison, the same operation as in Example 21 was performed to prepare a comparative iSM. (&gt; After that, the comparative SMC obtained was matured at 40 ° C for 1 day. However, the comparative SMC was cured after ripening. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table ^ 丨. [Comparative Example 1 4] In Example 13 except that the addition amount of isobutyl vinyl ether relative to n-dodecyl mercaptan was changed from 2.0 times mole to 0.05 times mole, the rest were carried out in the same manner as in Example. Reaction and treatment of 13. As a result, during the esterification, the viscosity gradually rises, and a (meth) acrylic acid slurry with an increased solid content, viscosity, and weight average molecular weight is obtained. Next, this (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison is used. , The same as the implementation (read first Note on the back, please fill out this page) J #. Order

A7 B7 ! 438819 五、發明説明(70 例2 1之操作等’得到比較用sMc。其後,於4〇Ό下使所 得到之比較用S M C熟成1小時。但,該比較用s M c會硬化 。上述主要反應條件歸納於表1中。 [比較例1 5 ] 於實施例1 5中,除將相對於正十二基硫醇之異丁基乙烯 基醚的添加量從2.0倍莫耳變更成〇〇5倍莫耳以外,其餘 同於實施例15之反應、處理等。結果,在酯化時,粘度會 徐緩上昇’可得到固態成分、粘度、及重量平均分子量均 增大之(甲基)丙晞酸滎:液。 其次’使用此比較用(甲基)丙烯酸漿液,進行同於實施 例2 1之操作等’得到比較用s μ C。其後,使所得到之比較 用SMC在4〇°C下熟成1日。但,比較用SMC會硬化。上述 主要反應條件表示於表11中。 [實施例2 3 ] 首先,進行同於實施例1 5之反應、處理等,調製(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液C ’。其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,,除將 實施例2 1中之氧化鎂使用量從丨份變更成2份、十五烯基琥 拍酸使用量從1份變更成3份,且,混合氫氧化鋁1 〇 〇份與 作爲填充劑之碳酸鈣(東洋7 7 4 y亇$力々株式会社製、 示7 4卜&gt; P-70) 50份以取代氫氧化鋁15 0份以外,其餘 同於實施例21進行操作、成形等,作成成型板。在丨丨〇0C 中之膠化時間爲8 0秒。 所得到之成型板其表面具有光澤,平滑性卓越。又,成 型板之耐熱性優。進而,評估耐候性及耐水性,結果,成 ____173:_____ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、11 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 3 B8 1 9 A7 _ B7 五、發明説明(71 ) 型板與實施例21之成型板比較,雖可看出少許變色及光澤 些微降低,但,此等物性優越。上述主要反應條件及結果 表示於表1 1中。 [實施例2 4 ] 首先,進行同於實施例1 6之反應、處理,調製(甲基)丙 晞酸漿液C,。其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液,除將實施 例21中之氧化鎂使用量使1份變更成2份,十五烯基琥珀酸 使用量從1份變更成3份、且、混合氫氧化鋁1〇〇份及作爲填 充劑之玻璃粉末(曰東纺績株式会社製、FMB 30W-001)50 伤以取代氫氧化鋁150份以外,其餘同於實施例21進行操作 、成型等’作成成型板。於ll〇°C中之膠化時間爲12〇秒。 所得到之成型板其表面具有光澤,平滑性優。又,成型 板具優越之耐熱性、耐候性及耐水性。上述主要反應條件 及結果表示於表11中。 [實施例2 5 ] 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 1._,|_;----AWI— : ; (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 首先,進行同於實施例17之反應、處理等,調製(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液C,。其次,除將實施例21中之(甲基)丙烯酸漿 液π的量從100份變更成85份、並添加三羥甲基丙烷三甲 基丙烯酸酯15份以外,其餘同於實施例21進行操作、成形 等’作成成型板。於110。〇中之膠化時間爲75秒。 所待到 &lt; 成型板其表面具有光澤、平滑性優。又,成型 板具卓越之耐熱性、耐候性及耐水性。主要反應條件及結 果表示於表11中。A7 B7! 438819 V. Description of the invention (70 cases 21, 1 operation, etc. 'to obtain sMc for comparison. Thereafter, the obtained comparison SMC was matured at 40 ° C for 1 hour. However, the comparison sMc would Hardening. The above main reaction conditions are summarized in Table 1. [Comparative Example 15] In Example 15, the addition amount of isobutyl vinyl ether relative to n-dodecyl mercaptan was changed from 2.0 times mole. It was changed to 0.05 moles, and the rest was the same as the reaction and treatment of Example 15. As a result, the viscosity will gradually increase during the esterification, and the solid content, viscosity, and weight average molecular weight can be increased ( Methyl) propionate: liquid. Next, 'use the (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison and perform the same operation as in Example 21, etc.' to obtain s μ C for comparison. Thereafter, use the obtained comparison for The SMC is matured at 40 ° C for 1 day. However, the comparative SMC is hardened. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 11. [Example 2 3] First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 15 were performed. Prepare (meth) acrylic slurry C '. Next, use this (meth) acrylic slurry Liquid c, except that the amount of magnesium oxide used in Example 21 was changed from 1 part to 2 parts, the amount of pentaenylsuccinic acid used was changed from 1 part to 3 parts, and aluminum hydroxide was mixed with 100%. Except for 50 parts of calcium carbonate (Toyo 7 7 4 y 亇 々 Co., Ltd., Shi 74 4 &gt; P-70) as a filler instead of 150 parts of aluminum hydroxide, the rest were the same as in Example 21 Operation, molding, etc., to form a molded plate. The gelation time in 丨 丨 0C is 80 seconds. The obtained molded plate has a glossy surface and excellent smoothness. Moreover, the molded plate has excellent heat resistance. Furthermore, Assessing weather resistance and water resistance, the result is ____ 173: _____ This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), 11 Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives 4 3 B8 1 9 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention (71) Compared with the molded plate of Example 21, although a little discoloration and slight reduction in gloss can be seen, these physical properties are superior. The above main reaction conditions and results are shown in Table 11. [Example 2 4 ] First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 16 were performed to prepare (meth) propanoic acid slurry C. Second, this (meth) acrylic acid slurry was used, except that the amount of magnesium oxide used in Example 21 was changed. 1 part was changed to 2 parts, the amount of pentaenyl succinic acid was changed from 1 part to 3 parts, and 100 parts of aluminum hydroxide was mixed with glass powder as a filler (manufactured by Tobo Industries Co., Ltd., FMB 30W-001) 50 parts were replaced by 150 parts of aluminum hydroxide, and the rest were the same as those in Example 21, and the forming and forming were performed. The gelation time at 120 ° C was 120 seconds. The surface of the obtained molded plate has gloss and excellent smoothness. In addition, the molded board has excellent heat resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance. The above main reaction conditions and results are shown in Table 11. [Example 2 5] Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1 ._, | _; ---- AWI—:; (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) First, perform the same as The reaction, treatment, and the like of Example 17 prepared (meth) acrylic acid slurry C ,. Next, the same operation as in Example 21 was performed except that the amount of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry π in Example 21 was changed from 100 parts to 85 parts, and 15 parts of trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate was added. , Forming, etc. 'to make a forming plate. At 110. The gelation time in 〇 was 75 seconds. The surface of the &lt; formed board is shiny and smooth. In addition, the molded board has excellent heat resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance. The main reaction conditions and results are shown in Table 11.

4388 1 9 A7 B7 五 發明説明(72 表1 1 實施例 21 22 23 24 25 氧化鎂(份) 1 2 2 2 1 十五烯基琥珀酸(份) 1 3 3 3 —---- 1 氫氧化铭(份) 15 0 15 0 100 100 — 1 5 〇 碳酸鈣(份) 一 — 50 __ —---- 玻璃粉末(份) — — — 50 -_ 膠化時間(秒) 100 100 80 120 —— _ 75 熟成後之成形材料 良好 良好 良好 良好 良好 耐熱性 良好 良好 良好 良好 良好 耐候性 良好 良好 良好 良好 良好 耐水性 良好 良好 良好 良好 良好 比較例 13 14 15 氧化鎂(份) 1 1 1 十五晞基琥珀酸(份) 1 1 1 氫氧化鋁(份) 150 150 150 熟成後之成形材料 已硬化 已硬化 已硬化 [實施例2 6 ] ---:--:-----Φ-- 二-V (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂· 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 張 紙 本 首先,進行同於實施例1 3之反應、處理等,調製(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液C’。其次,於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,1〇〇份中, 混合氧化鎂1份、十五烯基琥珀酸2份、第三丁基過氧-2_ 乙基己酸酯1份、硬脂酸鋅4份、氫氧化鋁(昭和電工株式 会社製、/、4 ^ ^ 4卜H-3 20)3 50份及作爲補強材之玻 -75- 尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210'〆297公釐) 438819 。 A7 __ B7 五、發明説明(73 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 璃纖維(長1/4英吋之切絲)後,使用雙腕型捏和機混練此混 合物。藉此,得到作爲成型材料之BMC。於BMC中之破 璃纖維比例係調節成5 %。其後,以維尼綸膜(株式会社夕 7 k製)包裝所得到之BMC,在40。(:下熟成1曰。 其次,以預定之方法加熱加壓成形上述之BMC,作成成 型板(成型品)。於1 1 〇 X:中之膠化時間爲1 1 〇秒。所得到之 成型板其表面具有光澤,平滑性優。成型板具卓越之耐熱 性、耐候性及耐水性。上述主要反應條件及結果表示於表 12中。 [比較例1 6 ] 首先,進行同於比較例1 0之反應、處理等,調製比較用 之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液, 進行同於實施例26之操作等,得到比較用BMC。於40°c 下使所得到之比較用BMC熟成1日。但,熟成後,比較用 BMC會硬化。上述主要反應條件及結果表示於表12中。 [實施例2 7 ] 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 首先,進行同於實施例1 4之反應、處理等,調製(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液Cf。其次,於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,1〇〇份中混 合作爲硬化劑之雙(4 -第三丁基環己基)過氧碳酸酯1份、 及、氫氧化鋁(昭和電工株式会社製、,、44卜Η — 3 20 ST)200份後,混練此混合物,脱泡。藉此,得到作 爲成形材料之注型材料。 其次,使用玻璃製之模室使所得到之注型材料進行注型 ,亦即,將注型材料注入模室内後,在60°C下硬化i小時 -76- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(74 ) 。而且,脱模後,在l〇〇°C下進行後硬化2小時,以得到成 型品即人工大理石板。 所得到之人工大理石板其表面具有光澤,平滑性優,门 時具備高級感及質感。人工大理石具卓越之耐熱性、耐候 性及耐水性。主要反應條件及結果表示於表12中。 [比較例1 7 ] 首先’進行同於比較例10之反應、處理等,調製比較用( 甲基)丙烯酸漿液。其次,使用此比較用(甲基)丙烯酸1液 ’進行同於實施例27之操作、成型等,作成比較用之人工 大理石板。 但,評估所得到之比較用人工大理石板之耐熱性、耐候 性及耐水性,結果,可看出黃變等外觀變化,又,亦失去 表面光澤,產生斑紋。主要反應條件及結果表示於表12中 [實施例2 8 ] 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 丨._^^----AW|丨 ·'-·· (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 首先,進行同於實施例i 5之反應、處理等,調製(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液C’。其次,於該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,1〇〇份中, 混合雙(4·第三丁基環己基)過氧碳酸酯j份及第三丁基過氧 苯甲酸酯(曰本油脂株式会社製,〆一 7、、千小2)1份、氫氧 化鋁(昭和電工株式会社製、,、彳夕今彳卜H-npoO份以 及作爲離型劑之七、k(商品名、美國杜邦公司製)7 份而形成拉引成形材料。 其次,使用全長800 mm、孔尺寸113 mmx 3」mm之模具 ’將所得到之拉引成形材料與玻璃束75根一起拉引成 t ( cns ) A7 B7 438819 —------- 五、發明説明(% ) 模具溫度爲90°C、拉引速度爲〇·8 m/分。藉此,得到成型 板(成型品)。 所得到之成型板其表面具有光澤、平滑性優。又,成型 板具優異之耐熱性、耐候性及耐水性。主要反應條件及結 果表示於表12中。 [比較例1 8 ] 首先,進行同於比較例10之反應、處理等,調製比較用 之(甲基)丙錦τ酸漿液。其次,使用此比較用之(甲基)丙晞 酸漿液,進行同於實施例28之操作、成型等,作成比較用 之成型板(成型品)。 但,評估所得到之比較用成型板的耐熱性、耐候性及耐 水性,結果,可看出黃變等外觀變化,又,亦失去表面之 光澤,產生斑紋。上述主要反應條件及結果表示於表12中 II—:-----ΦI— »—*» (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 -78- ! 4388 19 A7 __________B7 五、發明説明(76 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 表12 實施例 26 27 28 氧化鎂(份) 1 一 _ 十五烯基琥珀酸(份) 2 —— —— 氫氧化鋁(份) 3 50 200 200 膠化時間(份) 110 —— — 熟成後之成形材料 良好 — — 耐熱性 良好 良好 良好 耐候性 良好 良好 良好 耐水性 良好 良好 良好 比較例 16 17 18 氧化鎂(份) 1 — — 十五烯基琥珀酸(份) 2 — — 氫氧化鋁(份) 3 50 200 200 熟成後之成形材料 已硬化 — _ 耐熱性 — 不良 不良 耐候性 -- 不良 ------- 不良 耐水性 — 不良 不良 從表6〜12明顯可知,使用本實施例之製造方法,可. 地得到成形材料。亦即,關於實施例19或20之成型材料: 成形時不會產生起因於硫醇化合物之臭氣,而且,成形時 並無碳化物附著於成型模具上。又,關於實旅錄1 3〜丨8及 21〜28(成形材料可以比較短的時間進行硬化。進而,成 ^_____________________- 79 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4規格(21〇&gt;&lt;297公釐) 2f先閑讀背面之注意事^再填寫本頁j4388 1 9 A7 B7 Five invention description (72 Table 1 1 Example 21 22 23 24 25 Magnesium oxide (parts) 1 2 2 2 1 Pentaenyl succinic acid (parts) 1 3 3 3 —---- 1 Hydrogen Oxidation name (parts) 15 0 15 0 100 100 — 1 5 0 Calcium carbonate (parts) One — 50 __ —---- Glass powder (parts) — — — 50 -_ Gelation time (seconds) 100 100 80 120 —— _ 75 The forming material after maturity is good Good Good Good Good Heat resistance Good Good Good Good Good weather resistance Good Good Good Good Water resistance Good Good Good Good Comparative Example 13 14 15 Magnesium oxide (parts) 1 1 1 15 Fluorenylsuccinic acid (parts) 1 1 1 Aluminum hydroxide (parts) 150 150 150 The forming material after curing has been hardened and hardened [Example 2 6] ---:-: ----- Φ- -II-V (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page)-Order and print the printed paper by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs First, perform the same reaction and treatment as in Example 13 and prepare ( Methyl) acrylic slurry C '. Second, in ( In 100 parts of meth) acrylic acid slurry, 1 part of mixed magnesium oxide, 2 parts of pentaenyl succinic acid, 1 part of tert-butylperoxy-2_ethylhexanoate, and 4 parts of zinc stearate Aluminium hydroxide (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., 4 ^ 4 ^ H-3 20) 3 50 parts and glass -75- as a reinforcing material The standard applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210'〆297 Mm) 438819. A7 __ B7 V. Description of the Invention (73) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Glass fiber (1/4 inch long shred), then use a double wrist kneader This mixture is kneaded. In this way, BMC is obtained as a molding material. The proportion of glass-breaking fibers in the BMC is adjusted to 5%. Thereafter, the obtained BMC is packaged in a vinylon film (manufactured by Yuki 7k Co., Ltd.). 40. (: mature to 1 next. Second, the above-mentioned BMC is heated and press-molded by a predetermined method to form a molded plate (molded product). The gelation time in 1 10X: is 110 seconds. The obtained The surface of the molded board has gloss and excellent smoothness. The molded board has excellent heat resistance, weather resistance and water resistance. The above main reaction conditions The results are shown in Table 12. [Comparative Example 16] First, the same reaction, treatment, and the like as in Comparative Example 10 were performed to prepare a (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison. Second, this (meth) acrylic acid slurry was used. The same operation as in Example 26 was performed to obtain a BMC for comparison. The obtained comparative BMC was matured at 40 ° C. for 1 day. However, after maturation, BMC will harden. The main reaction conditions and results are shown in Table 12. [Example 2 7] Printed by the staff consumer cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy First, the same reaction, treatment, and the like as in Example 14 were performed to prepare a (meth) acrylic acid slurry Cf. Next, 1 part of (meth) acrylic acid slurry C, 100 parts of bis (4-third-butylcyclohexyl) peroxycarbonate as a hardener, and aluminum hydroxide (manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation) were mixed. (,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ~ B), 200 parts, knead the mixture, and defoam. Thereby, a cast material was obtained as a molding material. Secondly, the obtained injection molding material is injection-molded using a glass mold chamber, that is, after the injection molding material is injected into the mold chamber, it is hardened at 60 ° C for 1 hour -76- This paper standard applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 438819 A7 B7 5. Invention description (74). After demolding, post-curing was performed at 100 ° C for 2 hours to obtain an artificial marble slab, which is a molded article. The surface of the obtained artificial marble slab has luster, excellent smoothness, and high-quality and texture at the door. Artificial marble has excellent heat resistance, weather resistance and water resistance. The main reaction conditions and results are shown in Table 12. [Comparative Example 17] First, the same reaction, treatment and the like as in Comparative Example 10 were performed to prepare a (meth) acrylic acid slurry for comparison. Next, this comparative (meth) acrylic acid 1 solution was used to perform the same operation, molding, and the like as in Example 27 to prepare an artificial marble slab for comparison. However, the heat resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance of the comparative artificial marble slabs obtained by the evaluation were evaluated. As a result, changes in appearance such as yellowing were seen, and the surface gloss was also lost, causing streaks. The main reaction conditions and results are shown in Table 12 [Example 2 8] Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 丨 ._ ^^ ---- AW | 丨 ''-·· (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again.) First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example i 5 were performed to prepare (meth) acrylic acid slurry C '. Next, to 100 parts of this (meth) acrylic acid slurry c, 100 parts of bis (4 · third butyl cyclohexyl) peroxycarbonate and 3 parts of third butyl peroxybenzoate (Japanese Manufactured by Oils and Fats Co., Ltd., 〆 一, 千 小 2) 1 part, aluminum hydroxide (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., Hiroshi Nakimoto H-npoO parts, and as a release agent VII, k (trade name (Made by DuPont, USA) 7 parts to form a drawn forming material. Next, using a mold with a total length of 800 mm and a hole size of 113 mm x 3 "mm", the obtained drawn forming material was drawn together with 75 glass bundles to form t. (cns) A7 B7 438819 ----------- 5. Explanation of the invention (%) The mold temperature is 90 ° C and the drawing speed is 0.8 m / min. In this way, a molded plate (molded product) is obtained. The surface of the obtained molded plate has gloss and smoothness. The molded plate has excellent heat resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance. The main reaction conditions and results are shown in Table 12. [Comparative Example 18] First, In the same manner as the reaction and treatment of Comparative Example 10, a (meth) acrylic acid τ acid slurry was prepared for comparison. Next, it was used The (meth) propionic acid slurry for comparison was subjected to the same operations and molding as in Example 28 to prepare a comparative molded plate (molded article). However, the heat resistance and weather resistance of the obtained comparative molded plate were evaluated. And water resistance. As a result, changes in appearance such as yellowing can be seen, and the gloss of the surface is also lost, resulting in markings. The above main reaction conditions and results are shown in Table 12 II —: ----- ΦI— »— * »(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)-Order printed by the Central Consumers' Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-78-! 4388 19 A7 __________B7 V. Invention Description (76) Employee Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Print Table 12 Example 26 27 28 Magnesium oxide (parts) 1 _ Pentaenyl succinic acid (parts) 2 —— ——Aluminum hydroxide (parts) 3 50 200 200 Gelation time (parts) 110 —— — Good forming material after maturity — — Good heat resistance Good Good Weather resistance Good Good Water resistance Good Good Comparative Example 16 17 18 Magnesium oxide (parts) 1 — — Pentadecyl succinic acid (parts) 2 — — Aluminium hydroxide (parts) 3 50 200 200 After curing, the molding material has hardened — _ Heat resistance — Poor weather resistance-Poor ---- --- Poor water resistance — Poor From Tables 6 to 12 It is obvious that the molding material can be obtained by using the manufacturing method of this example. That is, regarding the molding material of Example 19 or 20: no odor due to a thiol compound is generated during molding, and No carbides adhere to the mold. Regarding the actual travel records 1 3 ~ 丨 8 and 21 ~ 28 (the molding material can be hardened in a relatively short time. Furthermore, it becomes ^ _____________________- 79-This paper standard is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) 8-4 specifications (21〇 &gt; &lt; 297 mm) 2f Read the notes on the back ^ before filling in this page j

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 3 8 8 19 A7 —-B7 五、發明説明(77 ) 形上述成形材料所得到的成型品具卓越之耐熱性、耐候性 、耐溶溶劑性及耐水性等之各種物性。 [實施例2 9 ] 於具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導入管、及攪拌機之反應器 中’饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯13〇份、作爲乙烯基化合物之化環 己基馬來醯亞胺40份、苯乙烯30份後,反應器内進行氮氣 置換。其次,一面攪拌上述混合物,一面昇溫至85t後, 添加AIBN 0.006份及正十二基硫醇03份而開始聚合反應。 開始聚合反應後5小時,反應液之粘度成爲3〇〜3 5 p〇ise (25°C),故在此時點令反應終止(亦即反應時間爲5小時), 於反應液中進一步加入甲基丙烯酸甲酯3 5份後,冷卻(急 冷)至4 0°C。 其次,於上述反應混合物中添加異丁基乙烯基醚後,昇 溫至100 C而攪;拌30分’以處理殘存於反應混合物中之正 十二基硫醇。上述異丁基乙烯基醚相對於聚合時所添加之 正十二基硫醇係添加2.0倍莫耳。 藉此,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C。(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c之 固態濃度爲29% ’枯度爲8.5 poise,重量平均分子量爲 103,000 ° 其次,於此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C 100份中,混合第三丁基 過乳-2·乙基己份、硬脂故辞4份、及、氯氧化銘(昭和 電工株式会社製、卜HS-320)400份,而得到配 J^一— —-- - — —- --------------------------- 々·. τ ............................... ................ -· - ....................... 然後,於配料中加入玻璃纖維(長1/4英吋之切絲),以雙 -80 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210x297公釐) I----------- Μ. ^ ί I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 438819 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(78) 腕型捏合機進行混練。藉此,得到作爲成形材料之BMC。 於BMC中之上述玻璃纖維的比例調節成5%。其後,將所得 到之BMC放入金屬製容器中,在4〇t下熟成丨日。於熟成後 ,配料亦即BMC不會硬化,又,BMC之表面不會粘。 其次,加熱加壓成形上述BMC。亦即,使用預定大小之 模具,將上側模具溫度設定於12(rc,下側模具溫度設定於 110C。而且,將切成預定大小之BMC充填於上述模具而以 壓力6 MPa鎖模,加熱、加壓成形7分鐘,以作成成型品即 厚3 mm之板。在120X:中之膠化時間爲7〇秒。 所得到之成型品,光澤(6〇。gi〇ss^ 85,乃良好,又, X色度(YI)爲2.31,乃低著色性。進而,成型品於表面看不 出由玻璃纖維所引起之網目狀浮出,表面平滑性優。 又’進行1,000小時之促進耐候性試驗,結果,於成型品 ’看不出實質上變色或粉化。進而,將成型品放置於一設 足在150 C之爐内1小時而評估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不 出黃變等之外觀變化,又,亦不失表面之光澤。又,上述 BMC在40°C下保存2個月,亦不會硬化。亦即,該BMC具 優異貯存安定性。 [實施例3 0 ] 除使用甲基丙晞酸甲酯1 1 8份及甲基丙晞酸丨2份以取代 實施例2 9中之甲基丙烯酸甲酯丨3 〇份以外,其餘同於實施 例29進行操作而開始聚合反應。 開始聚合反應後4.5小時,反應液之粘度成爲30〜35 p〇ise(25 C ),故在此時點,令反應終止,進一步於反應液 __-81 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---------ΦII •~- m (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 438819 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(79 ) 中加入甲基丙晞酸甲酯3 5份後,冷卻(急冷)至4 〇。〇。 然後,於上述反應混合物中,進行同於實施例29之處理 而得到(甲基)丙晞酸漿液C。該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c之固態 濃度爲28%,粘度爲9.5 0〇丨86,重量平均分子量爲1〇7〇〇〇。 其次,於此(甲基)丙晞酸漿液C 100份中,混合第三丁基 過氧-2-乙基己酸酯1份、硬脂酸鋅4份、及氫氧化鋁(昭和電 工株式会社製、/、4 4卜HS-320)400份而得到配料。 繼而,於該配料中,加入玻璃纖維(長1/4英吋之切絲), 以雙腕型捏合機混練。藉此,得到作爲成形材料之Bmc。 於BMC中之上述玻璃纖維的比率調節成5〇/。。其後,將所得 到之BMC置入金屬製容器中,在4〇°C下熟成1日。於熟成後 ,配料亦即BMC不會硬化,又,bmc之表面不會枯。 其次,加熱加壓成形上述BMC。亦即,使用預定大小之 模具,使上側模具溫度設定於Uol,下側模具溫度設定於 ii〇°c。而且,將切成預定大小之BMC充填於上述模具而以 壓力6 MPa鎖模,加熱加壓成形7分鐘,以作成成型品即厚 3 mm之板。於12〇。(:中之膠化時間爲6〇秒。 所得到之成型品,光澤(60。幻〇88)爲85,乃良好,黃色 度(YI)爲2.10,乃低著色性。進而,成型品於表面看不出玻 璃纖維所引起之網目狀浮起,表面平滑性優。 又,進仃1,000小時之促進耐候性試驗,結果,於成型品 看不出實貝上變色或粉化。進而,將成型品放置於設定在 150 C心爐内i小時而評估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不出黃 欠等外觀欠化,又,亦不失表面之光澤。上述BMC在 I ΦII --二 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、?! 1- - I - - - 1---Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3 8 8 19 A7 —-B7 V. Description of the invention (77) The molded products obtained from the above-mentioned molding materials have excellent heat resistance, weather resistance, solvent resistance and water resistance. And other physical properties. [Example 2 9] In a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen introduction pipe, and a stirrer, 130 parts of methyl methacrylate and 40 parts of cyclohexylmaleimide as a vinyl compound were fed. After 30 parts of styrene, the reactor was purged with nitrogen. Next, the mixture was stirred while the temperature was raised to 85t, then 0.006 parts of AIBN and 03 parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan were added to start the polymerization reaction. 5 hours after the start of the polymerization reaction, the viscosity of the reaction solution became 30 ~ 3 5 poise (25 ° C), so at this point the reaction was terminated (that is, the reaction time was 5 hours), and further formazan was added to the reaction solution. After 35 parts of methyl methacrylate, cool (quench) to 40 ° C. Next, after adding isobutyl vinyl ether to the above reaction mixture, the temperature was raised to 100 C and stirred; stirred for 30 minutes' to treat the n-dodecyl mercaptan remaining in the reaction mixture. The isobutyl vinyl ether is added at 2.0 times moles to the n-dodecyl mercaptan added during polymerization. Thereby, (meth) acrylic acid slurry C was obtained. (Meth) acrylic acid slurry c has a solid concentration of 29%, a dryness of 8.5 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 103,000 °. Next, 100 parts of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry C is mixed with a third butyl per milk-2. · Ethyl hexane, 4 parts of hard fat, and 400 parts of oxychloride (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., HS-320) 400 parts, to obtain the compound J ^ a---------- ------------------------ 々 ·. Τ ............ ......................................................... Then, add glass fiber (1/4 inch long shred) to the ingredients, double-80-this paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm) I ------ ----- Μ. ^ I (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Order 438819 Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (78) Wrist-type kneader . Thereby, BMC was obtained as a molding material. The proportion of the glass fiber in the BMC is adjusted to 5%. Thereafter, the obtained BMC was placed in a metal container and matured at 40 t. After ripening, the ingredients, namely BMC, will not harden, and the surface of BMC will not be sticky. Next, the BMC is formed by heating and pressing. That is, a mold of a predetermined size is used, and the temperature of the upper mold is set to 12 (rc, and the temperature of the lower mold is set to 110C.) The BMC cut into a predetermined size is filled in the mold, and the mold is locked at a pressure of 6 MPa, Press molding for 7 minutes to make a molded product, that is, a plate with a thickness of 3 mm. The gelation time in 120X: is 70 seconds. The obtained molded product has a gloss (60.0 gioss ^ 85, which is good, In addition, the X chromaticity (YI) was 2.31, which was low in colorability. Furthermore, the surface of the molded product did not show mesh-like floating caused by glass fibers, and the surface was excellent in smoothness. It was also promoted for 1,000 hours. As a result of the weather resistance test, substantially no discoloration or powdering was observed in the molded product. Furthermore, the molded product was placed in a furnace set at 150 C for 1 hour to evaluate the heat resistance. As a result, the molded product was not visible. The appearance of yellowing and the like changes without losing the surface gloss. Moreover, the above-mentioned BMC does not harden when stored at 40 ° C for 2 months. That is, the BMC has excellent storage stability. [Example 3 0] In addition to using methyl propionate 1 1 8 parts and methyl propionate 丨 2 parts to Except for 30 parts of methyl methacrylate in Example 29, the rest was operated in the same manner as in Example 29 to start the polymerization reaction. 4.5 hours after the start of the polymerization reaction, the viscosity of the reaction solution became 30 to 35 pise ( 25 C), so at this point, the reaction is terminated, and the reaction solution is further __- 81 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) --------- ΦII • ~ -m (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Order 438819 Printed by A7 B7 of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. After adding 35 parts of methyl methylpropionate to the description of the invention (79), It was cooled (quenched) to 40.0. Then, the same treatment as in Example 29 was performed in the above reaction mixture to obtain a (meth) propionic acid slurry C. The solid concentration of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry c was 28%, viscosity is 9.50, 86, and weight average molecular weight is 17,000. Second, 100 parts of (meth) propanoic acid slurry C is mixed with a third butylperoxy-2-ethyl 1 part of hexanoic acid ester, 4 parts of zinc stearate, and aluminum hydroxide (manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation) (/, 4 4 HS-320) 400 parts to obtain ingredients. Then, to this ingredient, add glass fiber (shreds of 1/4 inch length), and knead with a double wrist kneader. With this, get Bmc as a molding material. The ratio of the above-mentioned glass fibers in the BMC was adjusted to 50 /. After that, the obtained BMC was placed in a metal container and aged at 40 ° C for 1 day. After the ageing The ingredients, that is, BMC will not harden, and the surface of bmc will not dry. Secondly, the above-mentioned BMC is heated and pressurized. That is, using a mold of a predetermined size, set the upper mold temperature to Uol and the lower mold temperature to ii ° C. Then, the BMC cut into a predetermined size was filled in the above mold, and the mold was clamped at a pressure of 6 MPa, followed by heating and press molding for 7 minutes to form a molded product, that is, a plate having a thickness of 3 mm. At 120. (: The gelation time is 60 seconds. The obtained molded article has a gloss (60. Magic 88) of 85, which is good, and a yellowness (YI) of 2.10, which is low in colorability. Further, the molded article is Mesh-like floating caused by glass fibers is not seen on the surface, and the surface is excellent in smoothness. In addition, after 1,000 hours of accelerated weathering test, as a result, no discoloration or powdering on the shell was observed. The molded product was placed in a hearth furnace set at 150 C for 1 hour to evaluate the heat resistance. As a result, the molded product did not show any appearance degradation such as yellow owing, and did not lose the surface gloss. The above BMC was in I ΦII- Two (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page),?! 1--I---1 ---

4388 19 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(so ) 下保存2個月亦不會硬化。亦即,BMC具優越之貯存安定性 0 [實施例3 1 ] 於實施例30所得到之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c 100份中,添加 甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯8.4份、三苯基膦〇 2份、及氫自昆〇 〇5 份後,在100°C下攪拌1〇小時,以進行酯化反應。所得到之 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,的固態濃度爲33%,粘度爲20 p〇ise, 重量平均分子量爲130,〇〇〇。 又,同於實施例1 3之作法,測定(甲基)丙晞酸聚液c,中( 甲基)丙烯酸聚合體每一分子之雙鍵數目。結果,每一分子 之雙鍵數目爲13。 繼而,除使用該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C,取代實施例3〇中之(甲 基)丙烯酸漿液C以外,其餘同於實施例30,進行混練、熟 成操作,得到BMC。又,進行同於實施例30之成形操作, 作成成型品即厚3 mm之板。於120°C中之膠化時間爲55秒。 所得到之成型品,光澤(6 〇。§1〇88)爲85,乃良好,黃色 度(YI)爲2.43,乃低著色性。進而,成型品於表面看不出由 玻璃纖維所引起之網目狀浮起,表面平滑性優。 又’進行1,000小時之促進耐候性試驗,結果,成型品看 不出實質上變色或粉化。進而,將成型品放置於設定在15〇 C之爐内1小時而評估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不出黃變等 外觀變化,亦不失表面光澤。又,上述BMC在40。C下保存2 個月亦不會硬化。亦即,BMC具優異貯藏安定性。 [實施例3 2 ] -83- ------------ v }· (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 干 r - 438819 A7 ___B7 五、發明説明(81 ) 於一具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導管、及攪拌機之反應 器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯200份後,反應器内進行氮氣置 換。其次,一面攪拌内容物一面昇溫至85Χ:後,添加aibn 0.006份與正十二基硫醇〇·3份而開始聚合反應。 開始聚合反應後5·5小時,反應液粘度成爲3〇〜35 p〇ise(25 °C),故在此時點令反應終了,進一步於該反應液中加入甲 基丙烯酸甲酯後,冷卻(急冷)至4 〇 °C。 繼而,於反應混合物中,進行同於實施例2 9之處理而得 到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C。該(甲基)丙晞酸漿液c之固態濃度 爲29% ’粘度爲7·5 poise,重量平均分子量爲105 〇〇〇 0 然後’於上述(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C 1 〇 〇份中,添加過氧 化二苯甲醯2份而使之溶解。藉此,得到作爲成型材料之 注型材料。所得到之注型材料藉減壓進行脱泡。此注型材 料亦即配料具優越貯存安定性。 接著’將此注型材料注入同於實施例1之模室内後,加熱 至6 0 C而使之硬化。同於實施例1之方法而測定膠化時間 。結果’在6 0 °C下之膠化時間爲4 5分。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 而且’脱模後’在100 C下使之後硬化(after cure),得到 成型品即樹脂板。所得到之樹脂板不溶於TJJF及丙酮中, 亦即上述樹脂板具卓越耐溶劑性。 [實施例3 3 ] 在一具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管及攪拌機之反應 為中’饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯9 3份及甲基丙晞醆7儉後,反 應器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面攪拌上述混合物一面昇 $氏張尺度適CNS) A4規格 438819 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(82 溫至80X:後,添加AIBN 1份及作爲鏈移動劑之正十二基硫 醇4份,進行共聚合反應4小時,得到反應混合物(未處理 之丙烯酸漿液)。 然後,於上述反應混合物中添加作爲不飽和環氧化合物 之甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯1 0份、作爲酯化觸媒之辛酸鋅 〇.〇3份及氫醌0·01份後,昇溫至1〇〇。(:,在空氣氣氛下花5 小時進行酯化反應。藉此,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液Ε。該( 甲基)丙烯酸漿液Ε爲無色透明,固態濃度爲52%,粘度爲 36 poise,重量平均分子量爲17〇〇〇。 繼而,於上述(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E 1〇〇份中,添加過氧 化二苯甲醯2份而使之溶解。藉此,得到作爲成型材料之 注型材料。所得到之注型材料藉減壓脱泡。此注型材料在 室溫下3小時以上未膠化。亦即,此注型材料具優異貯存 安定性。又,貯存安定性在室溫即使經過3小時亦不膠化 時,判定爲「良好」,在室溫下3小時以内膠化時,判定 爲「不良」。 然後,使用一以所謂彈力襯墊(2片玻璃板之周圍呈相互 間隔爲7 mm相向配置)閉鎖而成之模室,使注型材料進行 注型。亦即,將注型材料注入上述模室内後,加熱至6〇。2 而使之硬化。 進而,使硬化之注型材料脱模後,在12〇〇c下花2小時進 行後硬化(所謂after cure),得到成型板。所得到之成型板 依據JIS 6911之方法測定荷重變形溫度(HDT ;熱變形溫度) 後,爲120°C。上述主要反應條件表示於表13中。所得到之 ϋ· I - - - -- i^i — -1— —i - —ϋ I β r : c請先聞讀背面之注意事項#填寫本買) tr -85 4 3 88 1 9 A7 --------B7 五、發明説明(83 ) 結果表不於表1 5中。 [實施例3 4 ] 除將實施例33中之辛酸鋅變更成辛酸錫以外,其餘同於 實施例33&lt;反應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E。該(甲基)丙烯 酸聚液E爲無色透明,固態濃度爲52%,粘度爲35 P〇ise, 重量平均分子量爲16 〇〇〇。 繼而’進行同於實施例33之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到Ο王型材料具優異貯存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 33之操作’得到成形板。所得到成形板之荷重變形溫度爲 118C。上述主要反應條件表示於表13中。所得到之結果表 示於表15中。 [實施例3 5 ] 除將實施例33中之辛酸鋅變更成辛酸銖以外,其餘同於 實施例33之反應,得到(甲基)丙晞酸漿液E。該(甲基)丙烯 酸漿液E爲無色透明,固態濃度爲52%,粘度爲35 p〇ise, 重量平均分子量爲16,〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到〇王型材料具優異貯存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 33&lt;操作’得到成形板。所得到成形板之荷重變形溫度爲 ii8°c。上述主要反應條件表示於表13中。所得到之結果表 示於表15中。 [實施例3 6 ] 除將實施例3 3中之辛酸鋅變更成硬脂酸鋅以外,其餘同 於實施例33之反應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液e。該(甲基)丙 ---—--______- 86 - 本紙張尺度適财®國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2ΚΓΧ297公釐) ......- —- - - I —φII : I r (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} ’訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 A7 B7 __ 五、發明説明(84) 烯酸漿液E爲無色透明,固態濃度爲52%,粘度爲36 p〇ise ,重量平均分子量爲17,〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之注型材料具優異貯存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 33之操作’得到成形板。所得到成形板之荷重變形溫度爲 120°C。上述主要反應條件表示於表13中。所得到之結果表 示於表15中。 [實施例3 7 ] 除將實施例33中之辛酸鋅變更成安息香酸鋅以外,其餘 同於實施例33之反應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E。該(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液E爲無色透明,固態濃度爲52%,粘度爲37 poise,重量平均分子量爲17,00〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之注型材料具優異貯存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 33之操作,得到成形板。所得到成形板之荷重變形溫度爲 120 C。上述主要反應條件表示於表13中。所得到之結果表 示於表15中。 [實施例3 8 ] 除將實施例33中之辛酸鋅變更成氯化鋅(ZnCl2)以外,其 餘同於實施例33之反應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E。該(甲 基)丙烯酸漿液E爲無色透明,固態濃度爲51%,粘度爲37 poise,重量平均分子量爲18,000。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之注型材料具優異貯存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 _—_ -87- _______ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) *_··'^ m I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)4388 19 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. It will not harden if stored for 2 months under the invention description (so). That is, BMC has excellent storage stability. 0 [Example 3 1] To 100 parts of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry c obtained in Example 30, 8.4 parts of glycidyl methacrylate and triphenylphosphine were added. After 2 parts and 005 parts of hydrogen, it was stirred at 100 ° C. for 10 hours to perform an esterification reaction. The obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry C had a solid concentration of 33%, a viscosity of 20 poise, and a weight-average molecular weight of 130,000. The number of double bonds per molecule of the (meth) acrylic acid polymer c, (meth) acrylic acid polymer solution c was measured in the same manner as in Example 13. As a result, the number of double bonds per molecule was 13. Then, except that the (meth) acrylic acid slurry C was used instead of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry C in Example 30, the same procedure as in Example 30 was performed, and the kneading and aging operations were performed to obtain BMC. In addition, the same molding operation as in Example 30 was performed to produce a molded product, that is, a plate having a thickness of 3 mm. The gelation time at 120 ° C was 55 seconds. The obtained molded article had a gloss (60. § 1088) of 85, which was good, and a yellowness (YI) of 2.43, which was low in colorability. Furthermore, the molded product does not have mesh-like floating caused by glass fibers on the surface, and has excellent surface smoothness. Further, a 1,000-hour accelerated weathering test was performed, and as a result, the molded article was not recognized to be substantially discolored or powdered. Furthermore, when the molded article was placed in a furnace set at 15 ° C. for 1 hour to evaluate the heat resistance, as a result, the molded article did not show any change in appearance such as yellowing and did not lose surface gloss. The BMC is 40. It will not harden under 2 months under C. That is, BMC has excellent storage stability. [Example 3 2] -83- ------------ v} · (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order r-438819 A7 ___B7 V. Description of the invention (81 ) In a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen pipe, and a stirrer, 200 parts of methyl methacrylate was fed, and then the reactor was replaced with nitrogen. Next, while stirring the contents, the temperature was raised to 85 ×: After that, 0.006 parts of aibn and 0.3 parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan were added to start a polymerization reaction. 5.5 hours after the start of the polymerization reaction, the viscosity of the reaction solution was 30 to 35 poise (25 ° C), so the reaction was terminated at this point. After further adding methyl methacrylate to the reaction solution, it was cooled ( (Cooling) to 40 ° C. Then, the same treatment as in Example 29 was carried out in the reaction mixture to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry C. The (meth) propionic acid slurry c had a solid concentration of 29%, a viscosity of 7.5 poise, a weight-average molecular weight of 105,000, and then, in the above (meth) acrylic acid slurry C 100 parts, Add 2 parts of dibenzoylperoxide to dissolve. Thereby, a molding material as a molding material was obtained. The obtained cast material was defoamed by reduced pressure. This injection molding material, that is, the ingredients, has excellent storage stability. Next, this injection-molded material was poured into the same mold chamber as in Example 1, and then heated to 60 ° C to harden it. The gelation time was measured in the same manner as in Example 1. As a result, the gelation time at 60 ° C was 45 minutes. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) and ‘after mold release’ is cured at 100 C to obtain a resin plate, which is a molded product. The obtained resin plate is insoluble in TJJF and acetone, that is, the above resin plate has excellent solvent resistance. [Example 3 3] Nitrogen substitution was performed in the reactor after feeding 93 parts of methyl methacrylate and 7 parts of methyl propionate in a reaction equipped with a thermometer, a cooling pipe, a nitrogen introduction pipe and a stirrer. . Secondly, while stirring the above mixture, the mixture is raised while the scale is suitable for CNS) A4 specifications 438819 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (82 temperature to 80X: After that, add 1 copy of AIBN and move as a chain 4 parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan was copolymerized for 4 hours to obtain a reaction mixture (untreated acrylic slurry). Then, glycidyl methacrylate as an unsaturated epoxy compound was added to the above reaction mixture. After 10 parts, 0.03 parts of zinc octoate and 0.01 parts of hydroquinone as the esterification catalyst, the temperature was raised to 100. (: The esterification reaction was carried out in an air atmosphere for 5 hours. A (meth) acrylic acid slurry E was obtained. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry E was colorless and transparent, with a solid concentration of 52%, a viscosity of 36 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 17,000. Then, in the above (meth) acrylic acid In 100 parts of the slurry E, 2 parts of dibenzofluorene peroxide was added to dissolve it. Thereby, a molding material as a molding material was obtained. The obtained molding material was degassed by reduced pressure. In It has not been gelled for more than 3 hours at a temperature. That is, this cast material has excellent storage stability. Also, when the storage stability does not gel at room temperature even after 3 hours, it is judged as "good" and at room temperature When gelled within 3 hours, it was judged as "defective." Then, a mold chamber that was closed with a so-called elastic gasket (the two glass plates were arranged at a distance of 7 mm from each other) was used to perform injection molding. That is, after the injection molding material is injected into the mold cavity, it is heated to 60.2 to harden it. Further, after the cured injection molding material is released from the mold, it is performed for 2 hours at 1200c. After curing (the so-called after cure), a molded plate was obtained. The obtained molded plate was measured for a load deformation temperature (HDT; thermal deformation temperature) in accordance with JIS 6911 and was 120 ° C. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 13. Ϋ I I----i ^ i — -1 — —i-— ϋ I β r: c Please read the notes on the back first #fill in this purchase) tr -85 4 3 88 1 9 A7- ------- B7 V. Description of the invention (83) The results are shown in Table 15. [Example 3 4] Except that zinc octoate in 33 was changed to tin octoate, the rest was reacted in the same manner as in Example 33 to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry E. The (meth) acrylic acid polymer liquid E was colorless and transparent, and had a solid concentration of 52% and a viscosity of 35 Poise, weight-average molecular weight is 16,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a cast material. The obtained O-type material had excellent storage stability. Then, the same procedure as in Example 33 was performed. The operation 'obtained a shaped plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained shaped plate was 118C. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 13. The obtained results are shown in Table 15. [Example 3 5] The same reaction as in Example 33 was carried out except that zinc octoate in Example 33 was changed to octanoate octoate to obtain (meth) propanoic acid slurry E. This (meth) acrylic acid slurry E was colorless and transparent, had a solid concentration of 52%, a viscosity of 35 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 16,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a cast material. The obtained king-type material has excellent storage stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was carried out to obtain a formed plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained formed plate was ii8 ° c. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 13. The obtained results are shown in Table 15. [Example 36] The same reaction as in Example 33 was carried out except that zinc octoate in Example 33 was changed to zinc stearate to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry e. The (meth) acrylic acid -------______- 86-The paper size is suitable for financial ® National Standard (CNS) A4 size (2KΓ × 297mm) ......- —---I —φII: I r (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page} 'Order printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438819 A7 B7 E is colorless and transparent, with a solid concentration of 52%, a viscosity of 36 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 17,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a cast material. The obtained cast material It has excellent storage stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a shaped plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained shaped plate was 120 ° C. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 13. The obtained results are shown in Table 15. [Example 3 7] Except that zinc octoate in Example 33 was changed to zinc benzoate, the rest of the reaction was the same as that in Example 33 to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry E. The (meth) acrylic acid Slurry E is colorless and transparent, and the solid concentration is 5 2%, viscosity was 37 poise, weight average molecular weight was 17,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a cast material. The obtained cast material had excellent storage stability. Then, the same was performed as The operation of Example 33 resulted in a formed plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained formed plate was 120 C. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 13. The obtained results are shown in Table 15. [Example 3 8] Except that zinc octoate was changed to zinc chloride (ZnCl2) in Example 33, the rest was the same as that in Example 33 to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry E. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry E was colorless and transparent, and the solid concentration was 51%, viscosity is 37 poise, weight-average molecular weight is 18,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a cast material. The obtained cast material had excellent storage stability. Then, it was performed in the same manner as in Example_ —_ -87- _______ This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) * _ ·· '^ m I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(85 ) 33之操作,得到成形板。所得到成形板之荷重變形溫度爲 120 C Ji述主要反應條件表示於表14中。所得到之結果表 示於表15中。 [實施例3 9 ] 除將實施例33中心辛酸鋅變更成磷酸氫鋅(ZnHp〇4)以外 ,其餘同於實施例33之反應,得到(甲基)丙晞酸漿液E。該 (甲基)丙晞酸ME爲無色透明,固態濃度爲51%,枯度爲 36 poise,重量平均分子量爲17,〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之注型材料具優異辟存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 33&lt;操作,得到成形板。所得到成形板之荷重變形溫度爲 120 C。上述王要反應條件表示於表14中。所得到之結果表 示於表15中。 [實施例4 0 ] 除將實施例33中之辛酸鋅變更成乙醯丙酮鋅[Zn(acac)j以 外,其餘同於實施例33之反應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E。 該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E爲無色透明,固態濃度爲52%,粘度 爲45poise,重量平均分子量爲21〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之注型材料具優異貯存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 331操作’得到成形板。所得到成形板之荷重變形溫度爲 121 C。上述主要反應條件表示於表13中。所得到之結果表 示於表15中。 [實施例4 1 ] -88 - 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210x^97公釐) ----------— Λ « - m (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. The operation of invention description (85) 33, to obtain the forming plate. Table 14 shows the main reaction conditions of the obtained formed sheet at a load deformation temperature of 120 C Ji. The obtained results are shown in Table 15. [Example 3 9] A reaction was performed in the same manner as in Example 33 except that the center zinc octoate in Example 33 was changed to zinc hydrogen phosphate (ZnHpo4) to obtain (meth) propanoic acid slurry E. The (meth) propanoic acid ME was colorless and transparent, had a solid concentration of 51%, a buff of 36 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 17,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a cast material. The obtained injection molding material has excellent stability and stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a formed plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained formed plate was 120 ° C. The above reaction conditions are shown in Table 14. The obtained results are shown in Table 15. [Example 40] The same reaction as in Example 33 was carried out except that zinc octoate in Example 33 was changed to zinc acetamate [Zn (acac) j] to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry E. This (meth) acrylic acid slurry E was colorless and transparent, had a solid concentration of 52%, a viscosity of 45 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 21,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a cast material. The obtained cast material has excellent storage stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 331 was performed to obtain a formed plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained formed plate was 121 ° C. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 13. The obtained results are shown in Table 15. [Example 4 1] -88-This paper size is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x ^ 97 mm) ------------ Λ «-m (Please read the note on the back first (Fill in this page again)

、1T 五 438819 A7 - ——-— ______B7 、發明説明(86 ) 除舲實施例3 3中之正十二基硫醇變更成3 •氫硫基丙酸( 硫醇化合物)以外,其餘同於實施例33之反應,得到(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液E。該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E爲無色透明,固態濃 度爲51%,粘度爲37p〇ise,重量平均分子量爲18〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到注型材料。所得 到之/主型材料具優異辟存安定性。然後,進行同於實施例 3 3之操作,得到成形板。所得到成形板之荷重變形溫度爲 12 5 C。上述主要反應條件表示於表1 *中。所得到之結果表 示於表15中。 ----------— Μ ^ I r (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 表13 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 實施例 33 34 35 36 37 甲基丙烯酸酯(份) 93 93 93 93 93 甲基丙烯酸(份) 7 7 7 7 7 正十二基硫醇(份) 4 4 4 4 4 ΑΙΒΝ(份) 1 1 1 1 1 反應溫度(°C) 80 80 80 80 80 反應時間(hr) 4 4 4 4 4 甲基丙晞酸縮水甘油酯(份) 10 10 10 10 10 辛酸鋅(份) 0.03 一 一 — — 辛酸鍚(份) — 0.03 一 — 一 辛酸锆(份) — — 0.03 — — 硬脂酸鋅(份) 一 — 一 0.03 一 安息香酸(份) — 一 一 — 0.03 反應溫度(°c) 100 100 100 100 100 反應時間(hr) 5 5 5 5 51T 5 438819 A7----- ______B7 、 Explanation of the invention (86) Except that the n-dodecyl mercaptan in Example 3 3 is changed to 3 • Hydrogenthiopropionic acid (thiol compound), the rest is the same as The reaction of Example 33 gave (meth) acrylic acid slurry E. This (meth) acrylic acid slurry E was colorless and transparent, had a solid concentration of 51%, a viscosity of 37 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 18,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a cast material. The obtained / main material has excellent stability and stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a formed plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained formed plate was 12 5 C. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 1 *. The obtained results are shown in Table 15. ----------— Μ ^ I r (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Table 13 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Example 33 34 35 36 37 Methacrylic acid Esters (parts) 93 93 93 93 93 Methacrylic acid (parts) 7 7 7 7 7 n-dodecyl mercaptan (parts) 4 4 4 4 4 ΑΙΒΝ (parts) 1 1 1 1 1 Reaction temperature (° C) 80 80 80 80 80 Reaction time (hr) 4 4 4 4 4 Glycidyl methylpropionate (parts) 10 10 10 10 10 Zinc octoate (parts) 0.03 One one — — Osmium octoate (parts) — 0.03 one — one Zirconium octoate (parts) — — 0.03 — — Zinc stearate (parts) one — one 0.03 one benzoic acid (parts) — one one — 0.03 reaction temperature (° c) 100 100 100 100 100 reaction time (hr) 5 5 5 5 5

、1T -89 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) 4388 1 9 A7、 1T -89-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210 × 297 mm) 4388 1 9 A7

7 B 五、發明説明(87 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 表14 實施例 3 8 3 9 40 41 甲基丙烯酸甲酯(份) 93 93 93 93 甲基丙烯酸(份) 7 7 7 7 正十二基硫醇(份) 4 4 4 — 3 -氮硫基丙酸(份) — 一 一 4 AIBN(份) 1 1 1 1 反應溫度(°c) 80 80 80 80 反應時間(h r ) 4 4 4 4 甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(份) 10 10 10 10 辛酸鋅(份) — 一 — 0.03 氯化鋅(份) 0.03 — 一 — 磷酸氫鋅(份) — 0。03 一 — 乙醯丙酮鋅(份) — 0.03 一 反應溫度(°C ) 100 100 100 100 反應時間(hr) 5 5 5 5 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -90- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 438819 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 一氐 ;紙 一本 A7 B7 發明説明(88 表15 實施例 33 34 3 5 3 6 37 重量平均分子量(X 10 4) 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 枯度(poise) 36 3 5 3 5 36 37 固態濃度(%) 52 52 52 52 52 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液色澤 無色 無色 無色 無色 無色 荷重變形溫度(°C) 120 118 118 120 120 貯藏安定性 良好 良好 良好 良好 良好 實施例 38 39 4 1 4 1 重量平均分子量(X 1〇4) 1.8 1.7 2.1 1.8 ' 枯度(poise) 37 36 45 3 7 固態濃度(%) 5 1 51 52 5 1 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液色澤 無色 無色 無色 無色 荷重變形溫度(°C) 120 120 121 125 貯藏安定性 良好 良好 良好 良好 除將實施例3 3中之辛酸鋅變更成辛酸鈷以外,其餘同於 實施例33進行反應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。該(甲基)丙烯 酸漿液爲濃藍色,固態濃度爲54%,粘度爲4 〇 p〇ise,重量 平均分子量爲19,000。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到比較用之注型材 料。所得到之比較用注型材料,其貯存安定性差。然後, 進行同於實施例33之操作,得到成型板。所得到之^型板 (度適用中關家標準(CNS ) A4規格釐 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁}7 B V. Description of the invention (87) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy 14 Example 3 8 3 9 40 41 Methyl methacrylate (parts) 93 93 93 93 Methacrylic acid (parts) 7 7 7 7 n-dodecyl mercaptan (parts) 4 4 4 — 3 -nitrothiopropionic acid (parts) — one to four AIBN (parts) 1 1 1 1 Reaction temperature (° c) 80 80 80 80 Reaction time (hr ) 4 4 4 4 Glycidyl methacrylate (parts) 10 10 10 10 Zinc octoate (parts) — 1 — 0.03 Zinc chloride (parts) 0.03 — 1 — Zinc hydrogen phosphate (parts) — 0.03 One — B锌 Zinc acetone (parts) — 0.03 one reaction temperature (° C) 100 100 100 100 reaction time (hr) 5 5 5 5 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -90- This paper size is applicable to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 438819 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs; printed paper A7 B7 invention description (88 Table 15 Example 33 34 3 5 3 6 37 weight average molecular weight ( X 10 4) 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 Poise 36 3 5 3 5 36 37 Solid concentration (%) 52 52 52 52 52 (meth) acrylic acid slurry colorless colorless colorless colorless colorless colorless load deformation temperature (° C) 120 118 118 120 120 Good storage stability Good Good Good Good Example 38 39 4 1 4 1 Weight average Molecular weight (X 104) 1.8 1.7 2.1 1.8 'Poise 37 36 45 3 7 Solid concentration (%) 5 1 51 52 5 1 (meth) acrylic acid slurry colorless colorless colorless colorless colorless load deformation temperature (° C 120 120 121 125 Good storage stability Good Good Good Except that zinc octoate in Example 33 was changed to cobalt octoate, the rest was reacted with Example 33 to obtain a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. The (meth) The acrylic slurry was a strong blue color, with a solid concentration of 54%, a viscosity of 40%, and a weight average molecular weight of 19,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a molding material for comparison. The obtained comparison The injection molding material had poor storage stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a molded plate. The obtained ^ type plate (degrees apply to the Zhongguanjia Standard (CNS) A4 specification cents (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page}

438819 A7 ------- B7 五、發明説明(89 ) 的荷重變形溫度爲115°C。上述主要反應條件表示於表16中 。又,所得到之結果表示於表18中。 [比較例2 0 ] 除將實施例33中之辛酸鋅變更成辛酸鐵以外,其餘同於 實施例33進行反應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。該(甲基)丙缔 酸漿液爲茶褐色,固態濃度爲51%,粘度爲3 5 p〇ise,重量 平均分子量爲15,000。 繼而,進行同於實施例3 3之操作,得到比較用之注型材 料。所得到之比較用注型材料,其貯存安定性差。然後, 進行同於實施例33之操作,得到成型板。所得到之成型板 的荷重變形溫度爲105X:。上述主要反應條件表示於表16中 。又,所得到之結果表示於表;[8中。 [比較例2 1 ] 除將實施例33中之辛酸鋅變更成三乙胺以外,其餘同於 實施例3 3進行反應’得到(甲基)丙晞酸漿液。該(甲基)丙晞 酸漿液爲茶褐色,固態濃度爲52%,粘度爲3 6 P〇ise,重量 平均分子量爲17,000。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ---------Φ—— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 訂 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到比較用之注型材 料。所得到之比較用注型材料,其貯存安定性差。然後, 進行同於實施例33之操作,得到成型板。所得到之成型板 的荷重變形溫度爲12(TC。上述主要反應條件表示於表16中 。又,所得到之結果表示於表18中。 [比較例2 2 ] 除將實施例33中之辛酸鋅變更成三乙基苯甲基銨氣鹽以 -92-438819 A7 ------- B7 5. The load deformation temperature of the description of the invention (89) is 115 ° C. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 16. The results obtained are shown in Table 18. [Comparative Example 20] A reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 33 except that zinc octoate in Example 33 was changed to iron octoate to obtain a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry was dark brown, had a solid concentration of 51%, a viscosity of 3 5 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 15,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a comparative injection molding material. The obtained comparative injection-molded material had poor storage stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a molded plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained molded plate was 105X :. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 16. The results obtained are shown in the table; [8 中. [Comparative Example 21] The same procedure as in Example 33 was carried out except that zinc octoate in Example 33 was changed to triethylamine, to obtain a (meth) propionic acid slurry. The (meth) propionic acid slurry was dark brown, had a solid concentration of 52%, a viscosity of 36 Poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 17,000. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs --------- Φ—— (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page} Injection molding material. The obtained comparative injection molding material had poor storage stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a molded plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained molded plate was 12 ° C. The reaction conditions are shown in Table 16. The results obtained are shown in Table 18. [Comparative Example 2 2] Except that the zinc octoate in Example 33 was changed to triethylbenzyl ammonium gas salt by -92-

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 A7 ______B7 五、發明説明(9〇 ) 外,其餘同於實施例33進行反應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。 該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液爲淡茶色,固態濃度爲53%,粘度爲 3 6 poise,重量平均分子量爲16 〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到比較用之注型材 料。所得到之比較用注型材料,其貯存安定性差。然後, 進行同於實施例33之操作,得到成型板。所得到之成型板 的荷重變形溫度爲110。(:。上述主要反應條件表示於表16中 。又,所得到之結果表示於表18中。 [比較例2 3 ] 除於實施例3 3中不添加甲基丙晞酸縮水甘油酯以外,其 餘同於實施例33進行反應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。該(甲 基)丙晞酸漿液爲無色透明,固態濃度爲5〇0/〇,粘度爲3〇 poise,重量平均分子量爲14〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到比較用之注型材 料。所得到之比較用注型材料,其貯存安定性差。然後, 進行同於實施例33之操作,得到成型板。所得到之成型板 的荷重變形溫度低至90。(:,熱時強度差。上述主要反應條 件表示於表16中。又,所得到之結果表示於表18中。 [比較例2 4 ] 除於實施例33中不添加辛酸鋅以外,其餘同於實施例33 進仃反應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。該(甲基)丙晞酸漿液爲 無色透明,固態濃度爲46%,粘度爲27 p〇ise,重量平均 分子量爲14,〇〇〇。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到比較用之注型材Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438819 A7 ______B7 5. Except for the description of the invention (90), the rest was reacted in the same manner as in Example 33 to obtain a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry was light brown, had a solid concentration of 53%, a viscosity of 36 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 16,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a comparative injection molding material. The obtained comparative injection-molded material had poor storage stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a molded plate. The resulting molded plate had a load deformation temperature of 110. (: The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 16. In addition, the obtained results are shown in Table 18. [Comparative Example 2 3] Except that glycidyl methylpropionate was not added in Example 3, The rest was reacted in the same manner as in Example 33 to obtain a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. The (meth) propionic acid slurry was colorless and transparent, with a solid concentration of 5000/0, a viscosity of 30 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 14 〇〇〇。 Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a comparative injection molding material. The obtained comparative injection molding material had poor storage stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a molding. The load deformation temperature of the obtained molded plate is as low as 90. (:, the thermal strength is poor. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 16. In addition, the obtained results are shown in Table 18. [Comparative Example 2 4 ] Except that zinc octoate was not added in Example 33, the rest was reacted with Example 33 to obtain a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. The (meth) propionic acid slurry was colorless and transparent, and the solid concentration was 46%. Viscosity of 27 p〇ise, weight Average molecular weight of 14, 〇〇〇 In turn, the operation performed with the embodiment of Example 33, to give a comparative profile of the note

本紙張尺中國國家標準TFns ) Μ規格(21〇x29H I----------- : 二 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、π 4 3 381 9 A7 B7 五、發明説明(91 ) 料。所得到之比較用注型材料,其貯存安定性差。然後, 進行同於實施例33之操作,得到成型板。所得到之成型板 的荷重變形溫度低至90X:,熱時強度差。上述主要反應條 件表示於表17中。又,所得到之結果表示於表18中。 [比較例2 5 ] 除使用甲基丙烯酸甲酯1〇〇份以取代實施例33中之甲基 丙#酸甲酯93份及甲基丙烯酸7份,且,將正十二基硫醇 之添加量從4份變更成3份以外,其餘同於實施例33進行反 應,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液爲無色透 月,固悲濃度爲46%,枯度爲27 poise,重量平均分子量 爲 14,000。 繼而,進行同於實施例33之操作,得到比較用之注型材 料。所得到之比較用注型材料,其貯存安定性差。然後, 進行同於實施例33之操作,得到成型板。所得到之成型板 的荷重變形溫度低至90。(:,熱時強度差。上述主要反應條 件表示於表17中。又,所得到之結果表示於表18中。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 -94 丁 r - 8 8 3 4 9This paper rule Chinese national standard TFns) M specifications (21〇x29H I -----------: 2 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), π 4 3 381 9 A7 B7 5 (91) of the invention. The obtained comparative injection-molded material has poor storage stability. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a molded plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained molded plate was as low as 90X: The thermal strength is poor. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 17. In addition, the obtained results are shown in Table 18. [Comparative Example 25] Except using 100 parts of methyl methacrylate instead of Example 33 93 parts of methyl propionate methyl acid and 7 parts of methacrylic acid, and the addition amount of n-dodecyl mercaptan was changed from 4 parts to 3 parts, and the rest were reacted in the same manner as in Example 33 to obtain ( (Meth) acrylic acid slurry. The (meth) acrylic acid slurry was colorless and translucent, with a solid concentration of 46%, a dryness of 27 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 14,000. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a comparison. The injection molding material used. The obtained comparison injection molding material has a storage safety Poor performance. Then, the same operation as in Example 33 was performed to obtain a molded plate. The load deformation temperature of the obtained molded plate was as low as 90. (:, the thermal strength is poor. The above main reaction conditions are shown in Table 17. Also, The results obtained are shown in Table 18. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -94 丁 r-8 8 3 4 9

7 B 五、發明説明(92 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 表1 6 比較例 19 20 2 1 22 23 甲基丙烯酸甲酯(份) 93 93 93 93 93 甲基丙烯酸(份) 7 7 7 7 7 正十二基硫醇(份) 4 4 4 4 4 AIBN(份) 1 1 1 1 1 反應溫度(°c) 80 80 80 80 80 反應時間(hf) 4 4 4 4 4 甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(份) 10 10 10 10 — 辛酸姑(份) 0。03 — 一 — 一 辛酸鐵(份) — 0。03 一 — 一 三乙胺(份) .— 0.03 — — 三乙基苯甲基銨氯鹽(份) — — 一 0.03 一 辛酸鋅(份) — — 一 — 0.0 3 反應溫度(°c) 100 100 100 100 100 反應時間(h r ) 5 5 5 5 5 表17 比較例 24 25 甲基丙晞酸甲酯(份) 93 100 甲基丙烯酸(份) 7 一 正十二基硫醇(份) 4 3 AIBN(份) 1 1 反應溫度(°c) 80 80 反應時間(h r) 4 4 甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(份) 10 10 辛酸鋅(份) 一 0.03 反塵溫度(°c) 100 100 反應時間(hr) 5 5 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -95- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 表1 8 4388 1 9 A7 _______ 五、發明説明(93) 實施例 1 9 20 ----1 21 22 — 23 重量平均分子量(X 1〇4) 1.9 1 . 5 1.7 1.6 1.4 枯度(poise) 40 3 5 3 6 36 --— Q Λ 固態濃度(%) 54 5 1 52 53 5 〇 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液色澤 濃青色 茶褐色 茶褐色 淡茶色 ^ U ---— 荷重變形溫度(°c) 115 105 120 110 ——. ο 貯藏安定性 不良 不良 不良 不良 フ --- 不良 比較例 24 25 重量平均分子量(X104) 1.4 1.4 枯度(poise) 27 27 固態濃度(%) 46 46 (甲基)丙缔酸漿液色澤 無色 無色 荷重變形溫度(°C) 90 90 貯藏安定性 不良 良好 從表I3〜1S明顯可知,關於實施例33〜41 著色很少,貯存安定性亦優異…使上述成:材::形 所得到之成型品(硬化物)係熱時強度優異。 [實施例4 2 ] 於一具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導入管、及攪拌機之反 應器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯i i 8份、甲基丙烯酸丨2份、 N-環己基馬來醯亞胺40份、及、苯乙烯3〇份後,於反應 器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面攪拌上述混合物一面昇溫 ________ - 96 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇&gt;&lt;297公釐) -----------^9.— '·: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4388 1 9 at B7 五、發明説明(94 ) 至85°C後,添加AIBN 0.006份及正十二基硫醇0.3份而開始 聚合反應。 開始聚合反應後4.5小時,反應之粘度變成30〜35 poise (25°C ),故在此時點令反應終止,進一步於反應液中加入 甲基丙烯酸甲酯3 5份後,冷卻至4 0°C (急冷)。 繼而,於上述反應混合物100份中,添加甲基丙晞酸縮水 甘油酯8.4份、辛酸鋅0.2份、及氫醌0.05份後,在100°C攪 拌10小時,以進行酯化反應。所得到之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E 之固態濃度爲32%,粘度爲15 poise,重量平均分子量爲 140,000 〇 又,與實施例1 3同樣地,測定(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E中之( 甲基)丙烯酸聚合體每一分子的雙鍵數目。結果,每一分子 之雙鍵數目爲14。 其次,於此(甲基)丙晞酸漿液E 1 0 0份中混合第三丁基 過氧-2-乙基己酸酯1份、硬脂酸鋅4份、及、氫氧化銘(昭和 電工株式会社製、^、彳夕今彳卜HS-320)400份,藉此,得 到作爲成形材料之BMC。於BMC中之上述玻璃纖維的比率 係調節成5%。其後,將所得到之BMC置入金屬製容器中, 在40°C下熟成1日。於熟成後,配料亦即BMC會不硬化,又 ,BMC表面不會枯。 其次,加熱加壓成形上述B MC。亦即,使用預定大小之 模具,使上侧模具溫度設定於12〇°C,下侧模具溫度設定 於110°C。而且,將切成預定大小之BMC充填於上述模具 而以壓力6MP a鎖模,加熱加壓成形7分鐘,以作成成型品 __—__-97- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇 χ297公釐) ---------Φ—, i 二 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 388 1 9 A7 ________B7 五、發明説明(95 ) ^ ~~^一一^&quot; 即厚3 mm之板。於12(rc中之膠化時間爲”秒。 所得到I成型品,光澤(6〇。gl〇ss# 87,乃良好,黃色 度(YI)爲2.00 ’乃低著色性。進而,成型品於表面看不出破 璃纖維所引起之網目狀浮起,表面平滑性優。 又,進行1,000小時之促進耐候性試驗,結果,於成型品 看不出實質上變色或粉化。進而,將成型品放置於設定在 150°C之爐内1小時而評估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不出黃 變等外觀變化,又,亦不失表面之光澤。上述BMCs4(rc 下保存2個月亦不會硬化。亦即,BMC具優越之貯存安定性 〇 [實施例4 3 ] 於一具備溫度计、冷卻器、氣氮導入管、及授拌機之反 應器中,饋入一水溶液(其係使作爲分散安定劑之聚乙烯醇 (PVA-205、夕今k株式会社製)0·2份溶解於分散媒(溶劑) 即去離子水18 0份而成者)。另外,在另一溶器中混合甲基 丙烯酸甲酯19份、甲基丙烯酸^分、正十二基硫醇〇5份、 及ΑΙΒΝ 0.2份,得到混合物。而且,將上述混合物添加於 反應器中,以500 rpm攪拌成爲均一懸濁液。繼而,一面吹 入氮氣一面昇溫至75°C,在此溫度繼續5小時而進行懸濁聚 合反應。 然後,從聚合後之懸濁液(反應混合物)除去水,以取出 聚合體。而且,使該聚合物30份溶解於甲基丙烯酸甲酯70 份中。 „繼而,於上述聚合物溶液100份中,添加甲基丙烯酸縮水 ___ -98- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂_ 438819 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(96) 甘油酯2.5份、辛酸鋅〇·1份、氫醌0 05份後,在ι〇〇χ:下檀摔 以進行酯化反應。所得到之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E爲無色透明 ’固悲濃度爲3 1%、枯度爲5.5 poise、重量平均分子量爲 6〇,〇〇〇。 其後’於上述(甲基)丙晞酸漿液E 1〇〇份中,添加過氧 化二苯甲醯2份而使之溶解。藉此,得到作爲成形材料之 注型材料。所得到之注型材料藉減壓脱泡。此注型材料具 優異貯存安定性。又,貯存安定性在室溫下即使經過3小 時以上亦未膠化時判定爲「良好」,在室溫下3小時以内 會膠化時判定爲「不良」。 然後,使用一以彈力襯墊(係2片玻璃板之周園相向配置 呈相互間隔(間隙爲7 m m )閉鎖構成之模室使注型材料注型 。亦即,於上述模室内注入注型材料後,加熱至6〇χ:而使 之硬化。 進而,使硬化後之注型材料脱模後,在12 0°C下花2小時 進行後硬化(所謂after cure),得到成型板。所得到之成型 板的荷重變形溫度(HDT ;熱變形溫度)依jis 6911之方法而 測定後,爲118°C。 [實施例4 4 ] 於一具備溫度計、冷卻器、氣氮導入管、及攪摔機之反 應器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯55份、甲基丙烯酸3份、苯乙 烯20份、及N_環己基馬來醯亞胺22份後,於反應器内進行 氮氣1換。其次,一面攪拌上逃混合物一面并溫至90°C後 ,添加AIBN 0.1份及正十二基硫醇i.o份而開始聚合反應。 -99- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇χ297公釐) Φ — (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 訂 438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(97 開始聚合反應後420分’反應液粘度成爲3〇〜35 p〇ise(25 C )’故在此時點令反應終止,於反應液中進一步加入甲基 丙烯酸甲酯35份後,冷卻(急冷)。所得到之反應混合物之 粘度爲7poise(25°C),固態濃度爲23.5%,重量平均分子量 爲 91,000 ° 然後,於所得到之反應混合物1 0 0份中,添加馬來酸酐 0.35份、三乙胺〇.〇2份後,攪拌15分,處理添加於反應 混合物中之正十二基硫醇。上述馬來酸酐相對於所添加之 正十二基硫醇係添加1 · 4倍莫耳。上述三乙胺相對於所添 加之正十二基硫醇係添加〇 · 〇 8倍莫耳。藉此,得到(甲基) 丙晞酸漿液Α。 其次’於(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A 1 〇〇份,混合氧化鎂1份、十 五烯基琥珀酸1份、第三丁基過氧·2·乙基己酸酯“分、硬脂 酸鋅4份、及、氫氧化鋁(昭和電工株式会社製、,、4夕予 彳卜HS-320) 150份’得到配料。然後,將該配料呈一定厚 度塗布於聚乙烯膜表面後,在此塗布物之上均一散布玻璃 纖維(長1英对之切束)。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 而且,於其上,疊合塗布物(其係使配料呈一定厚度塗布 於聚乙#表面所構成者)。亦即,以配料挾住玻璃纖維。藉 此’得到作爲成形材料之SMC。於SMC中之上述玻璃纖維 的比例係凋節呈2 5 %。其後,以玻璃膜包裝所得到之s μ C ,在40°C下熟成1日。 其次,加熱加壓成形上述SMC。亦即,使用預定大小之 模具’使上側模具溫度設定於12〇。(:,下側模具溫度設定 -100 ----------Φ II *► ·&quot;- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)7 B V. Description of the invention (92) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 16 Comparative Example 19 20 2 1 22 23 Methyl methacrylate (parts) 93 93 93 93 93 Methacrylic acid (parts) 7 7 7 7 7 n-dodecyl mercaptan (parts) 4 4 4 4 4 AIBN (parts) 1 1 1 1 1 Reaction temperature (° c) 80 80 80 80 80 Reaction time (hf) 4 4 4 4 4 Methyl Glycidyl acrylate (parts) 10 10 10 10 — Caprylic acid (parts) 0.03 — Mono-monocaprylate (parts) — 0.03 Mono-triethylamine (parts). — 0.03 — — Triethyl Benzyl ammonium chloride salt (parts) — — 0.03 zinc octoate (parts) — — — 0.0 3 Reaction temperature (° c) 100 100 100 100 100 Reaction time (hr) 5 5 5 5 5 Table 17 Comparative Examples 24 25 methyl methylpropionate (parts) 93 100 methacrylic acid (parts) 7 n-dodecyl mercaptan (parts) 4 3 AIBN (parts) 1 1 reaction temperature (° c) 80 80 reaction time ( hr) 4 4 Glycidyl methacrylate (parts) 10 10 Zinc octoate (parts)-0.03 Dust temperature (° c) 100 100 Reaction time hr) 5 5 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -95- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) Table 1 8 4388 1 9 A7 _______ 5. Description of the invention ( 93) Example 1 9 20 ---- 1 21 22 — 23 Weight average molecular weight (X 104) 1.9 1. 1.5 1.7 1.6 1.4 Poise 40 3 5 3 6 36 --- Q Λ solid concentration (%) 54 5 1 52 53 5 〇 (Meth) acrylic acid slurry color strong tea brown tea brown light brown ^ U ----- load deformation temperature (° c) 115 105 120 110 ——. Ο poor storage stability Poor fu --- Poor Comparative Example 24 25 Weight-average molecular weight (X104) 1.4 1.4 Poise 27 27 Solid concentration (%) 46 46 (Meth) acrylic acid slurry Colorless and colorless Deformation temperature (° C) 90 90 Poor storage stability. It is clear from Tables I3 to 1S that Examples 33 to 41 have very little coloring and excellent storage stability ... The molded product (hardened product) obtained by forming the above material: material is hot. When the strength is excellent. [Example 4 2] In a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen introduction tube, and a stirrer, 8 parts of methyl methacrylate II, 2 parts of methacrylic acid, 2 parts, and N-cyclohexyl maleate were fed. After 40 parts of imine and 30 parts of styrene, nitrogen was replaced in the reactor. Secondly, while stirring the above mixture, the temperature was raised ________-96-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 &gt; &lt; 297 mm) ----------- ^ 9. — '·: (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)-Order printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economics, printed by 4388 1 9 at B7 ) After reaching 85 ° C, 0.006 parts of AIBN and 0.3 parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan were added to start the polymerization reaction. 4.5 hours after the start of the polymerization reaction, the viscosity of the reaction became 30 to 35 poise (25 ° C), so the reaction was terminated at this point. After adding 35 parts of methyl methacrylate to the reaction solution, it was cooled to 40 ° C (Chill). Next, 8.4 parts of glycidyl methylpropionate, 0.2 parts of zinc octoate, and 0.05 parts of hydroquinone were added to 100 parts of the reaction mixture, and then stirred at 100 ° C for 10 hours to perform an esterification reaction. The obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry E had a solid concentration of 32%, a viscosity of 15 poise, and a weight-average molecular weight of 140,000. In the same manner as in Example 13, Group) The number of double bonds per molecule of acrylic polymers. As a result, the number of double bonds per molecule was 14. Next, 1 part of the (meth) propionic acid slurry E 100 was mixed with 1 part of tert-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate, 4 parts of zinc stearate, and Ming hydroxide (Showa 400 parts manufactured by Denko Co., Ltd. (^, 彳 夕 今 彳 HS-320), thereby obtaining BMC as a molding material. The ratio of the glass fiber in the BMC was adjusted to 5%. Thereafter, the obtained BMC was placed in a metal container and aged at 40 ° C. for 1 day. After ripening, the ingredients, namely BMC, will not harden, and the surface of BMC will not wither. Next, the B MC is formed by heating and pressing. That is, using a mold of a predetermined size, the upper mold temperature was set at 120 ° C, and the lower mold temperature was set at 110 ° C. In addition, the BMC cut into a predetermined size is filled in the above mold, and the mold is clamped at a pressure of 6MP a, and heated and press-molded for 7 minutes to form a molded product. _____- 97- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (21〇χ297mm) --------- Φ—, i II (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumer Cooperatives 4 388 1 9 A7 ________B7 V. Description of the Invention (95) ^ ~~ ^ One by one ^ &quot; It is a plate with a thickness of 3 mm. The gelation time at 12 (rc is "seconds." The obtained I molded product, gloss (60. gl0ss # 87, is good, and the yellowness (YI) is 2.00 'is low colorability. Further, the molded product On the surface, no mesh-like floating caused by broken glass fibers was observed, and the surface was excellent in smoothness. Furthermore, after a 1,000-hour accelerated weathering test, as a result, no substantial discoloration or powdering was observed in the molded product. Further, The molded product was placed in a furnace set at 150 ° C for 1 hour to evaluate the heat resistance. As a result, the molded product did not show appearance changes such as yellowing, and did not lose the surface gloss. The above BMCs4 (reserved under rc 2) It will not harden for a month. That is, BMC has excellent storage stability. [Example 4 3] In a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a gas-nitrogen introduction pipe, and a blender, an aqueous solution is fed. (It is obtained by dissolving 0.2 parts of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-205, manufactured by Yuki K. Co., Ltd.) as a dispersion stabilizer in a dispersion medium (solvent), that is, 180 parts of deionized water.) In another container, 19 parts of methyl methacrylate, methacrylate, and n-dodecyl mercaptan were mixed. 0.05 parts and 0.2 parts of AIBN to obtain a mixture. The above mixture was added to the reactor and stirred at 500 rpm to form a homogeneous suspension. Then, the temperature was raised to 75 ° C while blowing nitrogen gas, and the temperature was continued at this temperature. A suspension polymerization reaction was performed for 5 hours. Then, water was removed from the polymerization suspension (reaction mixture) to remove the polymer. Furthermore, 30 parts of the polymer was dissolved in 70 parts of methyl methacrylate. „ Then, to 100 parts of the polymer solution, add methacrylic acid to shrink ___ -98- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page )-Order_ 438819 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (96) 2.5 parts of glyceride, 0.1 part of zinc octoate, and 0 part of hydroquinone, under ι〇〇χ: Tantalum is used for esterification reaction. The obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry E is colorless and transparent, with a solid concentration of 31%, a dryness of 5.5 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 60,000. In the above (methyl To 100 parts of the propionic acid slurry E, 2 parts of dibenzoylperoxide was added to dissolve it. Thereby, a cast material was obtained as a molding material. The obtained cast material was defoamed under reduced pressure. This The injection molding material has excellent storage stability. In addition, the storage stability is judged as "good" when it has not gelled even after 3 hours at room temperature, and it is judged as "bad" when it gels within 3 hours at room temperature. Then, the mold material is cast by using a mold chamber composed of an elastic pad (a pair of glass plates arranged in a circle opposite to each other at a space (7 mm gap)). That is, the injection mold is injected into the mold chamber. After molding the material, it is heated to 60 ×: to harden it. Furthermore, after the cast material after hardening was released from the mold, it was post-cured (so-called after cure) at 120 ° C for 2 hours to obtain a molded plate. The load deformation temperature (HDT; heat deformation temperature) of the obtained molded plate was measured according to the method of jis 6911, and was 118 ° C. [Example 4 4] In a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen gas introduction pipe, and a stirrer, 55 parts of methyl methacrylate, 3 parts of methacrylic acid, and 20 parts of styrene were fed, and After 22 parts of N_cyclohexylmaleimide, nitrogen was exchanged in the reactor. Next, while stirring the escape mixture and warming to 90 ° C, 0.1 parts of AIBN and i.o parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan were added to start the polymerization reaction. -99- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ297mm) Φ — (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page} Order 438819 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (97 start polymerization reaction After 420 minutes, 'the viscosity of the reaction solution became 3 to 35 poise (25 C)', so the reaction was terminated at this point, and 35 parts of methyl methacrylate was further added to the reaction solution, followed by cooling (quenching). The reaction mixture had a viscosity of 7 poise (25 ° C), a solid concentration of 23.5%, and a weight average molecular weight of 91,000 °. Then, to 100 parts of the obtained reaction mixture, 0.35 parts of maleic anhydride and triethyl ether were added. After 0.02 parts of amine was stirred for 15 minutes, the n-dodecyl mercaptan added to the reaction mixture was treated. The maleic anhydride was added to the n-dodecyl mercaptan system by 1.4 times mole. The triethylamine is added to the added n-dodecyl mercaptan based on the amount of 0.88 moles. Thus, a (meth) propionic acid slurry A is obtained. Next, it is added to the (meth) acrylic acid slurry A 1 〇〇part, 1 part of mixed magnesium oxide, 1 part of pentaenyl succinic acid , Third butyl peroxy · 2 · ethylhexanoate, 4 parts of zinc stearate, and 150 parts of aluminum hydroxide (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., 4th and 9th Yusho 彳 HS-320) 'Get the ingredients. Then, apply the ingredients to a certain thickness on the surface of the polyethylene film, and evenly spread the glass fiber on this coating (cut by 1 inch long). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Furthermore, on this, a superimposed coating (which is formed by coating ingredients with a certain thickness on the surface of polyethylene #) is formed. That is, the glass fiber is held by the ingredients. Thereby, SMC is obtained as a molding material. The proportion of the above-mentioned glass fibers in the SMC is 25%. After that, the s μ C obtained by packaging with a glass film is matured at 40 ° C. for one day. Next, the above-mentioned SMC is formed by heating and pressing. Use a mold of a predetermined size to set the upper mold temperature to 120. (:, lower mold temperature setting -100 ---------- Φ II * ► · &quot;-(Please read the (Please fill in this page again)

-In In HI 表紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX297公董 438819 ^—-In In HI sheet paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX297 公 董 438819 ^ —

五、發明説明(98) 於1UTC。而且,將切成預定大小之SMC充填於上述模具 而以壓力6MPa鎖模,加熱加壓成形7分鐘,以作成成型品 即厚3 mm之板。於120。(:中之膠化時間爲9〇秒。 /斤得到之成型品依據jis κ 7105而測得的光澤(6〇。gi〇ss) 爲80,乃良好,又,依據JISK71〇3而測得的黃色度(γι)爲 4.08,乃低著色性。進而,成型品於表面看不出玻璃纖維 所51起的網目狀浮起,表面平滑性優。 又,依JIS A 1415,使用陽光天候計進行1〇〇〇小時之 促進耐候性試·驗,結果,於成型品看不出實質上變色或粉 化。進而’將成型品放置於設定在15〇°C之爐内1小時而評 估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不出黃變等外觀變化,又,亦 不失表面之光澤。上述SMC在40。(:下保存2個月亦不會硬化 。亦即,SMC具優越之貯存安定性。上述之主要結果歸納 於表1 9中。 [實施例4 5 ] 首先,進行同於實施例4 4之反應、處理等,得到(甲基) 丙烯酸漿液A。其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液a,除使用 氫氧化鋁100份及玻璃粉末(日東纺績株式会社製、FMB 3 0W-00 1 )5 0份之混合物以取代實施例44中之氫氧化鋁 150份以外,其餘同於實施例44之操作,得到SMC。又, 進行與實施例44相同之熟成及成型操作,作成成型品即厚 度3 mm之板。在1 2 〇。(:中之膠化時間爲9 0秒。 所得到之成型品,光澤(60。gloss)爲83,乃良好,黃色 度(YI)爲3 .92,乃低著色性。進而,成型品於表面看不出 -101 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ------------ 終 Γ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1Τ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4388 1 9 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 B7 五、發明説明(&quot;) 玻璃纖維所引起之網目狀浮起,表面平滑性優。 又,進行1,000小時之促進耐候性試驗,結果,於成型品 看不出實質上變色或粉化。進而,將成型品放置於設定在 150°C之爐内1小時而評估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不出黃 變等外觀變化,又,亦不失表面之光澤。上述8訄(::在4〇。〇 下保存2個月亦不會硬化。亦即,SMC具優越之貯存安定性 。上述之主要結果歸納於表19中。 [實施例4 6 ] 首先,進行同於實施例44之反應、處理等,得到(甲基) 丙缔聚液A。其次’於此(甲基)丙晞酸漿液a 1 〇〇份中, 混合氧化鎂1份、十五烯基琥珀酸2份、第三丁基過氧·2_乙 基己酸酯1份、硬脂酸鋅4份、及、氫氧化鋁(昭和電工株式 会社製、/、44卜HS_320)350份,得到配料。 然後,於配料中加入玻璃纖維(長1/4英吋之切絲)而以雙 腕型捏合機混練。藉此,得到作爲成形材料之bMC。於 BMC中之上述玻璃纖維的比例調節成5 %。其後,將所得 到之BMC置入金屬製容器中,在40。(:下熟成!日。於熟成 後,配料亦即BMC不會硬化,又,於bmc之表面不會枯 。然後,進行同於實施例44之成形操作,作成成型品即厚 3 mm之板。在120°C中之膠化時間爲60秒。 所知到之成型品’光澤(6〇。gl〇ss)爲85,乃良好,黃色 度(YI)爲2.02’乃低著色性。進而,成型品於表面看不出玻 璃纖維所引起之網目狀浮起,表面平滑性優。 又’進行1,000小時之促進耐候性試驗,結果,於成型品 -102- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ------------ »产··* (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)5. Description of the invention (98) in 1UTC. Then, the SMC cut into a predetermined size was filled in the above mold, and the mold was clamped at a pressure of 6 MPa, followed by heating and press molding for 7 minutes to form a molded product, that is, a plate having a thickness of 3 mm. At 120. (: The gelation time is 90 seconds. The molded article obtained has a gloss (60. gioss) of 80 in accordance with jis κ 7105, which is good, and is measured in accordance with JIS K71〇3. The yellowness (γι) is 4.08, which is a low coloring property. Furthermore, the molded product does not see the mesh-like floating of 51 fibers on the surface, and the surface has excellent smoothness. In addition, according to JIS A 1415, a weather meter is used. As a result of conducting a weather resistance test for 1,000 hours, no substantial discoloration or pulverization was observed in the molded product. Further, the molded product was placed in a furnace set at 150 ° C for 1 hour to evaluate heat resistance. As a result, the molded product does not show appearance changes such as yellowing, nor does it lose the surface gloss. The above-mentioned SMC is stored at 40. (: It will not harden even after being stored for 2 months. That is, SMC has excellent storage stability. The above main results are summarized in Table 19. [Example 4 5] First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 4 4 were performed to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. Next, this (methyl) ) Acrylic acid slurry a, except for using 100 parts of aluminum hydroxide and glass powder (Nitto Textile Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd., FMB 3 0W-00 1) 50 parts of the mixture was used instead of 150 parts of aluminum hydroxide in Example 44, and the rest was the same as that in Example 44 to obtain SMC. The same procedure as in Example 44 was performed. The maturation and molding operations make a molded product, that is, a plate having a thickness of 3 mm. The gelation time in 120: (90). The obtained molded product has a gloss (60. gloss) of 83, which is good. The yellowness (YI) is 3.92, which is low in colorability. Furthermore, the molded product cannot be seen on the surface -101-This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ------ ------ Final Γ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page), 1T Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4388 1 9 A7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics B7 5. [Explanation of the Invention] Mesh-like floating caused by glass fibers is excellent in surface smoothness. Furthermore, a 1,000-hour accelerated weathering test was performed, and as a result, no substantial discoloration or powdering was observed in the molded product. Further, , Evaluate the heat resistance by placing the molded product in an oven set at 150 ° C for 1 hour As a result, the molded product did not show appearance changes such as yellowing, and did not lose the surface gloss. The above 8 訄 (:: will not harden even after being stored at 40.0% for 2 months. That is, the SMC is superior Storage stability. The above main results are summarized in Table 19. [Example 4 6] First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 44 were performed to obtain (meth) acrylic polymer solution A. Secondly, 'here In 100 parts of (meth) propanoic acid slurry a, 1 part of magnesium oxide, 2 parts of pentaenylsuccinic acid, 1 part of tert-butylperoxy · 2-ethylhexanoate, and stearic acid were mixed. 4 parts of zinc and 350 parts of aluminum hydroxide (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., / 44, HS_320) were obtained. Then, add glass fiber (1 / 4-inch long shreds) to the ingredients and knead with a double-wrist kneader. Thereby, bMC was obtained as a molding material. The proportion of the glass fiber in the BMC is adjusted to 5%. Thereafter, the obtained BMC was placed in a metal container at 40 ° C. (: Maturation! Day. After maturation, the ingredients, namely BMC, will not harden, and the surface of bmc will not dry. Then, the same molding operation as in Example 44 was performed to form a molded product, that is, a plate with a thickness of 3 mm. The gelation time at 120 ° C is 60 seconds. It is known that the molded product 'gloss (60. gloss) is 85, which is good, and the yellowness (YI) is 2.02', which is low coloring property. , The molded product can not see the mesh-like floating caused by glass fiber on the surface, and the surface is excellent in smoothness. It was also tested for 1,000 hours to promote the weather resistance. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ------------ »Production ·· * (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T 438819 ----- - -五、發明説明(100) A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 看不出實為上麦色或粉化。進而,將成型品放置於設定在 15〇 C之爐内1小時而評估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不出黃 麦等外觀變化,又,亦不失表面之光澤。上述BMCS 4〇t 下保存2個月亦不會硬化。亦即,BMC具優越之貯存安定性 。上述之主要結果表示於表19中。[實施例4 7 ] 首先,進行同於實施例4之反應、處理等,得到(甲基)丙 烯酸漿液A。其次,於此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A 9〇份中,混 合三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯i 〇份、氧化鎂i份十五 烯基琥珀酸2份、第三丁基過氧_2_乙基己酸酯1份、硬脂 酸鋅4份、及氫氧化鋁(昭和電工株式会社製、夕今彳 卜HS-320)350份,得到配料。使用所得到之配料,進行同 於實施例牝之操作,得到BMC。又,進行同於實施例料之 成形操作,作成成型品即厚3 mm之板。在12〇χ:中之膠化 時間爲5 0秒。 ^ 所得到之成型品,光澤(6〇。妇〇^)爲85,乃良好,黃 度(YI)爲2.12,乃低著色性。進而,成型品於表面看不出 璃纖維所引起之網目狀浮起,表面平滑性優。 又,進行1,000小時之促進耐候性試驗,結果,於成型… 看不出實質上變色或粉化。進而,將成型品放置於設定在 15〇t之爐内1小時而評估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不出黃 變等外觀變化,又,亦不失表面之光澤。上述bmc在4代 下保存2個月亦不會硬化。亦即,BMC具優越之貯存安定上述之主要結果表示於表19中。 色玻 品 性 ---------Φ II t W ί (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、11、 1T 438819 -------V. Description of the invention (100) A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Furthermore, the molded article was placed in an oven set at 150 ° C for 1 hour to evaluate the heat resistance. As a result, the molded article showed no change in appearance such as yellow wheat and did not lose the surface gloss. The above-mentioned BMCS will not harden if stored for 2 months at 40t. That is, BMC has superior storage stability. The main results described above are shown in Table 19. [Example 4 7] First, the same reaction, treatment and the like as in Example 4 were performed to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. Next, 90 parts of this (meth) acrylic acid slurry A was mixed with 0 parts of trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, 2 parts of magnesium oxide, and 5 parts of pentaenylsuccinic acid. 1 part of _2_ ethylhexanoate, 4 parts of zinc stearate, and 350 parts of aluminum hydroxide (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., Yuki Imagine HS-320) were obtained. Using the obtained ingredients, the same operation as in Example IX was performed to obtain BMC. Further, the same molding operation as in the example was performed to form a molded product, that is, a plate having a thickness of 3 mm. The gelation time in 120 ×: was 50 seconds. ^ The obtained molded article had a gloss (60.0%) of 85, which was good, and a yellowness (YI) of 2.12, which was low in colorability. Furthermore, the molded product does not have mesh-like floating caused by glass fibers on the surface, and has excellent surface smoothness. In addition, a 1,000-hour accelerated weathering test was performed, and as a result, no substantial discoloration or powdering was observed during molding. Furthermore, the molded article was placed in a furnace set at 150 t for 1 hour to evaluate the heat resistance. As a result, the molded article showed no change in appearance such as yellowing and did not lose the surface gloss. The above bmc will not harden even if stored for 2 months under 4th generation. That is, BMC has superior storage stability. The main results described above are shown in Table 19. Color glass quality --------- Φ II t W ί (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), 11

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 1 438819 A7 _ _B7 五、發明説明(1〇1) [實施例4 8 ] 除於實施例4 4中不使用甲基丙烯酸,且,將甲基丙晞酸 甲酯之使用量(饋入量)從5 5份變更成5 8份以外,進行同於 實施例44之反應、處理等,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液。所得 到之(甲基)丙晞酸漿液之枯度爲7 poise(25°C ),固態濃度爲 22.7%,重量平均分子量爲90,000。 其次,於此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液100份中,混合第三丁基 過氧-2-乙基己酸醋1份、硬脂酸辞4份、及、氯氧化館(昭 和電工株式会社製、八今彳卜HS-320)400份,得到配 料。使用所得到之配料,進行同於實施例46之操作,得到 BMC。進行實施例44之成形操作,作成成型品即厚3 mm之 板。於120°C中之膠化時間爲70秒。 所得到之成型品’光澤(60。gl〇ss)爲85,乃良好,黃色 度(YI)爲2.12,乃低著色性。進而,成型品於表面看不出玻 璃纖維所引起之網目狀浮起,表面平滑性優。 又’進行1,〇〇〇小時之促進耐候性試驗,結果,於成型品 看不出實質上變色或粉化。進而,將成型品放置於設定在 150°C之爐内1小時而評估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不出黃 變等外觀變化,又,亦不失表面之光澤。上述61^€在4〇1 下保存2個月亦不會硬化。亦即,BMC具優越之貯存安定性 。上述結果表示於表19中。 [實施例4 9 ] 除IIN -苯基愚來_亞胺(y 中之N-環己基馬來醯亞胺以外,其餘同於實施例44之反應 -------------- • Ψ 二 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1 438819 A7 _ _B7 V. Description of the Invention (101) [Example 4 8] Except for Example 4, methacrylic acid was not used, and The amount (feed amount) of the methyl ester was changed from 55 parts to 58 parts, and the same reaction and treatment as in Example 44 were performed to obtain a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. The resulting (meth) propionic acid slurry had a dryness of 7 poise (25 ° C), a solid concentration of 22.7%, and a weight average molecular weight of 90,000. Next, 100 parts of this (meth) acrylic acid slurry were mixed with 1 part of tert-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoic acid vinegar, 4 parts of stearic acid, and chlorine oxidation hall (manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation) , Yatsuki Kanbu HS-320) 400 parts, to obtain ingredients. Using the obtained ingredients, the same operation as in Example 46 was performed to obtain BMC. The forming operation of Example 44 was performed to form a molded product, that is, a plate having a thickness of 3 mm. The gelation time at 120 ° C was 70 seconds. The obtained molded article 'gloss (60. gloss) was 85, which was good, and yellowness (YI) was 2.12, which was low in colorability. Furthermore, the molded product does not have mesh-like floating caused by glass fibers on the surface, and has excellent surface smoothness. Further, an accelerated weathering test was performed for 10,000 hours. As a result, no substantial discoloration or powdering was observed in the molded article. Furthermore, the molded article was placed in a furnace set at 150 ° C for 1 hour to evaluate the heat resistance. As a result, the molded article showed no change in appearance such as yellowing and did not lose the surface gloss. The above 61 ^ € will not harden if stored for 2 months at 401. That is, BMC has superior storage stability. The above results are shown in Table 19. [Example 4 9] The same reaction as in Example 44 was carried out except for IIN-phenyl melamine-imine (N-cyclohexylmaleimide in y). --- • Ψ Two (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

、1T, 1T

438819 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 -------- B7_ 五、發明説明(1〇2)438819 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 -------- B7_ V. Description of Invention (1〇2)

,知到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A。所得到之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A 的粘度爲6P〇ise(25°C),固態濃度爲22·8%,重量平均分子 量爲 96,000。 其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液Α,進行同於實施例44之 操作,得到SMC。進行與實施例44相同之熟成及成形操作 ,作成成型品即厚3 mm之板,在12(TC下之膠化時間爲98 所得到之成型品,黃色度(¥1)爲21 3,黃色味雖強,但 光澤(60° gl〇ss)爲79,乃良好。進而,於成型品於表面看 不出破璃纖維所引起之網目狀浮起,表面平滑性優。 又,進行1,000小時之促進耐候性試驗,結果,於成型品 看不出實質上變色或粉化。進而,將成型品放置於設定在 150 C之爐内1小時而評估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不出黃 變等外觀變化,又,亦不失表面之光澤。上述之主要結果 歸納於表1 9中。 [實施例5 0 ] 除使用N -異丙基馬來醯亞胺(乙烯基化合物)取代實施例 4 4中之N -環己基馬來醯亞胺以外,其餘同於實施例4 4進 行反應’得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A。所得到之(甲基)丙晞酸 漿液八的粘度爲7卩〇丨86(25°(^),固態濃度爲23.8%,重量平 均分子量爲110,000。 其次’使用此(甲基)丙晞酸漿液A,進行同於實施例4 4 之操作,得到SMC。進行同於實施例44之熟成及成形操作 ,作成成型品即厚3 mm之板。於120。(:中之膠化時間爲1〇〇 __ _-105- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I-------φ-I 7 二 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)It is known that (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. The viscosity of the obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry A was 6 Poise (25 ° C), the solid concentration was 22.8%, and the weight-average molecular weight was 96,000. Next, the same operation as in Example 44 was performed using this (meth) acrylic acid slurry A to obtain SMC. The same maturation and forming operations as in Example 44 were performed to form a molded product, that is, a plate having a thickness of 3 mm. The gelation time at 12 ° C was 98. The molded product obtained had a yellowness (¥ 1) of 21 3 and a yellow color. Although the taste is strong, the gloss (60 ° gloss) is 79, which is good. Furthermore, the mesh-like floating caused by broken glass fibers is not seen on the surface of the molded product, and the surface is excellent in smoothness. Also, it is performed for 1,000 hours As a result of the accelerated weathering test, no substantial discoloration or powdering was observed in the molded product. Furthermore, the molded product was placed in a furnace set at 150 C for 1 hour to evaluate the heat resistance. As a result, the molded product did not show yellow. Changes in appearance, without losing the surface gloss. The above main results are summarized in Table 19. [Example 50] Except using N-isopropylmaleimide (vinyl compound) instead of implementation Except for N-cyclohexylmaleimide in Example 4, the rest was reacted with Example 4 to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry A. The viscosity of the obtained (meth) propionic acid slurry eight was 7 卩 〇 丨 86 (25 ° (^), solid concentration is 23.8%, weight average molecular weight is 110 Next, using the (meth) propionic acid slurry A, the same operation as in Example 4 4 was performed to obtain SMC. The aging and forming operations were performed in the same manner as in Example 44 to form a molded product, that is, a thickness of 3 mm. Plate. At 120. (: The gelation time of the medium is 100__ _-105- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) I ------- φ-I 7 Second (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

、1T 經濟、哪中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 A7 1 ^^—__ B7_______ 五、發明説明(1〇3) 秒。 所得到之成型品,光澤(60。gloss)爲80,乃良好,黃色 度(YI)爲5.31,乃低著色性。進而,成型品於表面看不出 坡璃纖維所引起之網目狀浮起,表面平滑性優。 又’進行1,000小時之促進耐候性試驗,結果,於成型品 看不出實質上變色或粉化。進而,將成型品放置於設定在 50 c之爐内1小時而評估耐熱性,結果,成型品看不出黃 變等外觀變化,又,亦不失表面之光澤。上述之主要結果 歸納於表1 9中。 [比較例2 6 ] 除於實施例44中不使用]sf-環己基馬來醯亞胺,且,將甲 基丙烯酸甲酯之使用量(饋入量)從55份變更成77份以外, 其餘同於實施例4 4之反應、處理等,得到(甲基)丙烯酸漿 液。所得到之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液的粘度爲7p〇ise(25X:),固 您濃度爲23.9%,重量平均分子量爲98,〇〇〇。 其次’使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液,進行同於實施例4 4之 操作,得到比較用SMC。又,進行同於實施例44之熟成及 成形操作’作成比較用的成型品即厚3 mm之板。於120 °C 中之膠化時間爲1 3 0秒。 所得到之比較用成型品,其光澤(60。gl〇ss)爲18,乃不 良。進而,比較用成型品可看出玻璃纖維所引起之網目狀 浮起,表面平滑性差。 又’將比較用成型品放置於一設定在1 5 〇 °C之爐内1小時 ’評估耐熱性,結果,於該成型品可看出黃變等外觀變化 ____ _-106-__ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---------4—丨 : 二 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 438819 五、發明説明(1〇4) ,又,表面亦失去光澤,產生斑好 反王斑紋。上述之士 於表19中。 王f…果卸納 經濟部中央標準局員妥消費合作社印製, 1T economy, which is printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards 438819 A7 1 ^^ — __ B7_______ 5. Description of the invention (103) seconds. The obtained molded product had a gloss (60. gloss) of 80, which was good, and a yellowness (YI) of 5.31, which was low in colorability. Furthermore, the molded product does not have mesh-like floating caused by slope glass fibers on the surface, and has excellent surface smoothness. Further, a 1,000-hour accelerated weathering test was performed, and as a result, no substantial discoloration or powdering was observed in the molded product. Furthermore, when the molded article was placed in a furnace set at 50 c for 1 hour to evaluate the heat resistance, as a result, the molded article showed no change in appearance such as yellowing and did not lose the surface gloss. The main results mentioned above are summarized in Table 19. [Comparative Example 2 6] Except that sf-cyclohexylmaleimide was not used in Example 44, and the amount of methyl methacrylate (feed amount) was changed from 55 to 77 parts, The rest was the same as the reaction and treatment of Example 44 to obtain a (meth) acrylic acid slurry. The viscosity of the obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry was 7 poise (25X :), the solids concentration was 23.9%, and the weight average molecular weight was 98,000. Next, using this (meth) acrylic acid slurry, the same operation as in Example 44 was performed to obtain a comparative SMC. In addition, the same maturation and molding operation as in Example 44 was performed to prepare a comparative molded product, that is, a plate having a thickness of 3 mm. Gelation time at 120 ° C is 130 seconds. The obtained comparative molded article had a gloss (60. gloss) of 18, which was not good. Furthermore, when comparing molded articles, it was found that the mesh-like floating caused by the glass fibers had poor surface smoothness. Also, the comparative molded product was placed in a furnace set at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and the heat resistance was evaluated. As a result, the molded product was observed to have appearance changes such as yellowing. __ _-106 -__ This paper Standards are applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) --------- 4— 丨: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order 438819 V. Description of the invention (1 〇4) Also, the surface also loses its luster, which produces a good anti-king mark. The above persons are shown in Table 19. Wang f ... Fruits printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

從表19明顯可知,關於實施例44〜5〇的成形材料適於加 壓成形,可以比較短時間進行硬化。又,藉由加壓成形成 形杜料而1得到農 滑性、貯存安定性等各種物性。 -107 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ----------— t 二 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂It is clear from Table 19 that the molding materials of Examples 44 to 50 are suitable for press molding and can be hardened in a relatively short time. In addition, various physical properties such as agricultural properties, storage stability, and the like are obtained by pressing to form the material. -107 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ------------ t 2 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)-Order

• I - I - - I 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4388 1 9 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1〇5) [實施例5 1 ] 於具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導入管、及攪拌機之反應 器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯9 8份、甲基丙烯酸2份後,反 應器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面攪摔上述混合物一面昇溫 至80°C後,添加AIBN 0.01份、正十二基硫醇〇.3份而開始 聚合反應。 開始聚合反應後5小時,反應液粘度成爲1〇〇〜11〇 poise (25°C ),故在此時點終止反應,於該反應液中添加氫醌後 ,冷卻。氫S昆係相對於反應液之重量添加呈5 0 ppm。 繼而,於所得到之反應混合物100份中,添加馬來酸肝 0.1份、三乙胺0.0〇5份後,攪摔15分,處理殘存於該反應混 合物中之正十二基硫醇。藉此,得到本發明之(甲基)丙晞 酸漿液A。該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A的固態濃度爲40· 5%,重 量平均分子量爲101,000。 其次,於此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A 90份中,混合三經甲基 丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯10份、氧化鎂0.5份、十五晞基琥拍酸 1份、第三丁基過氧-2-乙基己酸酯1份、硬脂羧鋅4份、及 、氫氧化鋁(昭和電工株式会社製、彳夕予4卜Hs_ 310)350份,得到配料。然後,於該配料中,加入玻璃纖維 (長度6 mm之切絲),以雙腕型捏合機混練30分鐘。藉此, 得到塊狀之成形材料。於該成形材料中之上述破璃纖維比 率係調節成9 %。其後,將所得到之成形材料置入密閉容卷 中,在40°C下熟成1日。於熟成後,成形封料之表面不枯 ,處理性良好。 -108- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) ---------ΦII *.‘ 二 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)• I-I--I Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4388 1 9 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (105) [Example 5 1] It is equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen introduction pipe, and a mixer Into the reactor, 98 parts of methyl methacrylate and 2 parts of methacrylic acid were fed, and then the reactor was replaced with nitrogen. Next, while the above mixture was stirred and heated to 80 ° C, 0.01 parts of AIBN and 0.3 parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan were added to start the polymerization reaction. Five hours after the start of the polymerization reaction, the viscosity of the reaction solution became 100 to 110 poise (25 ° C). Therefore, the reaction was stopped at this point. After adding hydroquinone to the reaction solution, it was cooled. The hydrogen S Kun system was added at 50 ppm based on the weight of the reaction solution. Next, to 100 parts of the obtained reaction mixture, 0.1 part of maleic acid liver and 0.005 part of triethylamine were added, and then stirred for 15 minutes to treat the n-dodecyl mercaptan remaining in the reaction mixture. Thereby, the (meth) propionic acid slurry A of this invention is obtained. This (meth) acrylic acid slurry A had a solid concentration of 40.5% and a weight average molecular weight of 101,000. Next, in 90 parts of this (meth) acrylic acid slurry A, 10 parts of methyl tripropane trimethacrylate, 0.5 parts of magnesium oxide, 1 part of pentadecylsuccinic acid, and 3 parts of butyl peroxy 1 part of 2-ethylhexanoate, 4 parts of stearyl carboxyzinc, and 350 parts of aluminum hydroxide (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd. 4 Hs 310) were obtained to obtain ingredients. Then, glass fiber (shreds with a length of 6 mm) was added to the ingredients, and kneaded with a double-wrist kneader for 30 minutes. Thereby, a block-shaped molding material is obtained. The glass-breaking fiber ratio in the molding material was adjusted to 9%. Thereafter, the obtained molding material was placed in a closed volume, and matured at 40 ° C for 1 day. After maturation, the surface of the forming sealant is not dry, and the handleability is good. -108- This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297mm) --------- ΦII *. ‘Second (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T 438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(106) 經濟部中央榡準局員工j消費合作社印製 其/人,將上述之成形材料壓縮成形。亦即,使用外形尺 寸爲幅38 cm X長28 cmx高9 cm之箱型成形用模具,將上 側之模具溫度設定於125°C,下側之模具溫度設定於丨⑺^ 。而且’,將上述成形材料2,2〇〇g充填於上述模具而以壓力6 MPa鎖模,壓縮成形7分鐘,作成厚7 mm之箱型成形品。 所得到之成型品,其線收縮率爲〇 25%,可順利脱模,看 不出龜裂、破裂、翹曲、變形,成形性良好。又,成形品 之箱底面邵之光澤(60。gl〇ss)爲8〇,箱側面部之光澤(6〇。 gloss)爲75,乃良好。進而,成型品之表面看不出凹凸,表 面平滑性優。測定成型品之強度乃依據jIS K 6911,結果彎 曲強度爲88 MPa、彎曲彈性率爲12.5 GPa。 [實施例5 2 ] 除使用AIBN 0.02份、正十二基硫醇〇2份以取代上述實施 例51中之AIBN 0.01份、及正十二基硫醇〇 3份以外,其餘 同於上述實施例51之作法,得到本發明之(甲基)丙晞酸漿 液A。該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液A中之固態濃度爲41 5%,其重 量平均分子量爲108,000。 以下,同於實施例5 1之做法,而得到塊狀之成形材料。 其後,將所得到之成形材料置入密閉容器,在4〇χ:下熟成 1日。於熟成後,成形材料無表面粒稠,處理性良好。 其次,同於實施例51之做法而使上述之成形材料壓縮成 形,得到箱型成型品。所得到之箱型成型品,其線收縮率 爲0,171 ,成型性良好。又,所得到之箱型成型品的光澤,同於 -109- 本紙張中國國家襟準(CNS) A4規格(2τ^^Ι 1ιϋ^ 11 In i— m ——-I nn emmmMMt I·— n 1**- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1T 438819 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (106) The employee of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperative, printed it / person, and compression-molded the above-mentioned forming materials. That is, a box-shaped forming mold having an outer size of 38 cm X 28 cm x 9 cm height is used, and the upper mold temperature is set to 125 ° C, and the lower mold temperature is set to 丨 ⑺ ^. Then, 2,200 g of the above-mentioned molding material was filled in the mold, and the mold was clamped at a pressure of 6 MPa, and compression-molded for 7 minutes to form a box-shaped molded product having a thickness of 7 mm. The obtained molded article had a linear shrinkage of 0.25%, and was able to be smoothly demolded, and cracks, cracks, warpage, and deformation were not observed, and the moldability was good. In addition, the gloss (60. gloss) of the bottom surface of the molded article was 80, and the gloss (60. gloss) of the side surface of the box was 75, which was good. Furthermore, no unevenness is seen on the surface of the molded product, and the surface is excellent in smoothness. The strength of the molded product was measured in accordance with jIS K 6911. As a result, the flexural strength was 88 MPa and the flexural modulus was 12.5 GPa. [Example 5 2] Except using 0.02 parts of AIBN and 02 parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan to replace 0.01 parts of AIBN in Example 51 and 03 parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan, the rest were the same as the above implementation By the method of Example 51, the (meth) propionic acid slurry A of the present invention was obtained. This (meth) acrylic acid slurry A had a solid concentration of 41 5% and a weight average molecular weight of 108,000. Hereinafter, the same procedure as in Example 51 was performed to obtain a block-shaped molding material. Thereafter, the obtained molding material was placed in a closed container and matured at 40 ×: for 1 day. After ripening, the molding material has no surface grains and is easy to handle. Next, the above-mentioned molding material was compressed and shaped in the same manner as in Example 51 to obtain a box-shaped molded product. The obtained box-shaped molded article had a linear shrinkage of 0,171 and good moldability. The gloss of the obtained box-shaped molded product is the same as -109- China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2τ ^^ Ι 1ιϋ ^ 11 In i— m ——- I nn emmmMMt I · — n 1 **-(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

、1T, 1T

-K 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4388 19 A7 B7_____ 五、發明説明(107) 施例51般測定後,箱平面部之光澤(60° gloss)爲79,箱側 面部之光澤(60° gloss)爲73,乃良好。進而,於箱型成型 品之表面看不出凹凸,箱型成型品之表面平滑性優。又, 所得到之箱型成型品的強度依據JIS K 6911測定後,彎曲強 度爲70 MPa、彎曲彈性率爲11.9GPa。 [比較例27] 於具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導入管、及攪拌機之反應 器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯98份、甲基丙烯酸2份後,反應 器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面揽掉上述混合物一面昇溫 至80°C後,添加AIBN 0.02份及正十二基硫醇0.2份而開始 聚合反應。 開始聚合反應後5小時,反應液粘度成爲1〇〇〜11〇 poise (25°C ),故在此時點終止反應,於該反應液中添加氫醌後 ,冷卻。氫醌係相對於反應液之重量添加呈50 ppm。 繼而,使用所得到之反應混合物,進行同於實施例5 1之 操作,得到配料。然後,於該配料中加入玻璃纖維(長6 mm之切絲),而以雙腕型捏合機混練30分鐘。藉此,得到 塊狀之比較用成形材料。於該比較用成形材料中之上述玻 璃纖維的比率調節呈20%。其後,進行同於實施例51之熟 成、壓縮成形,作成比較用之箱型成型品。所得到之比較 用成型品,箱底面部之光澤(60。gloss)爲65 ,箱側面部之 光澤(60° gloss)爲63,乃不佳。進而,成型品全表面可看 出凹凸,表面平滑枚差。測定成型品之強度 強度爲101 MPa,彎曲彈性率爲14.5 GPa。 __ -110- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ----------— 1 0 ^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 438819 經濟部中央標準局員工一消費合作社印製 A7 _____B7 五 了明(108) &quot;^ [實施例5 3 ] 除於實施例51中,添加長3 mm之玻璃纖維俾於成形材料 中之比率爲9%,以取代表6 mm之玻璃纖維外,其餘同於實 施例51之反應、操作等,得到成形材料。其後,藉由同於 實施例51之熟成、壓縮成形,以作成箱型成型品。 所得到之成型品,其線收縮率爲0.27%,可順利脱模,看 不出龜裂、破裂、翹曲、變形,成形性良好。又,成形。 之箱底面部之光澤(60。gloss)爲83,箱侧面部之光澤(6〇。 gloss)爲78,乃良好。進而,成型品之表面看不出凹凸,表 面平滑性優。測定成型品之強度,結果,彎曲強度爲8 9 MPa、彎曲彈性率爲12.9 GPa。 [實施例5 4 ] 首先,進行同於實施例5 1之反應、處理等,得到配料。 繼而,於配料中加入玻璃纖維(長6 mm之切絲)、及作爲低 收縮劑之市售聚甲基丙晞酸甲酯(重量平均分子量9〇,〇〇〇)ι 5 份,而以雙腕型捏合機混練30分鐘。藉此,得到塊狀之成 形材料。於該成形材料中之上述玻璃纖維的比率係調節呈 9 %。其後’藉由用於實施例5 1之熟成、壓縮成形,以作 成箱型成型品。 所得到之成型品,其線收縮率爲〇· 17%,可順利脱模,看 不出龜裂、破裂、翹曲、變形,成形性良好。又,成型品 之箱底面部之光澤(60。gl〇ss)爲84,箱側面部之光澤(60。 g1〇ss)m,乃良奸。1兩,成羞品之m不出凹巧,表 面平滑性優。測定成型品之強度,結果,彎曲強度爲8 3 _________ -111 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) Φ II t It (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 438819 A7 _____B7 五、發明説明(109) MPa、彎曲彈性率爲12.5 GPa。 [實施例5 5 ] 除使用作爲低收縮劑之市售的聚苯乙婦(重量平均分子量 1 8 0,0 〇 〇 ) 1 5份以作爲實施例5 4中之聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯以 外,其餘同於實施例5 1之反應、操作等,得到成形材料。 其後,藉由同於實施例51之熟成、壓縮成形,以作成箱型 成型品。 所得到之成型品,其線收縮率爲〇丨8%,可順利脱模,看 不出龜裂、破裂、魏曲、變形,成形性良好。又,成型品 之相底面邪之光澤(60。gloss)爲85,箱側面部之光澤(6〇。 gloss)爲84,乃良好。進而,成型品之表面看不出凹凸,表 面平滑性優。測定成型品之強度,結果,彎曲強度爲86 MPa、彎曲彈性率爲12.7 GPa。 從實施例5 1〜5 5及比較例2 7明顯可知,本實施例之成形 材料係線收縮率低、成型性良好。又,使該成形材料成形 所得到之成型品,可知光澤及表面平滑性優。進而,關於 本實施例之成形材料與比較例之成形材料相比較,雖然強 度略降低,但實用上具有充分強度。 [實施例5 6 ] 於具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導入管及攪拌機之反應器 中’饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯1 8 8份、及甲基丙烯酸1 2份後, 反應器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面攪拌上述混合物一面 昇 後,添—加 MBN 〇—·ΜΜ 而開始聚合反應。 __ _-112- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X撕公釐) I - . —0-- I 二 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工I消費合作社印製 438819 A7 B7 五、發明説明(110) 開始聚合反應後5.5小時,反應液之粘度成爲30〜35 poise (25°C ),故在此時點終止反應,進一步於反應液中加入甲 基丙烯酸甲酯35份後,冷卻至40°C (急冷)。 繼而,於上述反應混合物中添加異丁基乙晞基醚後,昇 溫至1 0 0 °C而攪拌3 0分,以處理殘存於該反應混合物中之 正十二基硫醇。上述異丁基乙烯基醚,相對於聚合時添加 之正十二基硫醇,係添加呈2.0倍莫耳。 隨後’於處理後之反應混合物(甲基丙晞酸漿液C) 1 〇 〇份 中添加甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯8.4份、三苯基膦0.2份、及 氫酉昆0.05份後,在100°C下擾摔1〇小時,進行醋化反應。所 得到之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C1的固態濃度爲31%,粘度爲U.0 poise,重量平均分子量爲115,〇〇〇。 又,與實施例1 3相同做法,測定(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,中 之(甲基)丙烯酸聚合體每一分子的雙鍵數目。結果,每一 分子之雙鍵數目爲12。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 其次,於此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液c,8〇份中,添加作爲熱可 塑性高分子(熱可塑性彈性體)之苯乙晞/乙烯/丙烯共聚合體 (株式会社製、七7卜&gt; 2005、苯乙烯含有率20%)20 份’使用南速攪掉機(特殊機化工株式会社製、均混器)而 以10,000 rpm攪拌10分鐘。所得到之分散液(成形材料)爲不 透明。使用粒徑測定裝置(Paeific Scientific社製、见⑺娜 370)而測定分散相之粒徑分布後,爲5〇Iim〜1〇〇&quot;m。 於上述分散液中混合作爲硬化劑之丨,卜雙(第三己基過氧 )-3,3,5-二甲基環己坑(日本油脂株式会社製、八一〜丰寸 -113- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210χ297公慶 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 3 8 8 19 A7 _ B7 五、發明説明(111) TMH、10小時半衰期溫度86.7°C)1份、氧化鎂i 67份、及 氮氧化錯(昭和電工株式会社製、v、4 ^今彳卜HS-320) 100 份,得到配料。其後,使所得到之配料在40X:下熟成1日。 將增粘後之配料投入加熱至120°C之直徑丨丨.3 mm的缸筒 中,將該缸筒前端部蓋上以免配料漏出。其後,使缸筒前 端部成爲下側以插入唧筒,以該唧筒對缸筒内部施加2〇 kgf/cm2的壓^力,以使配料硬化。 所得到之硬化物,其體積收縮率爲3.0%。又,硬化物於 其表面看不出針孔或光澤不均句’表面平滑性優。將硬化 物切成2個,使用掃瞄型電子顯微鏡觀察其斷面後,於該硬 化物之中心部可看出許多30 micron左右的孔洞。 繼而,將上述增粘前之配料呈一定厚度塗布於聚乙烯膜 後,在此塗布物上均一散布作爲補強材之玻璃纖維(長 吋之切束)。而且,於其上疊合一塗布物(其係將配料呈一 疋厚度塗布於聚乙婦膜表面而構成者)。亦即,以配料挾住 玻璃纖維。藉此,得到作爲成形材料之SMC。於該SMC中 之上述玻璃纖維的比例係調節呈2 5 %。其後,以玻璃紙膜 包裝所得到之SMC,在40°C下熟成1日。 其次,使上述SMC加熱加壓成形。亦即,使用3〇〇mm&gt;&lt; 300 mm大小之模具,將上側之模具溫度設定於11〇。〇,下 侧之模具溫度設定於100X:。而且,將切成15〇 mmx 150 mm大小之SMC充填於上述模具而以壓力6 MPa鎖模,加熱 加壓^^ 0分鐘,作▲成i品即厚3 之成!所得到 之成型板,於表面及背面均看不出針孔或光澤之不均,具 -------114- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---------Φ II te - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 438819 A7 B7 _ 五、發明説明(112) 有良好的表面性。 [實施例5 7 ] 於具備溫度計、冷卻器、氮氣導入管及攪摔機反應器中 ,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯1 8 8份、及甲基丙烯酸1 2份後,反 應器内進行氮氣置換。其次’ 一面擾掉上述混合物一面昇 溫至85°C後,添加AIBN 0.006份、及正十二基硫醇0.3份而 開始聚合反應。 開始聚合反應後5.5小時,反應液之粘度成爲30〜35poise (25°C ),故在此時點終止反應,進一步於反應液中加入甲 基丙烯酸甲酯3 5份後,冷卻至4 0 °C (急冷)。 繼而,於所得到之反應混合物1 〇 0份中添加甲基丙烯酸 縮水甘油酯8.4份、辛酸鋅0.2份、及氫醌0.05份後,在100 °C下攪拌10小時,進行酯化反應。所得到之(甲基)丙烯酸 漿液E的固態濃度爲30%,粘度爲10.5 poise,重量平均分 子量爲110,000。 又,與實施例1 3相同做法,測定(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E中之 (甲基)丙烯酸聚合體每一分子的雙鍵數目。結果,每一分 子之雙键數目爲12。 其次,使用此(甲基)丙烯酸漿液E,進行同於實施例56之 操作,得到分散液。所得到之分散液爲不透明,測定分散 相之粒徑分布後,爲5〇 nm〜100 &quot;m。又,使用上述之分散 液,進行同於實施例5 6之操作,得到配料。其後,使所得 到之配料—在4(TC下熟成1曰。 增枯後之配料以同於實施例5 6之做法而使之硬化。所得 __ -115- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標A4規格(21〇χ297公董- —~' I.---------- , Μ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4388 19 A7 __— _ B7 —_ _ 五、發明説明(113) 到之硬化物,其體積收縮率爲3·0%。又,硬化物於其表面 看不出針孔或光澤不均勻,表面平滑性優。將硬化物成2個 ,使用掃瞄型電子顯微鏡觀察其斷面後,於該硬化物之中 心邵可看出許多30 micron左右的孔洞。 繼而,將上述增粘前之配料呈一定厚度塗布於聚乙烯膜 後’在此塗布物上均一散布作爲補強材之玻璃纖維(長1英 吋之切束)。而且,於其上疊合一塗布物(其係將配料呈一 定厚度塗布於聚乙烯膜表面而構成者)。亦即,以配料挾住 玻璃纖維。藉此,得到作爲成形材料iSMC。於該SMC中 之上述玻璃纖維的比例係調節呈2 5 %。其後,以玻璃紙膜 包裝所得到之SMC,在40°C下熟成1日。 其次,使上述SMC加熱加壓成形。亦即,使用300 mm X 300 mm大小之模具,將上側之模具溫度設定於U0°C,下 側之模具溫度設定於l〇〇°C。而且,將切成150 mm X 150 mm大小之SMC充填於上述模具而以壓力6 MPa鎖模,加熱 加壓成形10分鐘,作成成型品即厚3 mm之成型板。所得到 之成型板,於表面及背面均看不出針孔或光澤之不均,具 有良好的表面性。 [實施例5 8 ] 在同於實施例1記載之反應器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯 200份後,反應器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面攪拌上述甲 基丙烯酸甲酯一面昇溫至80°C後,添加AIBN 0.1份及正十 二基反藤1 · 0份而開始聚合反應。聚合反應後反應液之 粘度成爲30〜35poise(25t)的時點,終止反應,對該反應 _ -116- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) ------------ c I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 4 3 88 1 9 經濟部中央標準局員;消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(114) 液進一步添加甲基丙烯酸甲酯35份後,冷卻(急冷)至4(^。 然後,於所得到之反應混合物中,添加異丁基乙烯基醚 後,昇’皿至1 〇 〇 c而攪拌3 〇分鐘,處理添加於該反應混合 物中I正十二基硫醇。上述異丁基乙烯基醚相對於聚合時 添加之正十二基硫醇係添加2 0倍莫耳。而且,於上述處 理後之反應混合物9 5份中添加甲基丙烯酸5份,得到本發 明之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液D。 其次,於该(甲基)丙烯酸漿液D 1〇〇份中,混合雙(4_第三 丁基環己基)過氧二碳酸酯1份、及、氫氧化鋁(昭和電工株 式会社製、/、44卜H-320 ST)2〇〇份後,混練此混合 物’脱泡。藉此’得到作爲成形材料之注型材料。此注型 材料亦即配料係貯存安定性優異。 其次,使用玻璃製之模室將所得到之注型材料注型成形 。亦即,將注型材料注入上述模室内之後,在6〇。〇下硬化 1小時。而且,脱模後,在l〇(TC下後硬化2小時,得到成 型品即人工大理石板。 所得到之大理石板其表面具有光澤,平滑性優,同時具 備所謂之高級感及質感。又,人工大理石板不溶於TJJF&amp; 丙酮,耐溶劑性良好。進而,人工大理石板具優異耐熱性 、耐候性及耐水性。上述之主要反應條件及結果歸納於表 20中。 [實施例59] 在具於拿施例1心載(真&quot;無器中’傳入平~备再烯酸甲齋 2 00份後,反應器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面攪拌上述 -117- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) J·^ II I 1 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 4 3 88 1 9 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(115) 甲基丙烯酸甲酯一面昇溫至80°C後,添加AIBN 0.1份及正 十二硫醇1.0份而開始聚合反應。開始聚合反應後,反應液 之粘度成爲30〜35poise(25°C)之時點,終止反應,對該反 應液進一步加入甲基丙烯酸甲酯25份及甲基丙烯酸1〇份後 ,冷卻至4 0 °C。 繼而,於所得到之反應混合物中,添加異丁基乙烯基醚 後’昇溫至1 0 0 C而攪;摔3 0分鐘,處理添加於該反應混合 物中之正十二基硫醇。上述異丁基乙烯基醚相對於聚合時 所添加之正十二基硫醇係添加2 · 0倍莫耳,可得到本發明 之(甲基)丙烯酸漿液D。 然後’使用(甲基)丙烯酸漿液D,進行同於實施例1 〇之 操作、成形等,作成人工大理石板。又,注型材料亦即配 料係具優異貯存安定性。 所得到之大理石板,其表面具有光澤,平滑性優,同時 具備所謂之高級感及質感。又,人工大理石板不溶於THf 及丙酮,耐溶劑性良好。進而,人工大理石板具優異耐熱 性、耐候性及耐水性。上述之主要反應條件及結果歸納於 表20中。 [實施例6 0 ] 於同於實施例1記載之反應器中,饋入甲基丙烯酸甲酯 2 00份後’反應器内進行氮氣置換。其次,一面揽拌上述 甲基丙烯甲酯一面昇溫至8〇°C後,添加ABN 0· 1份及正 十二基盖醇1·〇份而開始聚合反應。開始聚合反應後,反應 液之粘度成爲30〜35p〇ise(25°C)之時點,終止反應,對該 -118- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I-------41— (請先閱讀背面之注意Ϋ-項再填寫本頁) 訂 438819 A7 _______B7_ 五、發明説明(116) 反應液進一步加入甲基丙烯酸甲酯3 5份後,冷卻至4 〇 t。 繼而,於所得到之反應混合物中,添加異丁基乙烯基醚 後’昇溫至1 〇 〇 °C而攪摔3 0分鐘,處理添加於該反應混合 物中之正十二基硫醇。上述異丁基乙烯基醚相對於聚合時 所添加之正十二基硫醇係添加2 · 〇倍莫耳,可得到(甲基)丙 烯酸漿液C。 其次,於該(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C 95份中添加甲基丙烯酸5 份後,進行同於實施例丨〇之操作、成形等,作成人工大理 石板。又,使用上述(甲基)丙烯酸漿液C之注型材料亦即配 料係具優異貯存安定性。 所得到之大理石板,其表面具有光澤,平滑性優,同時 具備所謂之高級感及質感。又,人工大理石板不溶於THF 及丙酮,耐溶劑性良好。進而,人工大理石板具優異耐熱 性、耐候性及耐水性。上述之主要反應條件及結果歸納於 表20中。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員1消費合作社印製 表20 實施例 58 5 9 60 氫氧化鋁(份) 200 200 200 熟成後之成形材料 良好 良好 良好 耐溶劑性 THF 不溶 不溶 不溶 丙酮 不溶 不溶 不溶 耐熱性 良好 良好 良好 ♦候~格 — - 良好 良好 耐水性 良好 良好 良好 __-119- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 4388 19 五、發明説明(117)-K Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4388 19 A7 B7_____ V. Description of the invention (107) After the measurement as in Example 51, the gloss (60 ° gloss) of the flat surface of the box is 79, and the gloss of the side of the box (60 ° gloss) is 73, which is good. Furthermore, no unevenness is seen on the surface of the box-shaped molded product, and the surface of the box-shaped molded product is excellent in smoothness. The strength of the obtained box-shaped molded article was measured in accordance with JIS K 6911, and the flexural strength was 70 MPa and the flexural modulus was 11.9 GPa. [Comparative Example 27] Into a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen introduction pipe, and a stirrer, 98 parts of methyl methacrylate and 2 parts of methacrylic acid were fed, and then nitrogen substitution was performed in the reactor. Next, after raising the temperature of the mixture to 80 ° C, the polymerization reaction was started by adding 0.02 parts of AIBN and 0.2 parts of n-dodecyl mercaptan. Five hours after the start of the polymerization reaction, the viscosity of the reaction solution became 100 to 110 poise (25 ° C). Therefore, the reaction was stopped at this point. After adding hydroquinone to the reaction solution, it was cooled. Hydroquinone was added at 50 ppm based on the weight of the reaction solution. Then, using the obtained reaction mixture, the same operation as in Example 51 was performed to obtain ingredients. Then, glass fiber (6 mm long shreds) was added to the ingredient, and the mixture was kneaded with a double-wrist kneader for 30 minutes. Thereby, a comparative molding material in the form of a block was obtained. The ratio of the glass fiber in the comparative molding material was adjusted to 20%. Thereafter, the same maturation and compression molding as in Example 51 were performed to prepare a box-shaped molded article for comparison. The obtained comparative molded product had a gloss (60. gloss) on the bottom surface of the box of 65 and a gloss (60 ° gloss) on the side of the box of 63, which was not good. Furthermore, unevenness was observed on the entire surface of the molded product, and the surface was smooth and uneven. The strength of the molded product was measured to be 101 MPa, and the flexural modulus was 14.5 GPa. __ -110- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) ----------— 1 0 ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order 438819 Printed by A7 _____B7 Wumingming (108) &quot; ^ [Example 5 3] Except in Example 51, the ratio of adding 3 mm long glass fiber to the molding material is: 9%, except that the glass fiber of Table 6 mm was replaced, and the rest were the same as the reaction and operation of Example 51 to obtain a molding material. Thereafter, a box-shaped molded article was prepared by aging and compression molding as in Example 51. The obtained molded product had a linear shrinkage of 0.27%, and could be smoothly demolded without cracking, cracking, warping, deformation, and good formability. And shaping. The gloss (60. gloss) at the bottom of the box was 83, and the gloss (60. gloss) at the side of the box was 78, which was good. Furthermore, no unevenness is seen on the surface of the molded product, and the surface is excellent in smoothness. When the strength of the molded article was measured, the flexural strength was 8 9 MPa and the flexural modulus was 12.9 GPa. [Example 5 4] First, the same reaction and treatment as in Example 51 were performed to obtain ingredients. Then, 5 parts of glass fiber (cutting wire with a length of 6 mm) and commercially available polymethylpropionate (weight average molecular weight 9,000) were added to the ingredients, and Knead with a double wrist kneader for 30 minutes. Thereby, a massive shaped material was obtained. The ratio of the glass fiber in the molding material was adjusted to 9%. Thereafter, it was used for maturation and compression molding in Example 51 to produce a box-shaped molded article. The obtained molded article had a linear shrinkage of 1.7%, and was able to be smoothly released from the mold, and cracks, cracks, warpage, and deformation were not observed, and the moldability was good. The gloss (60. gl0ss) of the bottom surface of the molded product was 84, and the gloss (60. g10ss) m of the side surface of the box was good. 1 two, the m of the shame product does not show any indentation, and the surface is smooth. The strength of the molded product was measured. As a result, the bending strength was 8 3 _________ -111-This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) Φ II t It (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) Order 438819 A7 _____B7 5. Description of the invention (109) MPa, flexural modulus is 12.5 GPa. [Example 5 5] Except using 15 parts of a commercially available polystyrene (weight average molecular weight 18,000) as a low shrinkage agent as the polymethyl methacrylate in Example 54 The rest is the same as the reaction, operation, etc. of Example 51 to obtain a molding material. Thereafter, the same maturation and compression molding as in Example 51 were performed to produce a box-shaped molded product. The obtained molded product had a linear shrinkage ratio of 8%, and could be smoothly demolded without cracking, cracking, warping, deformation, and good formability. The gloss (60. gloss) of the bottom surface of the molded product was 85, and the gloss (60. gloss) of the side surface of the box was 84, which was good. Furthermore, no unevenness is seen on the surface of the molded product, and the surface is excellent in smoothness. When the strength of the molded article was measured, the flexural strength was 86 MPa and the flexural modulus was 12.7 GPa. As is clear from Examples 5 to 5 5 and Comparative Example 27, the molding material of this example has a low linear shrinkage and good moldability. In addition, it was found that the molded article obtained by molding this molding material is excellent in gloss and surface smoothness. Furthermore, although the molding material of this example is slightly lower in strength than the molding material of the comparative example, it has practically sufficient strength. [Example 5 6] After feeding 188 parts of methyl methacrylate and 12 parts of methacrylic acid in a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, a nitrogen introduction pipe, and a stirrer, nitrogen substitution was performed in the reactor. . Next, while stirring the mixture, the mixture was raised, and then MBN 0- · MM was added to start the polymerization reaction. __ _-112- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210X tear mm) I-. —0-- I II (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Set the central standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau I Consumer Cooperative 438819 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (110) 5.5 hours after the start of the polymerization reaction, the viscosity of the reaction solution became 30 ~ 35 poise (25 ° C), so the reaction was stopped at this point and further After 35 parts of methyl methacrylate was added, it was cooled to 40 ° C (quick cooling). Then, after adding isobutyl acetamyl ether to the above reaction mixture, the temperature was raised to 100 ° C and stirred for 30 minutes to treat the n-dodecyl mercaptan remaining in the reaction mixture. The isobutyl vinyl ether is added at 2.0 times mole relative to the n-dodecyl mercaptan added during polymerization. Subsequently, 8.4 parts of glycidyl methacrylate, 0.2 parts of triphenylphosphine, and 0.05 parts of hydroquinone were added to 1000 parts of the reaction mixture (methacrylic acid slurry C) after the treatment. Stir down for 10 hours at C to perform the vinegar reaction. The obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry C1 had a solid concentration of 31%, a viscosity of U.0 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 115,000,000. The number of double bonds per molecule of the (meth) acrylic polymer in the (meth) acrylic acid slurry c was measured in the same manner as in Example 13. As a result, the number of double bonds per molecule was twelve. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Secondly, in this (meth) acrylic acid slurry c, 80 parts, as a thermoplastic polymer (thermoplastic elasticity) 20 parts of acetophenone / ethylene / propylene copolymers (manufactured by Co., Ltd., July 7th &gt; 2005, styrene content 20%) 20 'using a South-speed mixer (manufactured by Special Machine Chemical Co., Ltd., homogeneous) Mixer) while stirring at 10,000 rpm for 10 minutes. The obtained dispersion (molding material) was opaque. The particle size distribution of the dispersed phase was measured using a particle size measuring device (Paeific Scientific, see Sona 370), and it was 50 to 100 m. In the above-mentioned dispersion liquid, as a hardener, Bu Shuang (third hexylperoxy) -3,3,5-dimethylcyclohexyl pit (manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd., Bayi ~ Fengchuang-113- Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Public Economics 4 3 8 8 19 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention (111) TMH, 10-hour half-life temperature 86.7 ° C) 1 part, 67 parts of magnesium oxide i, and 100 parts of oxynitride (manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation, v, 4 ^ today's HS-320), to obtain ingredients. Thereafter, the obtained ingredients were matured at 40X: 1. Put the thickened ingredients into a cylinder heated to 120 ° C in diameter 丨. 3 mm, and cover the front end of the cylinder to prevent the ingredients from leaking out. Then, make the front end of the cylinder a lower side to The cymbal was inserted, and a pressure of 20 kgf / cm2 was applied to the inside of the cylinder with the cymbal to harden the ingredients. The hardened product obtained had a volume shrinkage of 3.0%. Moreover, the hardened material was not visible on its surface. Pinhole or uneven gloss sentence 'Excellent surface smoothness. Cut the hardened material into two pieces and use a scanning electronic display After observing its cross-section through a microscope, many holes of about 30 micron can be seen in the center of the hardened material. Then, the above-mentioned ingredients before thickening were applied to a polyethylene film with a certain thickness, and then evenly spread on the coating. Glass fiber (reinforced cut bundle) as a reinforcing material. Furthermore, a coating material (which is formed by coating ingredients at a thickness of one layer on the surface of a polyethylene film) is superimposed thereon. The glass fiber is held. In this way, an SMC is obtained as a molding material. The proportion of the glass fiber in the SMC is adjusted to 25%. Thereafter, the obtained SMC is packaged in a cellophane film and matured at 40 ° C to 1 Next, the SMC is heated and press-molded. That is, using a mold having a size of 300 mm &lt; 300 mm, the mold temperature on the upper side is set to 11.0, and the mold temperature on the lower side is set to 100X: In addition, the SMC cut into a size of 150 mm x 150 mm was filled in the above mold, and the mold was clamped at a pressure of 6 MPa, heated and pressurized for ^^ 0 minutes to make a ▲ product, which is 3 thick! No pinholes or light can be seen on the front and back Uneven, with ------- 114- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) --------- Φ II te-(Please read the back Please fill in this page for the matters needing attention) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438819 A7 B7 _ V. Description of the invention (112) Has a good surface. [Example 5 7] It is equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, and nitrogen introduction After feeding 188 parts of methyl methacrylate and 12 parts of methacrylic acid into the reactor of the tube and the stirrer, nitrogen replacement was performed in the reactor. Secondly, while the temperature of the above mixture was disturbed while raising the temperature to 85 ° C, 0.006 parts of AIBN and 0.3 part of n-dodecyl mercaptan were added to start the polymerization reaction. 5.5 hours after the start of the polymerization reaction, the viscosity of the reaction solution became 30 to 35 poise (25 ° C), so the reaction was stopped at this point. After adding 35 parts of methyl methacrylate to the reaction solution, it was cooled to 40 ° C. (Chilling). Then, 8.4 parts of glycidyl methacrylate, 0.2 parts of zinc octoate, and 0.05 parts of hydroquinone were added to 100 parts of the obtained reaction mixture, and then stirred at 100 ° C for 10 hours to perform an esterification reaction. The obtained (meth) acrylic acid slurry E had a solid concentration of 30%, a viscosity of 10.5 poise, and a weight average molecular weight of 110,000. The number of double bonds per molecule of the (meth) acrylic polymer in the (meth) acrylic acid slurry E was measured in the same manner as in Example 13. As a result, the number of double bonds per molecule was twelve. Next, using this (meth) acrylic acid slurry E, the same operation as in Example 56 was performed to obtain a dispersion. The obtained dispersion was opaque, and after measuring the particle size distribution of the dispersed phase, it was 50 nm to 100 &quot; m. Further, using the above dispersion liquid, the same operation as in Example 56 was carried out to obtain ingredients. After that, the obtained ingredients are matured at 4 ° C to 1 day. The dried ingredients are hardened in the same manner as in Example 56. The obtained __ -115- This paper size applies Chinese national standards A4 Specification (21〇χ297 公 董-— ~ 'I .----------, Μ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4388 19 A7 __— _ B7 —_ _ V. Description of the invention (113) The hardened product has a volume shrinkage of 3.0%. Moreover, the hardened product does not show pinholes or uneven gloss on the surface, and the surface The smoothness is excellent. After the hardened material is divided into two and the cross section is observed with a scanning electron microscope, many holes of about 30 micron can be seen in the center of the hardened material. Then, the ingredients before the thickening are presented After coating with a certain thickness on the polyethylene film, the glass fiber (a 1-inch length bundle) as a reinforcing material is evenly spread on this coating. Furthermore, a coating is superposed on it (the ingredients are formed to a certain thickness) It is constituted by coating on the surface of a polyethylene film). That is, the glass fiber is held by the ingredients. An iSMC was obtained as a molding material. The proportion of the above-mentioned glass fibers in the SMC was adjusted to 25%. Thereafter, the obtained SMC was packaged in a cellophane film and matured at 40 ° C. for one day. Next, the SMC was heated. Press molding. That is, using a 300 mm X 300 mm mold, set the upper mold temperature to U0 ° C and the lower mold temperature to 100 ° C. Also, cut into 150 mm X 150 The SMC with a size of mm is filled in the above mold, and the mold is clamped at a pressure of 6 MPa, and heated and pressed for 10 minutes to form a molded product, that is, a molded plate with a thickness of 3 mm. The obtained molded plate has no pinholes on the surface and the back. Or uneven gloss, and good surface properties. [Example 5 8] In the same reactor as described in Example 1, 200 parts of methyl methacrylate was fed, and then the reactor was replaced with nitrogen. Second, While stirring the above methyl methacrylate, the temperature was raised to 80 ° C, and then 0.1 parts of AIBN and 1.0 parts of n-dodecyl reverse rattan were added to start the polymerization reaction. After the polymerization reaction, the viscosity of the reaction solution became 30 to 35 poise (25t). Point in time, stop the reaction, the reaction _ -116 -This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297mm) ------------ c I (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Order 4 3 88 1 9 Member of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs; printed by the Consumer Cooperative A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (114) After adding 35 parts of methyl methacrylate, cool (quench) to 4 (^). Then, in the obtained reaction mixture After isobutyl vinyl ether was added, the temperature was raised to 1000 c and stirred for 30 minutes, and the n-dodecyl mercaptan added to the reaction mixture was treated. The isobutyl vinyl ether is added 20 times moles to the n-dodecyl mercaptan added during polymerization. Then, 5 parts of methacrylic acid was added to 95 parts of the reaction mixture after the above-mentioned treatment to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry D of the present invention. Next, 1 part of the (meth) acrylic acid slurry D 100 was mixed with 1 part of bis (4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate and aluminum hydroxide (manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation, / (44, H-320 ST) After 200 parts, this mixture was kneaded and defoamed. In this way, a molding material is obtained as a molding material. This injection molding material, that is, the ingredients, has excellent storage stability. Secondly, the obtained injection molding material is injection-molded using a glass mold chamber. That is, after the injection molding material is injected into the mold cavity, it is at 60. Hardened at 〇 for 1 hour. In addition, after demolding, it is post-cured at 10 ° C for 2 hours to obtain a molded article, which is an artificial marble plate. The obtained marble plate has a surface with gloss, excellent smoothness, and has a so-called high-quality and texture. Also, The artificial marble board is insoluble in TJJF &amp; acetone, and has good solvent resistance. Furthermore, the artificial marble board has excellent heat resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance. The above-mentioned main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 20. [Example 59] After taking the heart load of Example 1 (True &quot; into the container, and then passing 200 parts of Ping ~ Mezinate), the reactor was replaced with nitrogen. Secondly, the above was stirred -117- This paper size is suitable for China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297mm) J · ^ II I 1 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order 4 3 88 1 9 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (115) After the temperature of methyl methacrylate is raised to 80 ° C, 0.1 part of AIBN and 1.0 part of n-dodecanethiol are added to start the polymerization reaction. After the polymerization reaction is started, the viscosity of the reaction solution becomes 30 to 35 poise (25 ° C) The reaction was terminated, and 25 parts of methyl methacrylate and 10 parts of methacrylic acid were further added to the reaction solution, and then cooled to 40 ° C. Then, isobutyl vinyl was added to the obtained reaction mixture. After the ether, the temperature was raised to 100 C and stirred; after 30 minutes, the n-dodecyl mercaptan added to the reaction mixture was treated. The above isobutyl vinyl ether was compared with the n-dodecyl added during polymerization. By adding 2.0 times moles of thiol, the (meth) acrylic acid slurry D of the present invention can be obtained. Then, using (meth) acrylic acid slurry D, the same operations, forming, and the like as in Example 10 are performed to make artificial Marble board. In addition, the injection molding material, that is, the ingredients, has excellent storage stability. The obtained marble board has a surface with gloss and smoothness, and has the so-called high-quality and texture. Also, the artificial marble board is insoluble in THf And acetone, the solvent resistance is good. Furthermore, the artificial marble board has excellent heat resistance, weather resistance and water resistance. The above main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 20. [Example 6 0] Same as in Example 1 After loading 200 parts of methyl methacrylate into the reactor, nitrogen was substituted in the reactor. Secondly, while stirring the above methacrylic acid methyl ester to 80 ° C, ABN 0.1 was added. Part and n-dodecyl alcohol to start the polymerization reaction. After the polymerization reaction started, when the viscosity of the reaction solution became 30 to 35 pise (25 ° C), the reaction was terminated. The scale is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) I ------- 41— (Please read the note on the back Ϋ-item before filling out this page) Order 438819 A7 _______B7_ V. Description of the invention (116 ) After adding 35 parts of methyl methacrylate to the reaction solution, it was cooled to 40 t. Then, in the obtained reaction mixture, after adding isobutyl vinyl ether, the temperature was raised to 1000 ° C and stirred for 30 minutes, and the n-dodecyl mercaptan added to the reaction mixture was processed. The isobutyl vinyl ether was added at 2.0 mol times to the n-dodecyl mercaptan added during the polymerization to obtain (meth) acrylic acid slurry C. Next, after adding 5 parts of methacrylic acid to 95 parts of this (meth) acrylic acid slurry C, the same operations as in Example 1 and forming were performed to prepare an artificial marble slab. In addition, the injection molding material using the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid slurry C, that is, the formulation system has excellent storage stability. The surface of the obtained marble slab has gloss and smoothness, and at the same time has a so-called high-quality and texture. In addition, artificial marble slabs are insoluble in THF and acetone and have good solvent resistance. Furthermore, the artificial marble slab has excellent heat resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance. The main reaction conditions and results are summarized in Table 20. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Member of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1 Printed by Consumer Cooperatives 20 Example 58 5 9 60 Aluminium hydroxide (parts) 200 200 200 The formed material after curing is good good good solvent resistance THF insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, acetone, insoluble, insoluble, insoluble, heat resistant, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good, good in water resistance. 19 V. Description of the Invention (117)

!表20明顯可知,藉由本實施㈣〜6〇之方法,可安定 且=便地製造作爲成形材料時之野存安定性優 L 丙晞鉍漿液C及(甲基)丙烯酸漿液D。又,關於本() 5 8〜60之成形材料適人於力教 ' 實施例 口且有優壓成形’所得到之成型 W具有優異(耐熱性、耐溶劑性、耐候性等各種物性。 又’於用以實施本發明乏署Y去犯能 能揭最佳形的項中,具體的實施 心樣或實施例基本上是用來明確揭示本發明的技術内容, 不應只限定於如此之具體例而被狹義地解釋,在本發明之精 神與如下記載之中請專利範固内,可做各種變更而實施之。 產業上之利用可能性 私用本發明(製造方法,可以比習知更短時間來製造作 爲成形材料時貯存安定性優之(甲基)丙晞酸聚液。又,可 提供作爲成形材料時辟存安定性優之(甲基)丙缔酸裝液。 進而,可提供-種成形材料,其係可以比習知更短時間硬 化’且’得到耐熱性、耐溶劑性、耐候性及耐水性等各種 物性優之成型品。 使本發明之成形材料成形而構成之成型品,可舉例如: 所謂採光罩、長椅、桌子、槽、公告板、防水板等使用於 屋外之各種物,構成淨化槽、汽車、火車、船舶等之構 成材三屋頂、壁等構造物之外裝材;浴盆、蔚房流理台(廚 房天花板)、各種櫃台頂部、洗面化粧台等適用的人工大理 石;電氣用品等,但,並無特別限定。成型品美觀優,適 用於要求美觀之各種用途。又,含有填充劑之成形材料經 成型^^^有大理石去優姜樓—象^ 用來作爲人工大理石。 -120 本紙張尺度適财關家縣(CNS ) A4規格(21GX297公羡)It is clear from Table 20 that the method of this embodiment can be used to produce stable and stable materials when used as a molding material. L Propylene bismuth slurry C and (meth) acrylic acid slurry D. In addition, the molding materials of this (8) to 60 are suitable for Lijiao's “Examples and excellent pressure molding”. The molding W obtained is excellent (heat resistance, solvent resistance, weather resistance, and other physical properties. 'In the implementation of the present invention, there is a lack of implementation, and the specific implementation ideas or embodiments are basically used to clearly disclose the technical content of the present invention, and should not be limited to this. Specific examples are explained in a narrow sense. In the spirit of the present invention and the following description, please make various changes and implement it within the scope of the patent. Industrial application possibilities The present invention (manufacturing method can be compared with the conventional one) (Meth) acrylic acid polymer solution with excellent storage stability when used as a molding material can be produced in a shorter time. In addition, a (meth) acrylic acid solution with excellent storage stability when used as a molding material can be provided. Furthermore, We can provide a molding material that can be hardened in a shorter time than conventionally known, and that it can obtain molded products with excellent physical properties such as heat resistance, solvent resistance, weather resistance, and water resistance. The molding material of the present invention is formed by molding Molded products, Examples include: so-called lighting covers, benches, tables, troughs, bulletin boards, waterproof boards, etc. used outside the house, constituting materials such as purification tanks, cars, trains, ships, etc. Suitable materials: artificial marble suitable for bathtubs, Weifang fluid counters (kitchen ceiling), various counter tops, vanity tops, etc .; electrical appliances, etc., but there are no special restrictions. The moldings are good-looking and suitable for all kinds of aesthetics. Use. In addition, the molding material containing fillers is molded ^^^ Marble is used to remove the ginger floor—the elephant ^ is used as artificial marble. -120 This paper is suitable for Guancai County (CNS) A4 size (21GX297).

Claims (1)

申請專利範圍 438819 第85112105號專利_讀案-一 申請專利範圍修正~ 1 · 一種(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之製造方·法,係使含有(甲基)丙歸 (請先閎讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 酸醋之單體成分、與相對該單體成分與乙烯基單體之總 量100重量%為0.5〜20重量%之含有羧基之乙烯基單 體,在硫醇化合物的存在下進行聚合後,使用無水馬來 酸及鹼性化合物處理該反應混合物。 2 . —種(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之製造方法,係使含有(甲基)丙缔 酸醋之單體成分、與相對該單體成分與乙婦基單體之總 量100重量%為0.5〜20重量%之含有羧基之乙烯基單 體’在硫醇化合物之存在下進行聚合後,於該反應混合 物中添加乙婦基醚化合物及/或乙烯基硫醚化合物。 3 · —種(甲基)丙婦酸漿液之製造方法,係使含有(甲基)丙婦 ► 酸醋之單體成分、與相對該單體成分與乙烯基單體之總 量100重量%為0.5〜2 0重量%之含有羧基之乙烯基單 體’在硫醇化合物的存在下進行聚合後,將該反應混合 物中之羧基,以(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及/或(甲基)丙 烯酸甲基縮水甘油酯酯化,並將反應混合物中所殘存之 硫醇化合物處理者。 4 · 一種(甲基)丙烯酸漿液之製造方法,係使含有(甲基)丙缔 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 酸醋之單體成分、與相對該單體成分與乙晞基單體之總 量1 0 0重量%為〇 . 5〜2 0重量%之含有羧基之乙烯基單體 在硫醇化合物之存在下經聚合而成之反應混合物、及不 飽和環氧化合物,於含有至少一種元素選自鋅、錫及锆 所構成之群的盒屬化合物存在下進行反應。 5 ·如申請專利範圍第1〜4項中任一項之(甲基)丙烯酸衆液 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21ΌX 297公釐) 4388 1 9 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 之製造方法,並φ » acr _ , 〃 T上述早體成分為進一步含有N -取代馬 來醯亞胺。 6 .如申巧專利|已圍第5項之(甲基)丙婦酸聚液之製造方法, 其中上述Ν -取代馬來酿亞胺為ν _環己基馬來酿亞胺。 二(甲基)丙烯馱漿液’係藉由如申請專利範圍第1乃至 4項之任一項記載的製造方法所得到。 8. 一種f形材料,含有如申請專利範圍第7項記載之(甲基) 丙烯酸装液。 9. 如申請專利範圍第8項之成形材料,其中進—步更含有 填充劑者。 10. 如申請專利範圍第1 〇項之成 甘占β、二 、心战彤材枓,其中填无劑係以相 對(甲基)丙婦酸漿液1〇〇重量 ^ 王里1刀410〜600重量价々銘 圍含有者。 乾 11. 如申請專利範圍第8項之成形材料 含羧基之乙烯基單體。 12. 如申請專利範圍第8項之成形材料 增粘劑與琥珀酸衍生物。 11如申請專利範圍第8項之成形材料 補強材。 14. 如申請專利範圍第1 3項之成形材料 含量為在9重量%以下者。 15. 如申請專利範圍第1 3項之成形材料 長度為6 mm以下。 16·如申請專利範圍第8項之成形材科 其中進一步更含有 其中進一步更含有 其中進一步更含有 其中上述補強材之 其中上述補強材之 其中進一步含有重 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1T i· -----I -2- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2l〇X297&gt;^y 1 - --I I· -I 438819 A8 Βδ C8 D8 申請專利範圍 量平均分子量為2〇〇,〇〇〇以下之遘自聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、 永苯乙晞等不含幾基的熱可塑性聚合體之熱可塑性聚合 體’其含量為相對(甲基)丙埽酸漿液1〇〇重量份為5〜50 重量份。 17·如申請專利範圍第8項之成形材料,其中進一步含有選 自包括熱可塑性彈性體、熱可塑性樹脂、及橡膠之群的 土 乂種熱可塑性高分子,該熱可塑性高分子係分散於 (甲基)丙烯酸漿液中。 淺申μ專利範圍第1 7項之成形材料,其中熱可塑性高分 子為苯乙婦系熱可塑性彈性體。 — (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ,1T -JAW 經濟部中央標準局X工消費合作社印製 3-Patent application scope 438819 No. 85112105 patent_read case-a patent application scope amendment ~ 1 · A method of manufacturing (meth) acrylic acid slurry, which contains (meth) acrylic acid (please read the note on the back first) Please fill in this page again.) The monomer component of sour vinegar, and the vinyl monomer containing carboxyl group is 0.5 to 20% by weight based on the total amount of the monomer component and the vinyl monomer. After the polymerization is performed in the presence, the reaction mixture is treated with anhydrous maleic acid and a basic compound. 2. A method for producing a (meth) acrylic acid slurry, wherein 100% by weight of a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid vinegar and 100% by weight of the monomer component and the ethyl ethyl monomer-based monomer are 0.5 ~ 20% by weight of a carboxyl group-containing vinyl monomer 'is polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, and then an ethynyl ether compound and / or a vinyl sulfide compound is added to the reaction mixture. 3 · —A method for producing (meth) acrylic acid syrup, using a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid ► vinegar and 100% by weight relative to the total amount of the monomer component and the vinyl monomer 0.5 to 20% by weight of a carboxyl group-containing vinyl monomer ′ is polymerized in the presence of a thiol compound, and then the carboxyl group in the reaction mixture is treated with glycidyl (meth) acrylate and / or (methyl ) Esterification of methyl glycidyl acrylate and treatment of the thiol compound remaining in the reaction mixture. 4 · A method for producing (meth) acrylic acid slurry, which contains monomer components printed with sour vinegar by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics (Meth) Propylene The total amount of monomers is 100% by weight, 0.5 to 20% by weight, a reaction mixture obtained by polymerizing a carboxyl-containing vinyl monomer in the presence of a thiol compound, and an unsaturated epoxy compound. The reaction is carried out in the presence of a box compound containing at least one element selected from the group consisting of zinc, tin and zirconium. 5 · If any one of (1) to (4) in the scope of the patent application, the size of the (meth) acrylic acid liquid is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21ΌX 297 mm) 4388 1 9 A8 B8 C8 D8 The scope of the patent application is the manufacturing method printed by the staff consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, and φ »acr _, 〃 T. The above-mentioned early body composition further contains N-substituted maleimide. 6. As described in Shen Qiao Patent | The manufacturing method of the (meth) propionic acid polymer solution of item 5, wherein the N-substituted maleimide is ν_cyclohexylmaleimide. The bis (meth) acrylic acid slurry 'is obtained by the production method described in any one of claims 1 to 4 of the scope of patent application. 8. An f-shaped material containing a (meth) acrylic liquid as described in item 7 of the scope of the patent application. 9. For the forming material under the scope of patent application No. 8, in which the step further contains a filler. 10. For example, the patent application scope No. 10 of Cheng Ganzhan β, II, Xinzhantong materials, where the filling agent is relative to (meth) propionic acid slurry 100 weight ^ Wangli 1 knife 410 ~ 600 weight price 々Ming Wai included. Dry 11. For example, the molding material in the scope of patent application No. 8 contains vinyl monomers containing carboxyl groups. 12. Forming materials such as tackifier and succinic acid derivative in the scope of patent application item 8. 11 Reinforcement materials such as the forming material in the scope of patent application No. 8. 14. If the content of the molding material in item 13 of the scope of patent application is 9% by weight or less. 15. If the length of the forming material in the scope of patent application item 13 is 6 mm or less. 16. If the Forming Material Section of the scope of patent application No. 8 further contains more of which further contains which further contains the above-mentioned reinforcing materials, among which the above-mentioned reinforcing materials further contains heavy (please read the precautions on the back before filling in (This page), 1T i · ----- I -2- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2l0X297 &gt; ^ y 1---II · -I 438819 A8 Βδ C8 D8 Patent application The amount of the thermoplastic polymer having a range-average molecular weight of less than 20,000, such as polymethyl methacrylate, phenyl ethyl sulfonate, and the like, does not include thermoplastic polymers containing several groups. ) 100 parts by weight of the propionic acid slurry is 5 to 50 parts by weight. 17. The molding material according to item 8 of the scope of patent application, which further contains a material selected from the group consisting of thermoplastic elastomers, thermoplastic resins, and rubbers. Soil thermoplastic polymer, which is dispersed in (meth) acrylic acid slurry. As for the molding material of the 17th patent scope, the thermoplastic polymer is phenethyl Based thermoplastic elastomer - (Please read the Notes on the back to fill out this page), 1T -JAW Ministry of Economic Affairs Bureau of Standards X workers consumer cooperatives printed 3-
TW85112105A 1996-02-22 1996-10-03 (Methyl)acrylic syrup, method of manufacturing the same, and method of manufacturing molding material including the same TW438819B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP3495696A JPH09227750A (en) 1996-02-22 1996-02-22 Molding material for press-molding and its production
JP06500196A JP3910230B2 (en) 1996-03-21 1996-03-21 Resin composition processing method and resin material
JP10160396A JPH09286889A (en) 1996-04-23 1996-04-23 Molding material
JP11515496A JPH09302010A (en) 1996-05-09 1996-05-09 (meth)acrylic resin composition and its manufacture
JP18970496A JP3953551B2 (en) 1996-07-18 1996-07-18 (Meth) acrylic resin composition and method for producing the same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW438819B true TW438819B (en) 2001-06-07

Family

ID=27521658

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW85112105A TW438819B (en) 1996-02-22 1996-10-03 (Methyl)acrylic syrup, method of manufacturing the same, and method of manufacturing molding material including the same

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW438819B (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR100232546B1 (en) (meth)acrylic syrup process for preparing the same, and process for preparing molding material containing (meth)acrylic syrup
JPH09302009A (en) Unsaturated polyester resin composition
JP4245751B2 (en) Unsaturated polyester resin and composition for molding material
TW318856B (en)
TW438819B (en) (Methyl)acrylic syrup, method of manufacturing the same, and method of manufacturing molding material including the same
JP2002138121A (en) Thermosetting resin composition and artificial marble using the same
JP3072052B2 (en) (Meth) acrylic molding material and method for producing the same
JP4212704B2 (en) (Meth) acrylic resin composition and cured product thereof
JP3765346B2 (en) Thermosetting resin composition, molding material containing the same, and artificial marble
JP3910230B2 (en) Resin composition processing method and resin material
JPS6018507A (en) Improved low shrinkage curable poly(acrylate) forming composition
JP3004571B2 (en) (Meth) acrylic syrup, method for producing the same, and molding material containing (meth) acrylic syrup
KR100869050B1 (en) Artificial transparency marble chip having good compability
JP3847388B2 (en) (Meth) acrylic resin composition and composition for artificial marble containing the same
JP3056695B2 (en) Molding material and molding method
JPS6011751B2 (en) Unsaturated polyester resin composition
JPH09286889A (en) Molding material
JP3953551B2 (en) (Meth) acrylic resin composition and method for producing the same
JP3513685B2 (en) Method for producing ester resin composition and molded article
JPS608938B2 (en) Molding method of thermosetting molding material
JPH07173378A (en) Unsaturated polyester resin composition
JPH09286888A (en) Molding material for pressure molding
EP0376662A2 (en) Raw-material for pregellation, method for preparation of pregel, pregel, method for production of molded material, and molded material
JP2005081602A (en) Molding method of highly transparent acrylic resin product
JPH10316864A (en) Radical hardenable resin composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees